See in Reader
Replace "you can" with "you could" in NT
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
parent
724f41b70b
commit
471a0dfe27
|
|
@ -7,12 +7,12 @@ EPH 1 1 u73p figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Th
|
|||
EPH 1 2 x9ey χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace to you and peace This is a common greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 lm67 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words “us” and “we” refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 zdh3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul opens his letter by talking about the believers’ position and their safety before God.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us Alternate translation: “for God has blessed us”
|
||||
EPH 1 3 m8qh πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ 1 every spiritual blessing Alternate translation: “every blessing coming from the Spirit of God”
|
||||
EPH 1 3 j2lk ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places “in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 v9qz figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 in Christ Here, **in Christ** could mean: (1) a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: “by uniting us with Christ” or “because we are united with Christ” (2) what Christ has done. Alternate translation: “through Christ” or “through what Christ has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 4 ibv6 figs-doublet ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους 1 holy and blameless Paul uses these two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. If your language does not have two similar words, you could use one word for both, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 1 4 ibv6 figs-doublet ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους 1 holy and blameless Paul uses these two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 1 4 ab01 figs-doublenegatives ἀμώμους 1 blameless The word **blameless** contains two negative ideas: “blame” or “fault,” and “-less,” which means “without.” If your readers would misunderstand this, the two negative ideas can be replaced with the corresponding positive idea, “perfect.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
EPH 1 5 fp7l 0 General Information: The words “his,” “He,” and “he” refer to God.
|
||||
EPH 1 5 h7pn figs-exclusive προορίσας ἡμᾶς εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 he predestined us for adoption The word **us** refers to Paul, the Ephesian church, and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “God planned long ago to adopt us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ EPH 1 7 abcb figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ 1 throug
|
|||
EPH 1 7 m9l4 figs-metaphor τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 the riches of his grace Paul speaks of God’s grace as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: “greatness of God’s grace” or “abundance of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 8 pg6j ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 which he caused to abound to us Alternate translation: “which he gave us in a great amount” or “being extremely kind to us”
|
||||
EPH 1 8 sw98 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 in all wisdom and understanding This could mean: (1) because he has all wisdom and understanding. (2) so that we might have great wisdom and understanding.
|
||||
EPH 1 8 ab98 figs-doublet σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 wisdom and understanding Here, **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. If your language does not have two similar words, you could use one word for both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 1 8 ab98 figs-doublet σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 wisdom and understanding Here, **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 1 9 v71p κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 according to his good pleasure This could mean: (1) because he wanted to make it known to us. (2) which was what he wanted.
|
||||
EPH 1 9 c2uk ἣν προέθετο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 which he had planned in him Alternate translation: “as he demonstrated this purpose in Christ”
|
||||
EPH 1 9 u53h ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him Alternate translation: “by means of Christ”
|
||||
|
|
@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ EPH 1 10 n2sl εἰς οἰκονομίαν 1 with a view to an administration
|
|||
EPH 1 10 em7q τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν 1 of the fullness of time Alternate translation: “when the time is right” or “at the time that he has appointed”
|
||||
EPH 1 10 ab7q ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him Alternate translation: “under his rule” or “under his authority”
|
||||
EPH 1 11 ww9s figs-exclusive καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν, προορισθέντες 1 we were also allotted as a possession. We were predestined Both pronouns **we** and **We** are inclusive in this verse. Paul is referring to all Christians, who were predestined to belong to Christ. In verses 12 and 13 he will divide this group into “we” (exclusive) Jewish Christians and “you” Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 11 t281 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν 1 we were also allotted as a possession If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God also chose us to be his possession. (2) God also chose us to be heirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 11 nkf8 figs-activepassive προορισθέντες 1 We were predestined If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 11 t281 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν 1 we were also allotted as a possession If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God also chose us to be his possession. (2) God also chose us to be heirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 11 nkf8 figs-activepassive προορισθέντες 1 We were predestined If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 12 gj44 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…τοὺς προηλπικότας ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ 1 we who were the first to have confident hope in Christ Here, the word **we** is exclusive and refers to the Jewish believers who first heard the good news, not the believers at Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 12 zqm9 εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς, εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 so that we … would be for the praise of his glory Alternate translation: “so that we … would live to praise him for his glory”
|
||||
EPH 1 13 j1zc 0 General Information: Paul has been speaking in the previous two verses about himself and the other Jewish believers, but now he begins speaking about the Ephesian believers.
|
||||
EPH 1 13 ac1e τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth This could mean: (1) the message about the truth. (2) the true message.
|
||||
EPH 1 13 qgf9 figs-metaphor ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, τῷ Ἁγίῳ 1 you were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit In this metaphor Paul pictures the Holy Spirit as a seal, comparing him to the wax that was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “God has placed the Holy Spirit that he promised on you as if he were a seal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 13 abcf figs-activepassive ἐσφραγίσθητε 1 you were sealed If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 13 abcf figs-activepassive ἐσφραγίσθητε 1 you were sealed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 14 g6dw figs-metaphor ἀρραβὼν τῆς κληρονομίας ἡμῶν 1 a down payment of our inheritance Receiving what God has promised is spoken of in terms of one inheriting property or wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “an initial portion that we will receive from what God has promised” or “a guarantee that we will receive what God has promised to give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 15 d9qy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul prays for the Ephesian believers and praises God for the power that believers have through Christ.
|
||||
EPH 1 15 abcc grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this The connecting phrase **Because of this** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the Ephesians had believed the gospel and had been sealed by the Holy Spirit. The result is that Paul praises God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ EPH 1 16 aby9 figs-hyperbole οὐ παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν 1 I hav
|
|||
EPH 1 17 abcd grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Paul prays for the Ephesians. The result is that God would enlighten the Ephesians about all that he has done for them through Christ. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EPH 1 17 b7l1 πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ 1 a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him Alternate translation: “spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation”
|
||||
EPH 1 18 gbl7 figs-metonymy πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or thinking. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 iv1h figs-activepassive πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God may give you understanding” or “that God may enlighten your mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 iv1h figs-activepassive πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God may give you understanding” or “that God may enlighten your mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 abcg figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart The phrase **eyes of your heart** is a metaphor for one’s ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding and be enlightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 m5j5 πεφωτισμένους 1 that … bay be enlightened Alternate translation: “that … may be made to see”
|
||||
EPH 1 18 abc4 τῆς κλήσεως αὐτοῦ 1 of his calling The **calling** of God refers to his choosing people to believe in him. Alternate translation: “that you have because he chose you to be his people”
|
||||
|
|
@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ EPH 1 20 pu97 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead This expressio
|
|||
EPH 1 20 ekj4 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 seated him at his right hand in the heavenly places The person who sits **at the right hand** of a king sits at his right side and rules with all the authority of the king at whose right hand or side he sits. This is a metonym of location that represents the authority that the person in that location possesses. Alternate translation: “gave him all authority to rule from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 1 20 f3dh translate-symaction καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 seated him at his right hand To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “seated him in the place of honor and authority beside him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EPH 1 20 jrv1 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places “in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is. See how you translated this in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
EPH 1 21 k8k7 figs-doublet ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ κυριότητος 1 far above all rule and authority and power and dominion These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have four different terms for rulers or authorities, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “far above all types of supernatural beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 1 21 ra11 figs-activepassive παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου 1 every name that is named If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. This could mean: (1) every name that man gives. (2) every name that God gives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 21 k8k7 figs-doublet ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ κυριότητος 1 far above all rule and authority and power and dominion These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have four different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “far above all types of supernatural beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 1 21 ra11 figs-activepassive παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου 1 every name that is named If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) every name that man gives. (2) every name that God gives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 21 x6qc ὀνόματος 1 name This could refer to: (1) a title. (2) a position of authority.
|
||||
EPH 1 21 pym8 ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 in this age Alternate translation: “at this time”
|
||||
EPH 1 21 qw2x ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 in the age to come Alternate translation: “in the future”
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ EPH 2 3 zd6v figs-idiom τέκνα…ὀργῆς 1 children of wrath “people
|
|||
EPH 2 4 abco grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The love and mercy of God is in sharp contrast to the evil way the Ephesians lived before they believed in God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EPH 2 4 chm6 figs-abstractnouns Θεὸς πλούσιος ὢν ἐν ἐλέει 1 God is rich in mercy The word **mercy** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God is abundantly merciful” or “God is very kind to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 2 4 hrx9 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην αὐτοῦ, ἣν ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 because of his great love with which he loved us The word **love** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “because he loved us so very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 2 5 h6km figs-activepassive χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God saved you by being gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 5 h6km figs-activepassive χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God saved you by being gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 5 abkm figs-abstractnouns χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God saved you by being extremely kind to you” or “God saved you as a free gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 2 6 na2n figs-idiom συνήγειρεν 1 raised us up with him Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EPH 2 6 abch figs-pastforfuture συνήγειρεν 1 raised us up with him This could mean: (1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given Paul and the believers in Ephesus new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given us new life because we belong to Christ” (2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Ephesus can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “we can be sure that God will give us life just as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ EPH 2 6 m6pq ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in
|
|||
EPH 2 7 abcp grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of God raising up believers and seating them in heaven with Christ is to show the extent of his grace in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EPH 2 7 y6cf ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν, τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις 1 in the ages that are coming Alternate translation: “in the future”
|
||||
EPH 2 8 abcq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the Ephesians had been saved by God, and not by their own good works. The result is that people would see the grace of God to us in Christ. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EPH 2 8 t9pc figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι διὰ πίστεως 1 For by grace you have been saved through faith If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God saved you by grace because of your faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 8 t9pc figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι διὰ πίστεως 1 For by grace you have been saved through faith If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God saved you by grace because of your faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 8 abpc figs-abstractnouns τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 For by grace you have been saved The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God saved you as a free gift” or “God saved you because of his extreme kindness to you” See how you translated this phrase in [Ephesians 2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 2 8 r8u8 τοῦτο 1 this The word **this** refers back to **by grace you have been saved by faith**.
|
||||
EPH 2 9 al4s οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἵνα μή τις καυχήσηται 1 not from works, so that no one may boast You may want to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Salvation does not come from works, so that no one may boast” or “God does not save a person because of what that person does, so no one can boast and say that he earned his salvation”
|
||||
|
|
@ -147,32 +147,32 @@ EPH 2 19 abd1 figs-doublet ξένοι καὶ πάροικοι 1 strangers and f
|
|||
EPH 2 19 abd2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Instead The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. The previous separation of the Ephesians from God is in contrast to their current status as citizens of the kingdom of God and members of his household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EPH 2 19 r11r figs-metaphor ἐστὲ συνπολῖται τῶν ἁγίων καὶ οἰκεῖοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you are fellow citizens with the saints and members of the household of God Paul is again speaking of the spiritual condition of Gentiles after they become believers as he would speak about foreigners becoming citizens of a different nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 20 r2je figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομηθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ 1 You have been built on the foundation Paul speaks of God’s people as if they were a building. Christ is the cornerstone, the apostles are the **foundation**, and the believers are the structure. Alternate translation: “you depend on the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 20 fs7j figs-activepassive ἐποικοδομηθέντες 1 You have been built If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has built you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 20 fs7j figs-activepassive ἐποικοδομηθέντες 1 You have been built If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has built you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 21 g8ga figs-metaphor πᾶσα οἰκοδομὴ συναρμολογουμένη, αὔξει εἰς ναὸν ἅγιον 1 the whole building, being fit together, grows into a holy temple Paul continues to speak of Christ’s family as if it were a **building**. In the same way that a builder fits stones together while building, so Christ is fitting us together. Alternate translation: “all of us, as we grow together, become a holy group that worships God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 21 ljt5 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 In whom … in the Lord “In Christ … in the Lord Jesus” These metaphors express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 22 u55j figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ 1 in whom You can translate this as “in Christ,” which is a metaphor that expresses the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 22 b4c8 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε, εἰς κατοικητήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 you also are being built together as a dwelling place for God in the Spirit This describes how believers are being put together to become a **place** where **God** will permanently live through the power of the Holy **Spirit**. Alternate translation: “you also are being joined to this group where God lives by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 22 e52h figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε 1 you also are being built together If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God is also building you together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 22 e52h figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε 1 you also are being built together If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God is also building you together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 intro gha7 0 # Ephesians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “I pray”<br><br>Paul structures part of this chapter as a prayer to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is both praying for and instructing the church in Ephesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mystery<br><br>Paul refers to the church as a “mystery.” The role of the church in the plans of God was once not known. But God has now revealed it. Part of this mystery involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God.
|
||||
EPH 3 1 w896 0 Connecting Statement: To make clear the hidden truth about the church to believers, Paul refers back to the oneness of Jews and Gentiles and how believers from both groups form part of the one group that worships God, like the stones that form one temple.
|
||||
EPH 3 1 jb9u grammar-connect-logic-result τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is what Paul talked about in Chapter 2, that Christ showed his grace by removing the division between Jews and Gentiles and making them into one group. The result is that Paul prays for the Gentiles. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EPH 3 1 abd6 figs-explicit τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: “because of God’s grace to you” You may also need to make explicit here what the result is, as in the UST, because Paul does not state the result until 3:14, that he prays for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EPH 3 1 m9b6 ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the prisoner of Christ Jesus Alternate translation: “the one who is in prison because I serve Christ Jesus”
|
||||
EPH 3 2 rx7t τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you Here, **grace** could mean: (1) the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you.” (2) the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.”
|
||||
EPH 3 3 dc7x figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι 1 according to the revelation made known to me If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “according to what God revealed to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 3 dc7x figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι 1 according to the revelation made known to me If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “according to what God revealed to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 3 qm6m καθὼς προέγραψα ἐν ὀλίγῳ 1 about which I already wrote in brief Paul refers here to another letter that he had written to these people.
|
||||
EPH 3 5 srn9 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 which in other generations was not made known to the sons of men If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make these things known to people in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 5 eq5u figs-activepassive ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη…ἐν Πνεύματι 1 as it now has been revealed by the Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but now the Spirit has revealed it” or “but now the Spirit has made it known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 5 srn9 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 which in other generations was not made known to the sons of men If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make these things known to people in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 5 eq5u figs-activepassive ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη…ἐν Πνεύματι 1 as it now has been revealed by the Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but now the Spirit has revealed it” or “but now the Spirit has made it known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 6 pqy3 εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη, συνκληρονόμα…διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 that the Gentiles are fellow heirs … through the gospel This is the hidden truth that Paul began to explain in the previous verse. The **Gentiles** who receive Christ also receive everything that the Jewish believers receive from God.
|
||||
EPH 3 6 y88q σύνσωμα 1 fellow members of the body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
|
||||
EPH 3 6 wxs4 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
|
||||
EPH 3 6 i4h7 διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 through the gospel This could mean: (1) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise. (2) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise.
|
||||
EPH 3 8 y97f figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστον 1 unsearchable Paul speaks of everything that Christ offers as something so physically vast that it cannot be fully explored. Alternate translation: “unable to be completely known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 3 8 e96z figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 riches of Christ Paul speaks of the truth about **Christ** and the blessings he brings as if they were material wealth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 3 9 f2zp figs-activepassive τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι 1 of the mystery that was hidden from the ages in God who created all things If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 9 f2zp figs-activepassive τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι 1 of the mystery that was hidden from the ages in God who created all things If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 10 abd3 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of God revealing the mystery of the church to Paul is to enable the rulers in the heavenly places to see the wisdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EPH 3 10 q62l figs-activepassive γνωρισθῇ…ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις…ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the multifaceted wisdom of God might be made known to the rulers and to the authorities in the heavenly places If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may make his great wisdom known to the rulers and authorities in the heavenly places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 10 elh2 figs-doublet ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις 1 to the rulers and to the authorities These words share similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize that every spiritual being will know God’s wisdom. If your language does not have two words for this, you could use one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 3 10 q62l figs-activepassive γνωρισθῇ…ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις…ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the multifaceted wisdom of God might be made known to the rulers and to the authorities in the heavenly places If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may make his great wisdom known to the rulers and authorities in the heavenly places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 10 elh2 figs-doublet ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις 1 to the rulers and to the authorities These words share similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize that every spiritual being will know God’s wisdom. If your language does not have two words for this, you can use one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 3 10 z7vy ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places The phrase **heavenly places** refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “in the supernatural world”
|
||||
EPH 3 10 ll77 figs-metaphor ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the multifaceted wisdom of God Paul talks of God’s **wisdom** as though it were an object with many surfaces. Alternate translation: “the complex wisdom of God” or “how extremely wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 3 11 aaz8 κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων 1 according to the eternal purpose Alternate translation: “in keeping with the eternal plan” or “consistent with the eternal plan”
|
||||
|
|
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ EPH 3 18 ef4t figs-explicit τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕ
|
|||
EPH 3 19 rev9 γνῶναί τε τὴν…ἀγάπην τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and to know the love of Christ This continues the idea from the previous verse. They both refer to knowing the greatness of the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “that you can know how great Christ’s love for us is”
|
||||
EPH 3 19 px4z ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that you may be filled with all the fullness of God This is the fourth item for which Paul bends his knees and prays ([Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md)). The first is that they would “be strengthened” ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)), the second is that “Christ would live in their hearts through faith” ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)), and the third is that they “could comprehend Christ’s love” ([Ephesians 3:18](../03/18.md)).
|
||||
EPH 3 19 ab4z figs-metaphor ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that you may be filled with all the fullness of God In this metaphor Paul pictures the Ephesian believers as containers into which **God** can pour himself. Alternate translation: “so God can give you everything that he has to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 3 19 cd4z figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῆτε 1 so that you may be filled If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God can fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 19 cd4z figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῆτε 1 so that you may be filled If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God can fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 19 ef4z figs-abstractnouns εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 with all the fullness of God The word **fullness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “with everything that God is full of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 3 19 abd9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the Ephesian believers would know the love of Christ. The result is that they would be filled with the fulness of God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EPH 3 20 jk5c figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “we” and “us” in this book continue to include Paul and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -221,11 +221,11 @@ EPH 4 3 pi5c figs-metaphor τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνε
|
|||
EPH 4 3 ab5c figs-abstractnouns τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης 1 to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace The words **unity** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 4 4 x5kv ἓν σῶμα 1 There is one body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
|
||||
EPH 4 4 y6ep ἓν Πνεῦμα 1 one Spirit Alternate translation: “only one Holy Spirit”
|
||||
EPH 4 4 b9mr figs-activepassive ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν 1 you were called in one certain hope of your calling If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God called you to have one confident hope in your calling” or “there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 4 b9mr figs-activepassive ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν 1 you were called in one certain hope of your calling If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God called you to have one confident hope in your calling” or “there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 6 bz5i Πατὴρ πάντων…ἐπὶ πάντων…διὰ πάντων…ἐν πᾶσιν 1 Father of all … over all … through all … in all The word **all** here means “everything.”
|
||||
EPH 4 7 pp9t 0 General Information: The quote here is from a song that King David wrote.
|
||||
EPH 4 7 i4za 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds believers of the gifts that Christ gives believers to use in the church, which is the whole body of believers.
|
||||
EPH 4 7 u2bw figs-activepassive ἑνὶ…ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις 1 to each one of us grace has been given If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has given grace to each one of us” or “God gave a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 7 u2bw figs-activepassive ἑνὶ…ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις 1 to each one of us grace has been given If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has given grace to each one of us” or “God gave a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 7 abbw figs-abstractnouns ἑνὶ…ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις 1 to each one of us grace has been given The word **grace** is an abstract noun that refers here to a gift from God. Alternate translation: “God has given a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 4 8 abdb grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that every believer has been given a spiritual gift. The result is that the Scripture says Jesus gave gifts to men. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EPH 4 8 wj8t ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος 1 When he ascended to the heights Alternate translation: “When Christ went up into heaven”
|
||||
|
|
@ -264,8 +264,8 @@ EPH 4 17 ksr8 τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι 1 There
|
|||
EPH 4 17 abr8 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord This could be: (1) referring to the authority of the Lord. (2) stating that we all belong to the Lord.
|
||||
EPH 4 17 wcx2 figs-metaphor μηκέτι ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν, καθὼς καὶ τὰ ἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν ματαιότητι τοῦ νοὸς αὐτῶν 1 you … to walk no longer as the Gentiles also walk, in futility of their minds Paul commonly uses this metaphor that compares walking to living one’s life. Alternate translation: “you … to stop living like the Gentiles with their worthless thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 lab7 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They have been darkened in their understanding This metaphor compares wrong thinking with darkness. Alternate translation: “they no longer think or reason clearly” or “they are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 abci figs-activepassive ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They have been darkened in their understanding If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Their way of thinking has become dark” or “They no longer think or reason clearly” or “They are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 w69u figs-activepassive ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ, διὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 alienated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because they do not know God, they cannot live the way that God wants his people to live” or “they have cut themselves off from the life of God by their ignorance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 abci figs-activepassive ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They have been darkened in their understanding If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Their way of thinking has become dark” or “They no longer think or reason clearly” or “They are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 w69u figs-activepassive ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ, διὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 alienated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because they do not know God, they cannot live the way that God wants his people to live” or “they have cut themselves off from the life of God by their ignorance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 w235 ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι 1 alienated Alternate translation: “cut off” or “separated”
|
||||
EPH 4 18 s1uz ἄγνοιαν 1 ignorance Alternate translation: “lack of knowledge” or “lack of information”
|
||||
EPH 4 18 k8qv figs-metaphor διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 because of the hardness of their hearts The phrase **hardness of their hearts** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “because they are stubborn” or “because they refuse to listen to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ EPH 4 19 ldy8 figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελ
|
|||
EPH 4 20 e5vk ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν 1 But you did not thus learn Christ The word **thus** refers to the way that the Gentiles live, as described in [Ephesians 4:17-19](../04/17.md). This emphasizes that what the believers learned from Christ was the opposite of that. Alternate translation: “But what you learned about the ways of Christ was not like that”
|
||||
EPH 4 20 abdh grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The sinful way the Gentiles live is in contrast to the way that Paul taught the Ephesians to live according to the truth of Jesus. Use a connecting word in your language that marks a contrast here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 hy7r figs-irony εἴ γε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 if indeed you have heard about him and were taught in him Paul knows that the people to whom he is writing have **heard** and been **taught** these things. He is using irony as a form of rebuke—if they are doing things contrary to the way of Christ, they know better than that and need to stop. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 were taught in him If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. This could mean: (1) they received instruction in his ways. (2) Jesus’ people have taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 were taught in him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) they received instruction in his ways. (2) Jesus’ people have taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 gdz6 καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 as the truth is in Jesus “as Jesus teaches us the true way to live” or “as everything about Jesus is true.” See the UST.
|
||||
EPH 4 22 h1ha figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν 1 You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “You must stop living according to your former manner of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 22 j7n7 figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life, the old man Paul is speaking of a way of living as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “You must stop doing the things that your former self did” or “Stop doing the things that you used to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ EPH 4 29 bv8a τῆς χρείας, ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκο
|
|||
EPH 4 29 ab8a figs-abstractnouns ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν 1 so that it might give grace to the hearers The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “so that those who hear you may be spiritually encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 4 30 air6 μὴ λυπεῖτε 1 do not grieve Alternate translation: “do not distress” or “do not upset”
|
||||
EPH 4 30 pgk9 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως 1 by whom you were sealed for the day of redemption The Holy Spirit assures believers that God will redeem them. Paul speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were a mark that God puts on believers to show that he owns them. Alternate translation: “for he is the seal that assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption” or “for he is the one who assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 30 abck figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως 1 by whom you were sealed for the day of redemption If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for he has sealed you for the day of redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 30 abck figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως 1 by whom you were sealed for the day of redemption If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for he has sealed you for the day of redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 31 b72p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his instructions on what believers should not do and ends with what they must do.
|
||||
EPH 4 31 v576 figs-metaphor ἀρθήτω 1 Let … be removed Paul speaks of attitudes and behaviors as though they were physical objects that can be removed. Alternate translation: “you must not allow … to be part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 31 t1gj figs-abstractnouns πικρία, καὶ θυμὸς, καὶ ὀργὴ 1 bitterness, and rage, and anger These are abstract nouns that can be expressed as adjectives. Alternate translation: “being bitter, and intensely angry, and angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ EPH 5 1 abdp grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore The connecting wor
|
|||
EPH 5 1 zen5 figs-simile ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητά 1 as beloved children God desires us to imitate or follow him since we are his spiritual children. Alternate translation: “as dearly loved children imitate their fathers” or “because you are his children and he loves you dearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
EPH 5 2 ta41 figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 walk in love To **walk** is a common way to express the idea of living one’s life. Alternate translation: “live a life of love” or “always love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 2 bak1 figs-metaphor προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ Θεῷ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας 1 an offering and sacrifice to God for a fragrant aroma This metaphor compares Christ dying on the cross for our sins with an Old Testament **sacrifice** for sin, which were roasted in a fire and gave off a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “like a sweet-smelling offering and sacrifice to God” or “an offering and sacrifice to God that pleased God very much” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 3 le5f figs-activepassive πορνεία δὲ, καὶ ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα, ἢ πλεονεξία, μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν 1 But sexual immorality and every impurity or greed must not even be named among you If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. “Do not do anything that would let anyone think that you are guilty of sexual immorality or any kind of impurity or greed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 5 3 le5f figs-activepassive πορνεία δὲ, καὶ ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα, ἢ πλεονεξία, μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν 1 But sexual immorality and every impurity or greed must not even be named among you If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. “Do not do anything that would let anyone think that you are guilty of sexual immorality or any kind of impurity or greed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 5 3 abdq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The fragrant offering and sacrifice to God is in contrast to sinful acts and thoughts that are not fitting for saints. Use a connecting word that indicates a contrast in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EPH 5 3 xat9 ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα 1 every impurity Alternate translation: “any moral uncleanness”
|
||||
EPH 5 4 utm5 ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εὐχαριστία 1 but instead, thanksgiving The word **thanksgiving** is a verbal noun, and can be translated with a verb: “instead of those things, you should thank God”
|
||||
|
|
@ -385,10 +385,10 @@ EPH 5 26 h6vx figs-metaphor αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ, καθαρίσας 1 he
|
|||
EPH 5 26 a9p5 figs-metaphor καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι 1 having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word This could mean: (1) Paul is referring to God making Christ’s people clean by the preaching and acceptance of God’s **word** in the gospel message and through **water** baptism in Christ. (2) Paul is speaking of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with **water**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 abea grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ cleansing the church with the word is to present the church to himself as a glorious bride. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 d1sm figs-metaphor μὴ ἔχουσαν σπίλον, ἢ ῥυτίδα 1 not having stain or wrinkle Paul speaks of the church as though it were a garment that is clean and in perfect condition. Alternate translation: “not having any defect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 abcm figs-doublet μὴ ἔχουσαν σπίλον, ἢ ῥυτίδα 1 not having stain or wrinkle Here, **stain** and **wrinkle** represent the same idea of defect in two ways to emphasize the church’s purity. If your language does not have two different words, you could use one word for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 abcm figs-doublet μὴ ἔχουσαν σπίλον, ἢ ῥυτίδα 1 not having stain or wrinkle Here, **stain** and **wrinkle** represent the same idea of defect in two ways to emphasize the church’s purity. If your language does not have two different words, you can use one word for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 abeb grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. The church having stains and wrinkles of sin is in contrast to the church being holy and blameless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 abec grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ washing the church is to make the church holy and blameless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 jvi4 figs-doublet ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος 1 holy and blameless Here, **blameless** means basically the same thing as **holy**. Paul uses the two together to emphasize the church’s purity. If your language does not have two different words, you could use one word for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 jvi4 figs-doublet ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος 1 holy and blameless Here, **blameless** means basically the same thing as **holy**. Paul uses the two together to emphasize the church’s purity. If your language does not have two different words, you can use one word for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 28 wp8b figs-explicit ὡς τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα 1 as their own bodies You can state explicitly that people love **their own bodies**. Alternate translation: “as husbands love their own bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EPH 5 29 h5aa ἀλλὰ ἐκτρέφει 1 but he nourishes Alternate translation: “but he feeds”
|
||||
EPH 5 29 abed grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Hating one’s own body is in contrast to caring for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ EPH 6 18 mu4w διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως, π
|
|||
EPH 6 18 g1i7 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς αὐτὸ 1 to this end The connecting phrase **to this end** marks a goal or purpose relationship. The goal is what was just mentioned: to pray at all times in the Spirit. In order to do that, believers must be watchful and persevere in making requests for all the saints. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “in order to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EPH 6 18 i5hm figs-abstractnouns ἀγρυπνοῦντες ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει καὶ δεήσει περὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων 1 be watchful with all perseverance and requests for all the saints The word **perseverance** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “persevere in being alert, and pray for all God’s holy people” or “pray with constant alertness for all the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 6 19 rm1h 0 Connecting Statement: In closing this letter, Paul asks his readers to pray for his boldness in telling the gospel while he is in prison and he says that he is sending Tychicus to comfort them.
|
||||
EPH 6 19 j135 figs-activepassive ἵνα μοι δοθῇ λόγος 1 so that a message might be given to me If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God might give me the word” or “God might give me the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 6 19 j135 figs-activepassive ἵνα μοι δοθῇ λόγος 1 so that a message might be given to me If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God might give me the word” or “God might give me the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 6 19 abeo grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of the believers praying for Paul is to enable him to preach the gospel boldly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EPH 6 19 gu1n figs-metonymy ἀνοίξει τοῦ στόματός μου 1 I open my mouth This is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “I speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 6 20 wx9k figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ οὗ πρεσβεύω ἐν ἁλύσει 1 for which I am an ambassador in chains The phrase **in chains** is a metonym for being in prison. Alternate translation: “because of which I am now in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -131,22 +131,22 @@ PHP 2 1 m84k εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος 1 if any fellowsh
|
|||
PHP 2 1 quhq figs-abstractnouns εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος 1 if any fellowship of the Spirit If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if the Spirit has produced any fellowship among you” or “if the Spirit has given you fellowship with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 1 l2px figs-abstractnouns εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί 1 if any affections and compassions If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **affections** and **compassions** by using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if you feel any affection and compassion for one another” or “if you have any affection and compassion for each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 1 u3dz figs-explicit σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί 1 if any affections and compassions The phrase **if any affections and compassions** probably refers to the Philippian believers’ affection and compassion toward each other. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you have any affection and compassion toward one another”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 2 2 j5v2 figs-abstractnouns πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαρὰν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “make me overflow with happiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 2 j5v2 figs-abstractnouns πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαρὰν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “make me overflow with happiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 2 jxq2 τὸ αὐτὸ φρονῆτε 1 fulfill my joy Alternate translation: “you think together as one”
|
||||
PHP 2 2 ve0w figs-abstractnouns τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 2 ve0w figs-abstractnouns τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 2 yo7j figs-idiom σύνψυχοι 1 Paul’s use of the idiom, **united in soul**, is a figurative way of asking the Philippians to be unified and to agree about what is important. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “be one in spirit” or “be one in heart and will” or “agree about what is important” or “be unified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 2 2 b8gz τὸ ἓν φρονοῦντες 1 Alternate translation: “being concerned about the same things”
|
||||
PHP 2 3 p0v0 μηδὲν κατ’ ἐριθείαν 1 Alternate translation: “Do not be selfishly ambitious” or “Do not do anything with an attitude of self-importance”
|
||||
PHP 2 3 y1le μηδὲ κατὰ κενοδοξίαν 1 Alternate translation: “or with empty pride”
|
||||
PHP 2 3 xmey figs-abstractnouns μηδὲ κατὰ κενοδοξίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **conceit** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “or with prideful motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 3 kzj6 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ τῇ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερέχοντας ἑαυτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **humility** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “but rather, act in a humble way by considering others more important than yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 3 xmey figs-abstractnouns μηδὲ κατὰ κενοδοξίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **conceit** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “or with prideful motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 3 kzj6 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ τῇ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερέχοντας ἑαυτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **humility** by using an adjective or some other way. Alternate translation: “but rather, act in a humble way by considering others more important than yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 4 ezk6 μὴ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστος σκοποῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἑτέρων ἕκαστοι 1 each one not considering the things of himself, but also the things of each other Alternate translation: “each of you caring not only about what you need, but also about what others need”
|
||||
PHP 2 4 nowd figs-explicit ἕκαστος 1 The phrase **each one** here means “each person” and refers to all of the Philippian believers. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “every one of you” or “each of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 2 4 ob45 μὴ…σκοποῦντες 1 Alternate translation: “not thinking about”
|
||||
PHP 2 4 l3q0 figs-pronouns ἑαυτῶν 1 Here, the reflexive pronoun **themselves** is plural in form in the original language in which Paul wrote this letter. If your language has a plural form for this pronoun, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “of yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 4 qmzl figs-rpronouns ἑαυτῶν 1 Here, the reflexive pronoun **themselves** refers back to **each one** at the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “of yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 5 pqdc τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had”
|
||||
PHP 2 5 rh98 figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Have this attitude in you which also was in Christ Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **attitude**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **attitude** with a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 5 rh98 figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Have this attitude in you which also was in Christ Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **attitude**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **attitude** with a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 5 kwoe figs-yousingular τοῦτο φρονεῖτε 1 This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian believers. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have this attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
PHP 2 5 acmu figs-explicit τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here the phrase **Have this attitude in you which was also in Christ Jesus** means that a believer is to have the same attitude and disposition which Christ Jesus had and which characterized his behavior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think the same way that Christ Jesus did” or “Have the same values which Christ Jesus also had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 2 6 xo2l ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων 1 The phrase **existing in the form of God** means that Jesus had the very nature of God. It does not mean that Jesus only appeared to be God, but was not God. This phrase is saying that Jesus was fully God. The rest of this verse and the next two verses explain that Jesus, while being fully God, humbled himself and acted as a servant, in obedience to God. Avoid any translation that would suggest that Jesus was not fully God. Alternate translation: “being fully God” or “though everything that is true of God is true of him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -175,12 +175,12 @@ PHP 2 10 xz1u figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γ
|
|||
PHP 2 10 xn7a ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων 1 Paul uses the phrase **in heaven and on earth and under the earth** to include to all beings, including human beings and angels. This phrase emphasizes that all beings everywhere will bow in reverence to Jesus. Consider the best way to express this in your language. Alternate translation: “every being in heaven, and on earth, and under the earth”
|
||||
PHP 2 11 xy4f figs-metonymy πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται 1 every tongue Here Paul uses the word **tongue** figuratively to represent the mouth and what comes out of the mouth. Paul is figuratively describing what is said by associating it with the tongue. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “every mouth will declare” or “every being will say” or “everyone will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 11 mr2i grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 to the glory of God the Father Here the word **to** expresses result. Alternate translation: “with the result that God the Father will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
PHP 2 11 equs figs-abstractnouns εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 to the glory of God the Father If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using a verbal form of this word or by some other way. Alternate translation: “and honor God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 11 equs figs-abstractnouns εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 to the glory of God the Father If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using a verbal form of this word or by some other way. Alternate translation: “and honor God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 jnp3 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὥστε 1 Connecting Statement: The phrase **So then** shows that what follows it is the desired result of what preceded it in [2:5-11](../02/05.md). Use the most natural form in your language to show this relationship. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 e359 ἀγαπητοί μου 1 my beloved Here, the word **beloved** refers to the believers in Philippi. Paul uses this word to express how much he loves them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent phrase in your language that expresses love and affection. Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers”
|
||||
PHP 2 12 c1ix ὡς ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ μου 1 in my presence Alternate translation: “when I was present with you”
|
||||
PHP 2 12 u5ng ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ μου 1 in my absence Alternate translation: “when I am not there with you”
|
||||
PHP 2 12 j897 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν κατεργάζεσθε 1 work out your own salvation with fear and trembling If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verbal form of this word or expressing it in some other way which describes God’s saving work. Alternate translation: “with fear and trembling, continue to work hard to do that which is proper for those whom God saves” or “with awe and reverence for God, work to do good things, as those whom God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 j897 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν κατεργάζεσθε 1 work out your own salvation with fear and trembling If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verbal form of this word or expressing it in some other way which describes God’s saving work. Alternate translation: “with fear and trembling, continue to work hard to do that which is proper for those whom God saves” or “with awe and reverence for God, work to do good things, as those whom God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 cm1s figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling Paul uses the words **fear** and **trembling** together to show the attitude of reverence that people should have for God. Consider the best way to express this idea in your language. These words have very similar meanings, so you can express them as one idea or translate them as two separate expressions. Alternate translation: “with awe and reverence for God” or “with deep reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 13 fc9l ἐνεργῶν 1 In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the word **working** expresses continuous action and emphasizes the ongoing nature of God’s work in believers. Consider the best way to express the continuous nature of this word in your language. Alternate translation: “continually working”
|
||||
PHP 2 13 qy5x figs-extrainfo ἐν ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **in you** could refer to: (1) God working individually within the heart of each of the Philippian believers. (2) God working among the Philippian believers as a whole. Alternate translation: “among you” (3) both option one and two simultaneously. Alternate translation: “in and among you” If your language allows you to keep the object of God’s work ambiguous, as it is in the ULT, this is the preferable option. If your language does not allow for this, choose one of the options above. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -215,12 +215,12 @@ PHP 2 17 ip8i figs-hendiadys ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργ
|
|||
PHP 2 17 s1j9 χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **I rejoice and rejoice with you all** is Paul’s summary of his attitude toward his hard work and suffering on behalf of the Philippians, which he described in [2:16](../02/16.md) and in this verse.
|
||||
PHP 2 18 bicj figs-explicit τὸ…αὐτὸ 1 The phrase **in the same manner** refers to the Philippian Christians rejoicing in the same manner that Paul said he would rejoice in previous verse [2:17](../02/17.md). If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way that I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 2 18 dr9c figs-yousingular καὶ ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ συνχαίρετέ μοι 1 Connecting Statement: The phrases **you also rejoice** and **rejoice with me** are both commands or instructions given to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I urge each of you to rejoice, and also to rejoice with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
PHP 2 19 gml9 figs-abstractnouns ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now I hope in the Lord Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** with a verb form such as “hoping.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 19 gml9 figs-abstractnouns ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now I hope in the Lord Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** with a verb form such as “hoping.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 19 pq9g translate-names Τιμόθεον 1 **Timothy** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 2 20 d9mw οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον 1 For I have no one like-minded Alternate translation: “For I have no one else who loves you like I do”
|
||||
PHP 2 21 b922 figs-explicit οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 For they all Here the words **they** and **their** refer to a group of people Paul does not think he can trust to help the believers in Philippi. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider stating that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All the other people I might send to you seek what they want and not the things Jesus Christ wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 2 22 gm8i figs-simile ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 as a child with his father, he served with me The point of this comparison is that children learn from their fathers and try to follow and imitate them as they work alongside them. Paul was not Timothy’s biological father, but he uses this simile to illustrate how Timothy worked alongside him and learned from him as, together, they advanced the gospel. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he learned from me and did what I did as he served with me in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
PHP 2 22 clvw figs-abstractnouns τὴν δὲ δοκιμὴν αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **worth** with an adjective such as “valuable” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “But you know how valuable Timothy is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 22 clvw figs-abstractnouns τὴν δὲ δοκιμὴν αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **worth** with an adjective such as “valuable” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “But you know how valuable Timothy is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 22 xdn5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 in the gospel Here, **the gospel** means the work of advancing the gospel. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in gospel work” or “in working to spread the gospel” or “in the work of telling people the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 24 yn62 πέποιθα…ἐν Κυρίῳ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι 1 I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon Alternate translation: “I am sure, if it is the Lord’s will, that I will also come soon”
|
||||
PHP 2 24 qqpo figs-explicit ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι. 1 Here, the word **also** expresses that Paul was confident that he would be able to visit the Philippian Christians too, in addition to sending Timothy to them. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that I myself, in addition to Timothy, will also come soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -233,21 +233,21 @@ PHP 2 26 gxn9 ἐπιποθῶν ἦν πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀδη
|
|||
PHP 2 26 wdvh writing-pronouns ἐπειδὴ ἐπιποθῶν ἦν πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀδημονῶν διότι ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἠσθένησεν 1 In this verse all three uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Epaphroditus. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural. Alternate translation: “seeing that Epaphroditus has been longing to be with you all and is distressed because you heard that he was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 27 d3ou writing-pronouns καὶ γὰρ ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον θανάτῳ, ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ἠλέησεν αὐτόν, οὐκ αὐτὸν δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμέ, ἵνα μὴ λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην σχῶ 1 Here the pronoun **he** refers to Epaphroditus, as do both uses of the pronoun **him**. If this would be unclear in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For indeed Epaphroditus was sick nearly to death. But God had mercy on him, and not on him only, but also on me, so that I might not have sorrow upon sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 27 rl0m figs-abstractnouns ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον θανάτῳ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** with an adjective such as “dying” or with a verbal form such as **died**, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “he was sick nearly to the point of dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 27 n0zd figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ἠλέησεν αὐτόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an adjective such as “merciful” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “but God was merciful to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 27 n0zd figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ἠλέησεν αὐτόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an adjective such as “merciful” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “but God was merciful to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 27 ioqq figs-explicit λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην 1 If your readers would misunderstand the expression **sorrow upon sorrow**, consider using an equivalent expression, or state the meaning of this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “sorrow added to sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 2 27 dzgz λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην 1 The expression **sorrow upon sorrow** could mean: (1) adding the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death to the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ sickness. Alternate translation: “the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death added to the sorrow of his sickness” (2) adding the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death to the sorrow of Paul’s imprisonment. Alternate translation: “the sorrow of Epaphroditus’ death added to the sorrow of my imprisonment”
|
||||
PHP 2 28 kt1d writing-pronouns σπουδαιοτέρως οὖν ἔπεμψα αὐτὸν, ἵνα ἰδόντες αὐτὸν πάλιν, χαρῆτε κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ 1 Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to Epaphroditus. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider clarifying who **him** is referring to in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I sent Epaphroditus all the more eagerly, so that, having seen him again, you might rejoice, and I might be free from pain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 28 y5gc figs-abstractnouns κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ 1 and I might be free from pain Here when Paul refers to **pain**, he is referring to emotional pain. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **pain**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **pain** with an adjective such as “anxious” or “concerned” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “and I might be less anxious” or “and I might be less concerned about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 28 y5gc figs-abstractnouns κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ 1 and I might be free from pain Here when Paul refers to **pain**, he is referring to emotional pain. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **pain**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **pain** with an adjective such as “anxious” or “concerned” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “and I might be less anxious” or “and I might be less concerned about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 29 y95x figs-yousingular προσδέχεσθε…αὐτὸν 1 Therefore welcome him The word **welcome** is a command or instruction in plural form to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort all of you to welcome him” or “all of you receive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
PHP 2 29 qx14 figs-abstractnouns ἐν Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς 1 in the Lord with all joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adverb such as “joyfully,” as the UST does, or you can use a verbal form of this word such as “rejoicing.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, welcome him in the Lord with rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 29 qx14 figs-abstractnouns ἐν Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς 1 in the Lord with all joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adverb such as “joyfully,” as the UST does, or you can use a verbal form of this word such as “rejoicing.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, welcome him in the Lord with rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 29 l59w figs-yousingular ἐντίμους ἔχετε 1 The phrase **hold in honor** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to hold in honor” or “each of you honor” or “all of you honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
PHP 2 29 lk2b figs-abstractnouns ἐντίμους ἔχετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **honor** with a verbal form of **honor** as the UST does, or in some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 29 lk2b figs-abstractnouns ἐντίμους ἔχετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **honor** with a verbal form of **honor** as the UST does, or in some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 ns1y writing-pronouns ὅτι διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν, παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ, ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας 1 he came near even to death Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Epaphroditus. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider clarifying this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “since for the sake of the work of Christ, Epaphroditus came near even to death, risking his life so that he might make up your lack of service to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 vj8b figs-possession διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ 1 he came near even to death In the phrase **the work of Christ**, Paul is using the possessive form to describe work that is done for Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state this in some other way. Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 nhja figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ 1 he came near even to death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **work** with a verbal form such as “working.” Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 ffly figs-abstractnouns μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν 1 he came near even to death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** with an adjective such as “dying” or with a verbal form such as **died**, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “he was close to dying” or “he came close to dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 kjti figs-abstractnouns παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ 1 he came near even to death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind the phrase **risking his life** in some other way. Alternate translation: “running the risk of dying” or “taking the risk that he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 x4rl figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας 1 he came near even to death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you could express the idea behind the word **service** by using a verb form such as “serve.” Alternate translation: “so that he might make up for your being unable to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 nhja figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ 1 he came near even to death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **work** with a verbal form such as “working.” Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 ffly figs-abstractnouns μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν 1 he came near even to death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** with an adjective such as “dying” or with a verbal form such as **died**, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “he was close to dying” or “he came close to dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 kjti figs-abstractnouns παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ 1 he came near even to death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind the phrase **risking his life** in some other way. Alternate translation: “running the risk of dying” or “taking the risk that he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 x4rl figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας 1 he came near even to death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you can express the idea behind the word **service** by using a verb form such as “serve.” Alternate translation: “so that he might make up for your being unable to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 30 g98z figs-explicit ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας 1 he might make up your lack of service to me The **lack of service** Paul speaks of here is the inability of the Philippian believers to be present with him in prison. By sending Epaphroditus to Paul, the Philippian believers ministered to Paul’s needs through Epaphroditus, and so Epaphroditus supplied what they could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he might supply what you could not give me” or “so that he might make up for what you could not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 intro btx3 0 # Philippians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4-8, Paul lists the ways he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew, but he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dogs<br><br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.<br><br>### Resurrected bodies<br><br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prize<br><br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is to grow to be like Christ while we live on earth. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
|
||||
PHP 3 1 zu9l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this word in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ PHP 3 3 xt5r figs-metonymy ἡ περιτομή 1 the circumcision In contrast t
|
|||
PHP 3 3 wn2n οἱ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λατρεύοντες 1 Alternate translation: “the ones who are empowered by God’s Spirit to worship him” or “the ones who are enabled to worship God by his Spirit” or “the ones who worship God through his Spirit”
|
||||
PHP 3 3 k8ph figs-explicit οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες 1 having no confidence in the flesh You can state explicitly that Paul did not have any **confidence** in the “works of” **the flesh**. Alternate translation: “having no confidence in the works of the flesh” or “not trusting that circumcision will please God” or “not trusting that being circumcized will earn God’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 nkrs καυχώμενοι ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες 1 The phrase **boasting in Christ Jesus** and the phrase **and having no confidence in the flesh** are complementary ideas which express a similar truth. If people truly place their confidence in Christ as their only means of earning God’s favor, they will not put their confidence in themselves or religious acts. Conversely, if people put their confidence in religious rituals and observances, they cannot place their full confidence in Christ. Consider the best way to clearly express these coordinate ideas in your language.
|
||||
PHP 3 3 ox7y figs-abstractnouns καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as **trusting** or a verbal form such as **trust.** Alternate translation: “and we do not trust in our flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 ox7y figs-abstractnouns καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as **trusting** or a verbal form such as **trust.** Alternate translation: “and we do not trust in our flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 4 upw5 figs-hypo ἐγὼ ἔχων πεποίθησιν καὶ ἐν σαρκί. εἴ τις δοκεῖ ἄλλος πεποιθέναι ἐν σαρκί, ἐγὼ μᾶλλον 1 I myself, having confidence even in the flesh. If anyone else seems to have confidence in the flesh, I even more Using a type of hypothetical situation, Paul recites his own credentials to illustrate that if observing the law could earn God’s favor, then he had more reason to boast than anyone else. His purpose is to teach the Philippian believers that they should only trust in Christ and not trust in other things to earn God’s favor. Paul explains in [3:7–11](../03/07.md) that his hope is in Christ and not in the things he lists in the next two verses. Alternate translation: “We do not trust in those rituals to make us acceptable to God, although I could very well do that if it would be useful for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
PHP 3 5 d5bq περιτομῇ ὀκταήμερος ἐκ γένους Ἰσραήλ φυλῆς Βενιαμείν, Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων, κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος 1 In this verse and the next verse, Paul lists a total of seven things in which he put his confidence before he believed in Christ. In this verse he lists five of those things and in the next verse he lists the remaining two.
|
||||
PHP 3 5 yq98 figs-explicit φυλῆς Βενιαμείν 1 circumcision The phrase **of the tribe of Benjamin** means that Paul was from the Israelite tribe of Benjamin and therefore descended from Jacob’s son Benjamin. Consider the best way to say this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,13 +279,13 @@ PHP 3 6 hln8 figs-explicit κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμ
|
|||
PHP 3 7 i2td grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 This entire verse is Paul’s response to the seven things he listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md), which he once considered to be spiritually and religiously profitable to himself. In this verse Paul contrasts his former way of viewing things when he was a Pharisee with his new way of viewing things now that he believes in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
PHP 3 7 lb8f figs-metaphor ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 a profit … loss In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the words **gains** and **loss** were common business terms used for accounting to describe things a business person determined to be either profitable or unprofitable. Here, Paul is using these two terms metaphorically to portray the things he considers spiritually profitable and unprofitable. If your language has similar business or accounting terms that would be natural to use in this context, consider using them here. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly counted as gains, these things I now count as loss for the sake of Christ” or “Whatever things I formerly accounted as gains, these things I now account as loss for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 7 n4lg figs-explicit ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 Whatever was a profit for me Here, the phrase **Whatever was profit to me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 7 nwdi figs-abstractnouns ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **profit**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **profit** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you could express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 7 yxtx figs-abstractnouns ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **loss**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **loss** by using a verbal phrase such as “worth losing”. Alternate translation: “I consider these things worth losing for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 7 nwdi figs-abstractnouns ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **profit**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **profit** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 7 yxtx figs-abstractnouns ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **loss**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **loss** by using a verbal phrase such as “worth losing”. Alternate translation: “I consider these things worth losing for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 e1fp figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ μενοῦνγε καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου, δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην καὶ ἡγοῦμαι σκύβαλα, ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω 1 I consider even all things to be loss In this verse Paul continues the business metaphor which he began in [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 epts ἡγοῦμαι 1 See how you translated the word **consider** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
PHP 3 8 wugj figs-abstractnouns ζημίαν 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **loss** in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “worth losing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 iji5 figs-abstractnouns καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **value**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **value** with an adjective such as “valuable.” Alternate translation: “I consider everything worth losing for the sake of what is most valuable, namely, knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 dxql figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal form such as “knowing.” Alternate translation: “because of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 iji5 figs-abstractnouns καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **value**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **value** with an adjective such as “valuable.” Alternate translation: “I consider everything worth losing for the sake of what is most valuable, namely, knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 dxql figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal form such as “knowing.” Alternate translation: “because of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 cv55 διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 because of the surpassing value of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord Alternate translation: “because knowing Christ Jesus my Lord is worth so much more”
|
||||
PHP 3 8 g1hy figs-explicit τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 Here, the word **knowledge** does not refer to simply being mentally aware of something or someone, but rather, it refers to having a deep, intimate, personal knowledge or experience of someone or something. Here, it refers to having an intimate and personal knowledge or experience of Christ. Consider the best way to express this meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “of intimately knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” or “of deeply knowing and experiencing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 dh2d figs-abstractnouns δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **loss** earlier in this verse and in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “for whom I have willingly lost all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -294,22 +294,22 @@ PHP 3 8 ovd9 translate-unknown σκύβαλα 1 During Paul’s time this word
|
|||
PHP 3 8 vgf5 κερδήσω 1 See how you translated the word **gains** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
PHP 3 8 h3kq grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω 1 The phrase **so that** is a purpose clause. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of gaining Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 iy4k figs-activepassive καὶ εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 be found in him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the passive verbal phrase **be found** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “and God might find me belonging to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 ubvr figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 be found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. Alternate translation: “not being able to please God by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 w62g figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ 1 be found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. Alternate translation: “but that which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 ubvr figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 be found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. Alternate translation: “not being able to please God by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 w62g figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ 1 be found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. Alternate translation: “but that which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 g9a9 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ 1 not having my own righteousness that is from the law Here, the word **that** refers to “righteousness.” Paul assumes his readers will know this from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness which is through faith in Christ” or “but the righteousness which comes by faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 pbgf figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε 1 be found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. See how you translated **righteousness** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “being pleasing to God by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 jmqf figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε 1 be found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. See how you translated **faith** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness from God, which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 pbgf figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε 1 be found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. See how you translated **righteousness** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “being pleasing to God by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 jmqf figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῇ πίστε 1 be found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. See how you translated **faith** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness from God, which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 dely figs-ellipsis ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει 1 In the phrase **by faith**, Paul is leaving out some words that would be needed to complete the sentence in many languages. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which comes by faith” or “which is received through faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 ot4a writing-pronouns τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ, συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ 1 All occurrences of the pronouns **him** and **his** in this verse refer to Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to know Christ and the power of his resurrection and the fellowship of his sufferings, being conformed to his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 vj4s grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 the power of his resurrection The first occurrence of the word **and** indicates that what follows is the Paul’s explanation of how specifically he wants to know Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 tam1 τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, he closely connects the phrase **the power of his resurrection** and the phrase **the fellowship of his sufferings**. He does this because in Paul’s mind these two things are inseparably linked, and a person cannot know the power of Christ’s resurrection without first sharing in Christ’s suffering. Consider the best way to show the close connection between these two phrases in your language.
|
||||
PHP 3 10 ngz6 τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν 1 See how you translated the word “knowledge” in [3:8](../03/08.md). Here, the word **know** does not refer to simply being mentally aware of something or someone, but rather, it refers to having a deep, intimate, personal knowledge or experience of something or someone. Here, it refers to having an intimate and personal knowledge or experience of Christ. Consider the best way to express this meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “to intimately know Christ” or “to deeply know and experience him”
|
||||
PHP 3 10 fpij figs-abstractnouns δύναμιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the idea behind **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully,” as modeled in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 vqb6 figs-abstractnouns καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “participate” or “sharing.” Alternate translation: “and to participate in his sufferings” or “and the sharing of his sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 qm5n figs-abstractnouns καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of suffering, you could express the idea behind the word **sufferings** by using a verbal form such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “and to suffer with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 fpij figs-abstractnouns δύναμιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully,” as modeled in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 vqb6 figs-abstractnouns καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “participate” or “sharing.” Alternate translation: “and to participate in his sufferings” or “and the sharing of his sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 qm5n figs-abstractnouns καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of suffering, you can express the idea behind the word **sufferings** by using a verbal form such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “and to suffer with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 r3gz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** indicates that what follows is the second aspect of knowing Christ, which Paul introduces in explanation of how specifically he wants to know Christ. Alternate translation: “and to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 xw42 figs-activepassive συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ 1 being conformed to his death If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the phrase **being conformed to** with an active form. Alternate translation: “taking on the likeness of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 ps0j figs-abstractnouns συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ 1 being conformed to his death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 ps0j figs-abstractnouns συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ 1 being conformed to his death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 11 l4rm τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 if somehow I might attain to the resurrection that is from the dead Alternate translation: “the resurrection from the dead”
|
||||
PHP 3 12 xk5q figs-extrainfo οὐχ ὅτι ἤδη ἔλαβον 1 Connecting Statement: The word **it** in the phrase **Not that I already received it** could be referring to: (1) spiritual perfection and completion. This phrase would then mean that Paul is saying that he is not yet spiritually perfect or complete. Alternate translation: “Not that I have already attained spiritual perfection” or “Not that I am already spiritually complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already perfected” (2) that Paul has not yet reached the goals he has for himself and so has not received his reward. Alternate translation: “Not that I have yet reached my goals and received my reward from God” (3) Paul has not yet finished the work God gave him to do with his life, and then died and received his reward from God. Alternate translation: “Not that I have finished my work and received my reward from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
PHP 3 12 ms3v figs-activepassive ἢ ἤδη τετελείωμαι 1 I already received it If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **been made perfect** with an active form. Alternate translation: “or think that God has already made me perfect” or “or think that God has already completed his work in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ PHP 3 14 jhtv σκοπὸν…εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω
|
|||
PHP 3 14 lmr6 figs-extrainfo τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the upward calling The phrase **the prize of the upward calling of God** could mean: (1) that **the prize** is **the upward calling of God**. Alternate translation: “receive the prize of God’s upward call” or “receive the prize of God’s heavenward invitation” (2) that the **upward calling of God** is a call to come and receive God’s **prize**. Alternate translation: “answer God’s upward call to receive his prize” or “answer God’s invitation to receive his prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
PHP 3 14 cq3f figs-extrainfo τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the upward calling The word **upward** probably refers to both the origin of God’s call and to the direction of God’s call. In other words, the phrase **the upward calling of God** probably refers both to the fact that the **calling** is from God and that the calling is also a heavenly calling to move towards God. Alternate translation: “God’s heavenward call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
PHP 3 14 agwg figs-explicit κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 of the upward calling The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could be: (1) modifying the phrase **the upward calling of God**. (2) modifying the phrase **I press on**. Alternate translation: “I press on in Christ Jesus toward the goal for the prize of the upward calling of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 14 d75h figs-abstractnouns κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 of the upward calling If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **goal**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **goal** in another way. Alternate translation: “I make it my main focus to win the prize of God’s upward calling in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 14 d75h figs-abstractnouns κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 of the upward calling If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **goal**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **goal** in another way. Alternate translation: “I make it my main focus to win the prize of God’s upward calling in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 15 de4y grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 as many as are perfect should think this way The word **Therefore** indicates that Paul is transitioning from teaching the Philippians by using his personal experience ([Philippians 3:4-14](../03/04.md)) to exhorting them ([Philippians 3:15-17](../03/15.md)). Use the form that would best express this meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
PHP 3 15 ki7f figs-ellipsis ὅσοι 1 God will also reveal that to you The phrase **as many as** is missing some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” or “all of you who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
PHP 3 15 pb9p ὅσοι…τέλειοι 1 God will also reveal that to you Here, the word **perfect** does not mean “without sin,” but rather it means “spiritually mature.” Alternate translation: “as many as are spiritually mature”
|
||||
|
|
@ -341,22 +341,22 @@ PHP 3 18 ab61 figs-metonymy πολλοὶ γὰρ περιπατοῦσιν 1 ma
|
|||
PHP 3 18 zwp3 figs-ellipsis πολλοὶ γὰρ 1 I have often told you The phrase **For many** leaves out a word that would be needed in some languages to be completely clear. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply the missing word from the context. Alternate translation: “For many people walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
PHP 3 18 h6pc νῦν δὲ καὶ κλαίων 1 weeping, I say Alternate translation: “but now telling you with great sadness”
|
||||
PHP 3 18 n8q2 figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as enemies of the cross of Christ Paul is figuratively describing the good news of Jesus’ death and resurrection and the work of sharing this good news by associating these things with **the cross of Christ**. Here, the phrase **the cross of Christ** is synonymous with the gospel message and the work of spreading the gospel message. The phrase **enemies of the cross of Christ** refers to the people who are opposed to the message of the gospel and who oppose the people who share the gospel with others. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “as enemies of the good news about Jesus” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who proclaim it” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who share it with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 v8gv figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια 1 whose end is destruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **end**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **end** in another way. Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 vcap figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια 1 whose end is destruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 v8gv figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια 1 whose end is destruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **end**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **end** in another way. Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 vcap figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια 1 whose end is destruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 hn9i figs-synecdoche ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία 1 whose god is their belly Here Paul uses **belly** figuratively to represent all physical desires for pleasure. By Paul calling their **belly** their **god**, he means that these people love and serve their physical desire for pleasure rather than loving and serving God. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “who serve their desire for food and other pleasures rather than serve God” or “who obey their physical appetites instead of obeying God” or “who love pleasure more than they love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 u9cl figs-metonymy ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their glory is in their shame Here, **shame** stands for the actions that people should be ashamed of but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 exy0 figs-abstractnouns ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their glory is in their shame If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “who take pride in what should bring them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 r3t0 figs-abstractnouns ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their glory is in their shame If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **shame**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **shame** by using an adjective such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “ who take pride in what should cause them to be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 exy0 figs-abstractnouns ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their glory is in their shame If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “who take pride in what should bring them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 r3t0 figs-abstractnouns ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their glory is in their shame If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **shame**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **shame** by using an adjective such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “ who take pride in what should cause them to be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 sv5z figs-metonymy οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες 1 who are thinking about earthly things Here, **earthly** refers to all the things that pertain to everyday living on earth. Alternate translation: “who only think about the things here on this earth” or “who only think about the things of this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 n8e3 figs-explicit οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες 1 who are thinking about earthly things The implied contrast that Paul is making here is between earthly things and spiritual things. Alternate translation: “who think about is earthly things instead of the things of God” or “who only think about earthly things instead of the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 q1cc figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 Here when Paul uses **our** and **we**, he is referring to himself and the believers in Philippi, so **our** and **we** are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 u8yr figs-abstractnouns πολίτευμα 1 our citizenship exists in heaven If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **citizenship**, you could express the idea behind **citizenship** with a concrete noun such as “citizen.” Alternate translation: “status as citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 u8yr figs-abstractnouns πολίτευμα 1 our citizenship exists in heaven If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **citizenship**, you can express the idea behind **citizenship** with a concrete noun such as “citizen.” Alternate translation: “status as citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 21 r3zw writing-pronouns σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 our citizenship exists in heaven Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ’s glorious body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 21 deci figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν 1 our citizenship exists in heaven If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** in some other way. Alternate translation: “of his might and ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 21 deci figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν 1 our citizenship exists in heaven If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** in some other way. Alternate translation: “of his might and ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 oax3 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὥστε 1 brothers Here Paul uses the word **Therefore** as a transition word to introduce the exhortations to the Philippian Christians which he is about to give and which are based on the things that he has said before this verse. Consider the best word or phrase to use in your language to show this meaning. Alternate translation: “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 ngs7 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 fe2y ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι 1 my brothers, beloved and longed for Alternate translation: “whom I love and greatly desire to see”
|
||||
PHP 4 1 wx5w figs-abstractnouns χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου 1 my joy and crown If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using a verbal form such as “rejoice” or by using an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “who cause me to be very happy and are my crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 wx5w figs-abstractnouns χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου 1 my joy and crown If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using a verbal form such as “rejoice” or by using an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “who cause me to be very happy and are my crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 lg9a figs-extrainfo χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου 1 my joy and crown The phrase **my joy and crown** could refer to: (1) Paul’s current feelings of joy regarding the Philippian Christians and his future hope of being rewarded for his labor among them. Alternate translation: “my source of joy and my future hope of being rewarded when Christ returns” (2) Paul’s joy and reward in the future when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “my hope for joy and reward when Christ returns” (3) Paul’s present joy in the Philippian believers and his present feeling that they are his reward for his work among them. Alternate translation: “my joy and reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 kvsk figs-metaphor στέφανός 1 my joy and crown Paul speaks figuratively of the Philippian Christians as if they were his **crown**. At the time Paul wrote this letter, a **crown** was made of leaves and was worn by a person on their head as a sign of their achievement after they had won an important victory. Here, the word **crown** means that the Philippian Christians brought great honor to Paul before God and were a sign of his hard work among them. If your readers would not understand the meaning of this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “my reward” or “my honor” or “the sign of my hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 t07j οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί 1 in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved Alternate translation: “so continue living for the Lord in the way that I have taught you, dear friends”
|
||||
|
|
@ -381,16 +381,16 @@ PHP 4 6 w5gk figs-yousingular μηδὲν μεριμνᾶτε 1 in everything by
|
|||
PHP 4 6 h63g grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God Here, the word **but** shows a contrast between the phrase **Be anxious** and the phrase **by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God**. Consider the best way to show this contrast in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
PHP 4 6 mcvt figs-extrainfo ἐν παντὶ 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God The phrase **in everything** could refer to: (1) all situations. Alternate translation: “in all situations” or “in all circumstances.” (2) time. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
PHP 4 6 ahul figs-doublet τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God The words **prayer** and **petition** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used both for emphasis and comprehensiveness. Petition is a type of prayer in which a person asks God for things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two words. Alternate translation: “by prayer” or “in prayer”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 4 6 stab figs-abstractnouns τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** with a verb such as “praying” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and making a petition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 6 pqyr figs-abstractnouns τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **petition**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **petition** by using a verbal form such as “petitioning” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and petitioning God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 6 izqi figs-abstractnouns μετὰ εὐχαριστίας 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **thanksgiving**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **thanksgiving** with a verb such as “thank” or in a verbal phrase such as “giving thanks.” Alternate translation: “and giving thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 6 stab figs-abstractnouns τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** with a verb such as “praying” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and making a petition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 6 pqyr figs-abstractnouns τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **petition**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **petition** by using a verbal form such as “petitioning” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “by praying and petitioning God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 6 izqi figs-abstractnouns μετὰ εὐχαριστίας 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **thanksgiving**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **thanksgiving** with a verb such as “thank” or in a verbal phrase such as “giving thanks.” Alternate translation: “and giving thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 6 f4t5 figs-yousingular τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God The phrase **let your requests be known** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
PHP 4 6 a443 figs-abstractnouns τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεό 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **requests**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **requests** in some other way. Alternate translation: “tell God your needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 6 a443 figs-abstractnouns τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεό 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **requests**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **requests** in some other way. Alternate translation: “tell God your needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 7 jgba grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 the peace of God Here, the word **and** shows that what follows is the result of practicing what comes before **and** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
PHP 4 7 u1sz figs-extrainfo ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the peace of God The phrase **the peace of God** refers to the peace which God gives. Alternate translation: “the peace that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
PHP 4 7 gejd figs-abstractnouns Θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 the peace of God If your readers not understand the abstract noun **peace**, you could express the meaning with an adjectival phrase such as “at peace” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “then God will help you be confident in God, even if you don’t understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 7 zr4x ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding The phrase **which surpasses all understanding** could mean: (1) that the peace God gives is so great that human minds are not able to understand it. Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (2) that the peace that God gives is superior to anything that humans can contrive through their own efforts. Alternate translation: “which humans cannot accomplish or attain by their own efforts”
|
||||
PHP 4 7 sauc figs-abstractnouns ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** by using a verbal form such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 7 sauc figs-abstractnouns ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** by using a verbal form such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 7 sb6s figs-metaphor φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν 1 will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ The word **guard** is a military term which refers to a soldier guarding a city or a fortress in order to protect it from enemy attacks. Here Paul presents God’s peace as if it were a soldier who protects **hearts** and **minds** from worrying, and so this phrase literally means “will be like a soldier and guard your hearts and minds” or “will be like a soldier standing guard to protect your hearts and minds.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “will keep your hearts and minds safe from attacks of worry and fear” or “will keep your hearts and minds safe” or “will protect your hearts and minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 7 tsz6 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ See how you translated the phrase **in Christ Jesus** in [Philippians 1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 8 b8ig τὸ λοιπόν 1 As to the rest Here, as Paul comes near to the end of his letter, he gives some final instructions for how believers should live. Alternate translation: “Regarding what remains to be said” or “As to what remains for me to say”
|
||||
|
|
@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ PHP 4 12 fwes figs-merism περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθα
|
|||
PHP 4 13 z1pb writing-pronouns πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με 1 I can do all things in him who strengthens me Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Christ. Alternate translation: “I can do all things because Christ gives me strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 13 fpo4 figs-explicit πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με 1 I can do all things in him who strengthens me Here, **all things** refers to all situations. The phrase **I can do all things** means “I can handle all situations.” Alternate translation: “I can deal with anything through him who strengthens me” or “I am able to act properly in every situation because Jesus makes me strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 14 fe2z figs-explicit συνκοινωνήσαντές μου τῇ θλίψει 1 in my affliction The phrase **having shared together in my affliction** means that the Philippian believers helped Paul while he was experiencing difficulties by giving him money and sending Epaphroditus to him. If it would help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by helping me in my affliction through your gift of money and sending Epaphroditus to me” or “by helping me when I faced difficult circumstances by sending Epaphroditus to encourage me and bring me your gift of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 14 ulzo figs-abstractnouns μου τῇ θλίψει 1 in my affliction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **affliction** with an adjective such as **difficult** or in some other way. Alternate translation: “when I was suffering” or “when I was mistreated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 14 ulzo figs-abstractnouns μου τῇ θλίψει 1 in my affliction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **affliction** with an adjective such as **difficult** or in some other way. Alternate translation: “when I was suffering” or “when I was mistreated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 4 14 tlur μου τῇ θλίψει 1 in my affliction Alternate translation: “in my trials” or “in my troubles” or “in my difficulties”
|
||||
PHP 4 15 w23w figs-explicit ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the beginning of the gospel Here, **in the beginning of the gospel** refers to when Paul first began communicating the gospel message to the Philippians. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when you first heard me preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 15 npph τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the beginning of the gospel See how you translated the phrase **the gospel** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md) and [4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
258
en_tn_52-COL.tsv
258
en_tn_52-COL.tsv
|
|
@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ COL 1 2 jzhd figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀ
|
|||
COL 1 2 egjk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 Here and throughout the chapter, **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God, who is our Father,” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples)
|
||||
COL 1 3 q1su figs-exclusive εὐχαριστοῦμεν…ἡμῶν 1 We give thanks … of our Lord The word **We** here does not include the Colossians, but the word **our** here does include the Colossians (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 3 g0sn figs-hyperbole πάντοτε 1 Here, **always** is an exaggeration that the Colossians understood to mean that Paul and Timothy prayed for them often. If that would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “consistently” or “frequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
COL 1 4 z6eb figs-abstractnouns ἀκούσαντες τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν 1 your faith in Christ Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “having heard that you are trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 4 gjwb figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχετε εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους, 1 your faith in Christ Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 4 z6eb figs-abstractnouns ἀκούσαντες τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν 1 your faith in Christ Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “having heard that you are trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 4 gjwb figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχετε εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους, 1 your faith in Christ Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 5 n1qz figs-metonymy τὴν ἐλπίδα 1 because of the hope that is reserved for you in the heavens Here, **hope** refers not only to the attitude of hopefulness but also to what the believer hopes for, that is, what God has promised to give to all believers. If **hope** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what you hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 5 bmpc figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκειμένην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 5 xn8s figs-possession τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth, the gospel Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. This could refer to: (1) a message that is truth. Alternate translation: “the message that is true” (2) a message concerning the truth. Alternate translation: “the message about the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,50 +35,50 @@ COL 1 9 u7zh ἀφ’ ἧς ἡμέρας ἠκούσαμεν 1 from the day we
|
|||
COL 1 9 crnv figs-hyperbole οὐ παυόμεθα 1 Here, **have not stopped** is an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to mean that Paul and Timothy pray often for the Colossians. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “have been frequently” or “have made a habit of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 qxnu figs-litotes οὐ παυόμεθα 1 Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “have kept” or “are continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 w2a7 figs-metaphor ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ 1 that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will Here Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers that could be filled up. By speaking this way, he emphasizes that the Colossians should know God’s **will** in every area of their lives. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God would enable you to understand fully what he wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 kmea figs-activepassive πληρωθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God would fill you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 hson figs-abstractnouns πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **knowledge** and **will**, you could express those ideas in another way, such as with verbs. Alternate translation: “you might fully know what he has planned for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 kmea figs-activepassive πληρωθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God would fill you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 hson figs-abstractnouns πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **knowledge** and **will**, you can express those ideas in another way, such as with verbs. Alternate translation: “you might fully know what he has planned for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 s903 figs-infostructure πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ, 1 Here, **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** identifies how the Colossians are **filled**. The phrase does not describe God’s **will**. If what **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** describes would be misunderstood in your language, you could move the phrase so that it appears immediately after **filled**. Alternate translation: “you might be filled in all wisdom and spiritual understanding with the knowledge of his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 mzz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ 1 in all wisdom and spiritual understanding If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom** and **understanding**, you could express the ideas with adjectives or verbs. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “which includes being spiritually very wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 mzz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ 1 in all wisdom and spiritual understanding If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom** and **understanding**, you can express the ideas with adjectives or verbs. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “which includes being spiritually very wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 k8x2 σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ 1 Here, **spiritual wisdom and understanding** could refer to: (1) wisdom and understanding that comes from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “wisdom and understanding given by the Holy Spirit” (2) wisdom and understanding in spiritual matters. Alternate translation: “wisdom and understanding about spiritual things”
|
||||
COL 1 9 w78g figs-doublet σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ 1 in all wisdom and spiritual understanding The words **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you could use just one word. Alternate translation: “spiritual comprehension” or “spiritual insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 w78g figs-doublet σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ 1 in all wisdom and spiritual understanding The words **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word. Alternate translation: “spiritual comprehension” or “spiritual insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 1 10 m4hf figs-metaphor περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to walk worthily of the Lord Here, the word **walk** is a figurative way to refer to behavior in life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “to behave in the way that the Lord expects you to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 10 vv4g figs-abstractnouns εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν 1 in every pleasing way If your language does not use abstract nouns, you could express the idea behind the phrase **pleasing way** with a verb. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “doing everything that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 10 vv4g figs-abstractnouns εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν 1 in every pleasing way If your language does not use abstract nouns, you can express the idea behind the phrase **pleasing way** with a verb. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “doing everything that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 10 vfp3 figs-metaphor ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες 1 bearing fruit Paul is speaking figuratively of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their fruit. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 10 b9l1 figs-abstractnouns αὐξανόμενοι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you could express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “knowing God better and better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 gxv6 figs-activepassive δυναμούμενοι 1 being strengthened If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea with an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God strengthening you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 da4r figs-possession τὸ κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul uses the possessive form to describe **power** that is characterized by God’s **glory**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could use an adjective such as “glorious” or “great” instead of the noun **glory**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” or “his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 10 b9l1 figs-abstractnouns αὐξανόμενοι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you can express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “knowing God better and better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 gxv6 figs-activepassive δυναμούμενοι 1 being strengthened If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea with an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God strengthening you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 da4r figs-possession τὸ κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul uses the possessive form to describe **power** that is characterized by God’s **glory**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use an adjective such as “glorious” or “great” instead of the noun **glory**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” or “his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 b2uq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν μετὰ χαρᾶς 1 This is a purpose phrase. Paul is stating the purpose for which the Colossians have been **strengthened with all power**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose phrases. Alternate translation: “so that you have all endurance and patience with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 xqlu figs-hendiadys ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **patience** tells what kind of **endurance** the Colossians can have. If your language does not use this form, you could express the meaning differently. Alternate translation: “patient endurance.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 uqtt figs-abstractnouns πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **endurance** and **patience**, you could express the ideas with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “endure always and wait patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 xqlu figs-hendiadys ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **patience** tells what kind of **endurance** the Colossians can have. If your language does not use this form, you can express the meaning differently. Alternate translation: “patient endurance.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 uqtt figs-abstractnouns πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **endurance** and **patience**, you can express the ideas with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “endure always and wait patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 jzk9 πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν μετὰ χαρᾶς 1 Here, **with joy** could describe (1) the way that the Colossians are to have endurance and patience (2) the way that the Colossians are to give thanks in verse 12. Alternate translation: “all endurance and patience”
|
||||
COL 1 12 zsdp εὐχαριστοῦντες 1 who has made you able to share Some Bible versions connect the phrase “with joy” at the end of verse 11 to the phrase at the beginning of verse 12, instead of connecting it to verse 11. Alternate translation: “with joy giving thanks”
|
||||
COL 1 12 t5lw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 who has made you able to share **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus, and it also describes the relationship between God and believers, who are adopted children. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
COL 1 12 lt2q ἱκανώσαντι ὑμᾶς 1 who has made you able Alternate translation: “who has qualified you”
|
||||
COL 1 12 ss5g grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God made the Colossians **able**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that you can share the inheritance of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
COL 1 12 r2zw figs-possession τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου 1 the inheritance Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **share** that is characterized by **inheritance**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you could use a verbal phrase like “receive your portion of” or “take part in.” Alternate translation: “to take part in the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 12 hno0 figs-possession τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that the **inheritance** is for the **saints**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you could use a descriptive phrase such as “that God is keeping for” or “that belongs to” instead. Alternate translation: “the inheritance that belongs to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 12 r2zw figs-possession τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου 1 the inheritance Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **share** that is characterized by **inheritance**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you can use a verbal phrase like “receive your portion of” or “take part in.” Alternate translation: “to take part in the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 12 hno0 figs-possession τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that the **inheritance** is for the **saints**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you can use a descriptive phrase such as “that God is keeping for” or “that belongs to” instead. Alternate translation: “the inheritance that belongs to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 12 hkf5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 in the light Here, **in the light** is the opposite of the “authority of the darkness” in the next verse ([1:13](../01/13.md)) and refers to belonging to God and being part of his kingdom. The metaphor of light representing God, goodness, and heaven is very common in the Bible, and it would be useful to retain it if it communicates well. But if it might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual kingdom of God” or “in God’s glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 dw5k figs-metaphor τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 the authority of the darkness Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the authority of evil powers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 z8b5 figs-possession τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe an **authority** that is characterized by **darkness** (a metaphor for evil). If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could use a verb such as “rule” or “control” for the noun **authority**. Alternate translation: “the evil that ruled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 i0sn figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you could express that idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “the dark things that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 z8b5 figs-possession τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe an **authority** that is characterized by **darkness** (a metaphor for evil). If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use a verb such as “rule” or “control” for the noun **authority**. Alternate translation: “the evil that ruled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 i0sn figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you can express that idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “the dark things that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 kgvf figs-metaphor μετέστησεν 1 Here Paul speaks about a change in who rules over believers as if they were moving from one location to another. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made us subject instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 l2ex figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a kingdom. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 o1pl figs-possession τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul uses the possessive form to characterize the **Son** as **his beloved**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could express the idea behind **his beloved** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “of the Son he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 o1pl figs-possession τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul uses the possessive form to characterize the **Son** as **his beloved**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea behind **his beloved** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “of the Son he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 zav6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 of his beloved Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father (who is mentioned in the previous verse ([1:12](../01/12.md))) and Jesus. Alternate translation: “of Jesus, God the Father’s beloved Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 qe6x translate-textvariants τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 in whom Some later manuscripts add “through his blood” after **redemption**. Most likely, “through his blood” was accidentally added because of how similar this verse is to [Ephesians 1:7](../eph/01/07.md), which does include “through his blood.” Most likely, you should not include “through his blood” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 wh6q figs-metonymy ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 in whom Here, the word **redemption** does not refer to a payment or to the act of redeeming. Instead, it refers to the result of the act of redeeming. If **redemption** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word such as “freedom” to express this idea. Alternate translation: “we have freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 v5d8 figs-abstractnouns ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **redemption** and **forgiveness**, you could express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “God has redeemed us; that is, he has forgiven our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 pbmh figs-possession τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that the **forgiveness** concerns **sins**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could use a verb for **forgiveness** and make **sins** its object or complement. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to replace the comma before it with a semicolon. Alternate translation: “that is, God has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 v5d8 figs-abstractnouns ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **redemption** and **forgiveness**, you can express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “God has redeemed us; that is, he has forgiven our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 pbmh figs-possession τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that the **forgiveness** concerns **sins**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use a verb for **forgiveness** and make **sins** its object or complement. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to replace the comma before it with a semicolon. Alternate translation: “that is, God has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 j5u9 figs-metaphor ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου 1 He is the image of the invisible God Here, **image** does not mean a representation of something that is visible, like a photo or a reflection. Instead, **image** refers to how the Son perfectly reveals the Father. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could replace **image** with an expression that emphasizes how the Son reveals the Father. Alternate translation: “What the invisible God is like can be seen in his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 rgb7 translate-unknown τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου 1 The word **invisible** does not mean that God the Father could be seen by people but hides himself. Instead, it means that human sight is unable to perceive God the Father, since he is not part of the created world. If **invisible** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a phrase to clarify the idea. Alternate translation: “of God, whom humans are unable to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 h945 figs-metaphor πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως 1 the firstborn of all creation The word **firstborn** does not refer to when Jesus was born. Instead, it refers to his position as the eternal Son of God the Father. In this sense, **firstborn** is a metaphor that means that he existed as God before God created anything and that he is most important. You could emphasize either or both of these ideas in your translation. Alternate translation: “God’s Son, the most important one over all creation” or “God’s Son, who existed as God before all creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 af6b figs-abstractnouns πάσης κτίσεως 1 of all creation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **creation**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “create.” Alternate translation: “of all that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 kru3 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα 1 For in him all things were created If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “For in him God created all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 af6b figs-abstractnouns πάσης κτίσεως 1 of all creation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **creation**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “create.” Alternate translation: “of all that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 kru3 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα 1 For in him all things were created If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “For in him God created all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 zed8 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα 1 Paul here seems to speak as if God created everything inside the Son. This is a metaphor that describes the involvement of the Son when God created all things, which you could clarify by making both the Son and the Father the subjects of **created**. If your language can clearly indicate different types of agency, you could identify God the Father as the primary agent and God the Son as the secondary agent. Alternate translation: “God the Father created all things through the work of God the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 ho8g figs-merism ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Paul refers to two opposite things, the **heavens** and the **earth**, as a way to include not only them but also everything else in what God and his Son created. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in every part of the universe” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism)
|
||||
COL 1 16 s8h1 figs-merism τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα 1 Paul refers to two opposite things, the **visible and the invisible**, as another way to refer to everything that God and his Son created. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “whether people can see them or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 fkic translate-unknown εἴτε θρόνοι, εἴτε κυριότητες, εἴτε ἀρχαὶ, εἴτε ἐξουσίαι 1 The words **thrones**, **dominions**, **governments**, and **authorities** here refer to different kinds of angels or other spiritual beings that are not specified as being good or evil. They are examples of what is **invisible**. It may be that the false teachers were teaching that these beings should be worshiped. But Paul is emphasizing here that God the Father created all of these spiritual beings through his Son, and so the Son is much greater than these. If these four words would be misunderstood in your language, you could (1) identify that these are spiritual beings and translate as many of these names as you have different words for. Alternate translation: “Including all spiritual beings, which can be called thrones or dominions or rulers or authorities” (2) use names from your culture that identify different classes of angels or spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “Whether angels or archangels or spirit rulers” (3) summarize without using specific names. Alternate translation: “Including all types of powerful spiritual beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 zl7j figs-activepassive τὰ πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται 1 all things were created through him and for him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “through him and for him God created all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 zl7j figs-activepassive τὰ πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται 1 all things were created through him and for him If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “through him and for him God created all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 c3lm δι’ αὐτοῦ…ἔκτισται 1 The phrase **through him** shows God the Son’s involvement in creating the world with the Father. Alternate translation: “God the Father created by working through the Son”
|
||||
COL 1 16 nmr1 grammar-connect-logic-goal καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν 1 Here, **for him** refers to the Son as the purpose or goal of all creation. If the meaning of **for him** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that creation’s purpose is to honor and glorify the Son. Alternate translation: “and everything exists to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
COL 1 17 wk9y grammar-connect-time-sequential αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων 1 he is before all things The word **before** refers to time, not location. It means that the Son did not come into being when God created everything, but rather he existed as God before anything was created. If the meaning of **before** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to prior time. Alternate translation: “before God created anything, the Son existed as God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -95,15 +95,15 @@ COL 1 19 zu89 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ
|
|||
COL 1 19 wmdw figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα 1 In the context, **fullness** stands for the **fullness** of divinity, or everything that characterizes God. If your readers would misunderstand **fullness**, you could make it clear that this word refers to the **fullness** of God. Alternate translation: “the full divinity of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 20 qweh ἀποκαταλλάξαι 1 through the blood of his cross This verse continues the sentence from the previous verse, so **to reconcile** continues the same verb from there, “was pleased,” along with its implied subject, God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could repeat that subject and verb here. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to reconcile”
|
||||
COL 1 20 cf2d τὰ πάντα 1 through the blood of his cross Here, **all things** includes everything that God created, including people. If **all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could be more specific. Alternate translation: “all things and all people”
|
||||
COL 1 20 c3qd figs-abstractnouns εἰρηνοποιήσας 1 through the blood of his cross If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **peace**, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having made things right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 20 as3p figs-possession τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 through the blood of his cross Paul uses the possessive form to describe **blood** characterized by **his cross**, which is the location where the blood was shed. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could make the relationship between the two words clearer with a short phrase such as “shed on.” Alternate translation: “the blood shed on his cross.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 20 c3qd figs-abstractnouns εἰρηνοποιήσας 1 through the blood of his cross If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **peace**, you can express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having made things right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 20 as3p figs-possession τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 through the blood of his cross Paul uses the possessive form to describe **blood** characterized by **his cross**, which is the location where the blood was shed. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can make the relationship between the two words clearer with a short phrase such as “shed on.” Alternate translation: “the blood shed on his cross.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 20 x5av figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his cross Here, **blood** stands for the death of Christ on the cross. If the meaning of **blood** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 20 mbra figs-infostructure τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν…εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 The last part of this verse (**whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens**) describes **all things**, found near the beginning of the verse. If your language does not separate a description from the thing it describes, you could move the description next to **all things**. Alternate translation: “all things, whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens, to himself” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
|
||||
COL 1 20 mbra figs-infostructure τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν…εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 The last part of this verse (**whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens**) describes **all things**, found near the beginning of the verse. If your language does not separate a description from the thing it describes, you can move the description next to **all things**. Alternate translation: “all things, whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens, to himself” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
|
||||
COL 1 20 quxc figs-merism εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Paul refers to the **things on the earth** and **the things in the heavens** to include them and everything in between, that is, everything in all of creation. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “everything in the whole creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
COL 1 21 kv5u grammar-connect-time-sequential ποτε 1 Connecting Statement: The phrase **At one time** does not refer to one specific instance in time when the Colossians were alienated from God. Instead, it refers to all the time before they believed in Jesus. If **At one time** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **time** Paul is referring to. Alternate translation: “During the time before you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
COL 1 21 wp3t figs-activepassive ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους 1 alienated If your language does not use this passive form, you could describe the Colossians’ state with an active form. Alternate translation: “did not want a relationship with God” or “were people who did not want to be near God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 21 wp3t figs-activepassive ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους 1 alienated If your language does not use this passive form, you can describe the Colossians’ state with an active form. Alternate translation: “did not want a relationship with God” or “were people who did not want to be near God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 21 rn6l figs-explicit ἀπηλλοτριωμένους, καὶ ἐχθροὺς 1 Paul assumes that the Colossians will know from whom they were **alienated** and with whom they were **enemies**: God. If your language would include this implied information, you could include a reference to “God” in this sentence. Alternate translation: “alienated from God and were his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 1 21 wa9m figs-abstractnouns τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηροῖς, 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **thought** and **deeds**, you could express the ideas with relative clauses. Alternate translation: “in what you thought, in what you did that was evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 21 wa9m figs-abstractnouns τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηροῖς, 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **thought** and **deeds**, you can express the ideas with relative clauses. Alternate translation: “in what you thought, in what you did that was evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 22 f8yw grammar-connect-time-sequential νυνὶ δὲ 1 The word **now** does not refer to the moment at which Paul writes this letter or the moment at which it is read to the Colossians. Instead, it refers to the time since they believed, including the present moment. This follows as a sequence to the previous verse, which referred to the time when they had not yet believed. If the meaning of **now** would be misunderstood your language, you could add a phrase such as “that you have believed.” Alternate translation: “But now that you have faith in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
COL 1 22 vvl1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 The word **But** here introduces a strong contrast from the previous sentence. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast from what was just said. Alternate translation: “Instead of that,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
COL 1 22 x2pl figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul uses the phrase **the body of his flesh** to refer to Jesus and everything that he did while in a human body. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by Jesus in his physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,14 +112,14 @@ COL 1 22 d2x4 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ θανάτου 1 Here, Paul has not
|
|||
COL 1 22 t8ls grammar-connect-logic-result παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **to present you** gives the purpose for which God reconciled the Colossians by the death of his Son. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a purpose phrase such as “so that” or “in order to.” Alternate translation: “so that he might present you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 1 22 ejt4 figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους, καὶ ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους, κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 to present you holy and blameless and above reproach before him Here Paul is describing the Colossians as though Jesus had brought them to stand before God the Father, by which he means that Jesus has made them acceptable to God. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “to make you acceptable before him, holy and blameless and above reproach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 22 u94j translate-unknown ἁγίους, καὶ ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους 1 blameless and above reproach The words **blameless** and **above reproach** are adjectives that describe a person or thing that is free from blemishes and that cannot be blamed for doing anything wrong. If the meaning of these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could use relative clauses instead. Alternate translation: “as people who are holy and who have no faults and who cannot be blamed for doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 1 22 rvtf figs-doublet ἁγίους, καὶ ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους 1 blameless and above reproach These words, **holy**, **blameless**, and **above reproach**, mean basically the same thing here. The repetition is used to emphasize the completeness of what the Son did to take away the Colossians’ sin. After trusting in Jesus, they are now completely morally pure. If your language does not use repetition in this way or you do not have three words that mean this, you could use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely pure” or “without any sin at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 s069 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴ γε ἐπιμένετε 1 Here Paul explains that the Colossians need to continue in their faith for what he said in the previous verse to be true about them. In other words, in order for them to be reconciled to God, blameless and without reproach, they need to continue in the faith. However, he does not think that this is a hypothetical situation or something that is likely not true. Instead, Paul thinks that they are continuing in their faith, and he uses this statement with **if** to encourage them to keep doing so. If your language does not use **if** in this context, you could rephrase the condition into a circumstance or an assumption. Alternate translation: “provided that you continue” or “presuming that you continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 h5u9 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “to trust God” or “to believe God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 zja3 figs-doublet τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι 1 The words **founded** and **firm** mean basically the same thing. The words **not being moved** repeat the idea again in a negative way. The repetition is used to emphasize that it is important for the Colossians to continue strong in their faith. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one word for this idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very firm” or “like a rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 1 22 rvtf figs-doublet ἁγίους, καὶ ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους 1 blameless and above reproach These words, **holy**, **blameless**, and **above reproach**, mean basically the same thing here. The repetition is used to emphasize the completeness of what the Son did to take away the Colossians’ sin. After trusting in Jesus, they are now completely morally pure. If your language does not use repetition in this way or you do not have three words that mean this, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely pure” or “without any sin at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 s069 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴ γε ἐπιμένετε 1 Here Paul explains that the Colossians need to continue in their faith for what he said in the previous verse to be true about them. In other words, in order for them to be reconciled to God, blameless and without reproach, they need to continue in the faith. However, he does not think that this is a hypothetical situation or something that is likely not true. Instead, Paul thinks that they are continuing in their faith, and he uses this statement with **if** to encourage them to keep doing so. If your language does not use **if** in this context, you can rephrase the condition into a circumstance or an assumption. Alternate translation: “provided that you continue” or “presuming that you continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 h5u9 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “to trust God” or “to believe God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 zja3 figs-doublet τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι 1 The words **founded** and **firm** mean basically the same thing. The words **not being moved** repeat the idea again in a negative way. The repetition is used to emphasize that it is important for the Colossians to continue strong in their faith. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can use one word for this idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very firm” or “like a rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 x600 figs-metaphor τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι, καὶ μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ 1 Here Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were a building that was **founded** and sits on a **firm** foundation so that it cannot be **moved** from its place, which means that they have good basis for their faith and will keep believing in all situations. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with an equivalent metaphor in your culture or express it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “holding onto it and grasping it tightly and not letting go of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 kgp1 figs-possession τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 Here Paul uses to possessive to explain that **hope** comes from the **gospel**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could express the idea by using a phrase such as “that comes from” or “gained from.” Alternate translation: “the hope that comes from the gospel” or “how you hope, which you gained from the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 prwf figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hope**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “expecting God to fulfill the gospel” or “waiting for God to complete the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 d9kg figs-activepassive τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 which was proclaimed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form. You could: (1) change **proclaimed** to “heard” and make **every creature** the subject. Alternate translation: “which every creature that is under heaven has heard” (2) specify that “fellow believers” is the subject of **proclaimed**. Alternate translation: “which fellow believers have proclaimed to every creature that is under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 kgp1 figs-possession τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 Here Paul uses to possessive to explain that **hope** comes from the **gospel**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a phrase such as “that comes from” or “gained from.” Alternate translation: “the hope that comes from the gospel” or “how you hope, which you gained from the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 prwf figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hope**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “expecting God to fulfill the gospel” or “waiting for God to complete the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 d9kg figs-activepassive τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 which was proclaimed If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form. You could: (1) change **proclaimed** to “heard” and make **every creature** the subject. Alternate translation: “which every creature that is under heaven has heard” (2) specify that “fellow believers” is the subject of **proclaimed**. Alternate translation: “which fellow believers have proclaimed to every creature that is under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 q21b figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 to every creature that is under heaven Here Paul uses an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to emphasize how far the good news has spread. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or qualify the claim. Alternate translation: “to people in many different places” or “to people in every place we know about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 lptz translate-unknown τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 In Paul’s culture, **under heaven** refers to the visible part of creation that humans regularly interact with. It excludes spiritual beings, the stars, and anything else in **heaven**. If your readers would misunderstand **under heaven**, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “that is on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 g8iq figs-personification οὗ ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ Παῦλος διάκονος 1 of which I, Paul, became a servant Here Paul speaks as if the good news were a person of whom he could become **a servant**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could explain that Paul is **a servant** of God, but his task from God is to proclaim the good news. Alternate translation: “which I, Paul, proclaim as God has commanded me, his servant, to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -130,24 +130,24 @@ COL 1 24 nb2g figs-explicit τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων
|
|||
COL 1 24 k5yd figs-possession τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul uses two possessive forms to speak about the **lack** that characterizes the **afflictions** that **Christ** suffered. If your language would not use possessive forms to express that idea, you could express the idea with a relative clause or two clauses. Alternate translation: “what Christ, when he suffered, left for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 mge9 figs-metaphor τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 for the sake of his body, which is the church Here Paul speaks of the **church** as if it were Christ’s **body**, and he provides the explanation of what **body** means. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the **church** first and then identify it as his **body**. Alternate translation: “the church, which is his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 gc4m figs-explicit ἧς ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος 1 If your language would specify who called Paul to be a servant of the church, you could rephrase this clause so that God is the subject and Paul is the object. Alternate translation: “God appointed me to be a servant of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 j4xm figs-abstractnouns τὴν οἰκονομίαν 1 The word **stewardship** refers to managing a household or, more generally, to directing any group or process. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **stewardship**, you could replace the word with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “authoritative oversight” or “superintending authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 j4xm figs-abstractnouns τὴν οἰκονομίαν 1 The word **stewardship** refers to managing a household or, more generally, to directing any group or process. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **stewardship**, you can replace the word with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “authoritative oversight” or “superintending authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 t0oa figs-possession τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **stewardship** that could (1) come from God. Alternate translation: “the stewardship from God” (2) belong to God and be **given** to Paul. Alternate translation: “God’s own stewardship” or “God’s own oversight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 s0ax figs-activepassive τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “that God gave to me” or “that he gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 s0ax figs-activepassive τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “that God gave to me” or “that he gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 t6ud figs-possession τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to fulfill the word of God Paul uses the possessive form to describe a word that is (1) from God. Alternate translation: “the word that came from God” (2) about God. Alternate translation: “the word about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 elpv figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to fulfill the word of God Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message from God” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 f3mt figs-activepassive τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον 1 the mystery that had been hidden If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God had hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 f3mt figs-activepassive τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον 1 the mystery that had been hidden If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God had hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 ijtl translate-unknown τὸ μυστήριον 1 Here Paul calls “the word of God,” from [1:25](../01/25.md), a **mystery**. This does not mean that it is hard to understand, but rather, it had not yet been revealed. Now, however, Paul says that it “has been revealed.” If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that has been revealed, you could replace **mystery** with a short descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 emw6 figs-explicit τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν 1 This clause does not mean that the **ages** and the **generations** were unable to understand the “mystery.” Instead, **from the ages** and **from the generations** refer to the time during which the mystery was hidden. Those from whom the mystery was hidden are not expressed explicitly, but it is clear that they are those who were alive during those times. If your language would express explicitly those from whom the mystery was hidden, you could insert it into the sentence. Alternate translation: “that has been hidden from the people who lived during the ages and in the generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 z8gv translate-unknown ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν 1 from the ages and from the generations These phrases speak about the passage of time. The word **ages** refers to periods of time that are marked off by specific boundaries (often major events), while the word **generations** refers to time periods marked off by human birth and death. The **mystery** has been **hidden** during all these time periods up until the present time. If these phrases would be misunderstood in your language, you could use equivalent expressions or short phrases. Alternate translation: “during all time periods, while people were born and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 ipfn figs-explicit νῦν δὲ 1 The word **now** does not refer to the time during which Paul wrote this letter. Instead, it contrasts with the **ages** and **generations** and refers to the time or “age” after the work of Jesus. If **now** would be misunderstood in your language, you could further identify what time **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “but now that Jesus has come, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 a9kw figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη 1 now has been revealed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has revealed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 a9kw figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη 1 now has been revealed If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has revealed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 c8yb figs-metaphor τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου 1 the riches of the glory of this mystery Paul emphasizes the scope of **the glory** by speaking as if it had wealth or **riches**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable statement or express the idea with an adverb such as “very” or an adjective such as “abundant.” Alternate translation: “the abundant glory of this mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 axm7 figs-possession τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form to connect **riches** to **glory**, which then characterizes the **mystery**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could translate both **riches** and **glory** as adjectives or adverbs describing the **mystery**. Alternate translation: “this richly glorious mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 mj8z figs-abstractnouns τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you could express that idea in another way, such as with a description word. Alternate translation: “this richly glorious mystery” or “this abundantly wonderful mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 mj8z figs-abstractnouns τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you can express that idea in another way, such as with a description word. Alternate translation: “this richly glorious mystery” or “this abundantly wonderful mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 hm8q ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 This could refer to: (1) how the mystery applies to all people, including **Gentiles**. Alternate translation: “that applies to every person, including the Gentiles” (2) where God makes the mystery known. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles”
|
||||
COL 1 27 c7ln figs-metaphor Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Christ in you Paul speaks of the believers as if they were containers in which **Christ** is present. The expression means basically the same thing as “you in Christ.” If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use the same translation you have used for being “in Christ.” Alternate translation: “your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 mr83 figs-possession ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης 1 the hope of glory Here Paul speaks of a **hope** that relates to **glory**. This could refer to: (1) hoping for, or expecting, glory. Alternate translation: “the expectation of becoming glorious” (2) a hope that is glorious. Alternate translation: “the glorious hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 nkz3 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης 1 the hope of glory If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **hope** and **glory**, you could express those ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “with whom we can expect to share his glorious life” or “who makes us confidently hope for living with him in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 nkz3 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης 1 the hope of glory If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **hope** and **glory**, you can express those ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “with whom we can expect to share his glorious life” or “who makes us confidently hope for living with him in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 28 va1x figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν…παραστήσωμεν 1 We proclaim … we may present The pronoun **we** in this verse does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 28 lyz1 figs-explicit πάντα ἄνθρωπον -1 so that we may present every man Here, **every man** refers to every person whom Paul has told about Jesus. If **every man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “every man whom we talk to … each of them … each of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 1 28 pwff figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον -1 Here, the word **man** does not refer to only male people but to any human being. If **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a term that refers to humans in general. Alternate translation: “human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -155,31 +155,31 @@ COL 1 28 y1sb figs-hyperbole πάσῃ σοφίᾳ 1 Here Paul speaks figurativ
|
|||
COL 1 28 p1la grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα παραστήσωμεν 1 Paul here explains the goal or purpose for which he and those with him “admonish” and “teach” people. In your translation, use a phrase that designates goal or purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that we may present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
COL 1 28 rrvr figs-explicit παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 In this context, when Paul says that he intends to **present** people, he does not say to whom or where he will **present** them. If your language would include this information, you could explain what the situation is. Paul could be referring to (1) when people appear before God on the judgment day. Alternate translation: “we may present every man complete in Christ to God the Father on the judgment day” (2) when people worship God. Alternate translation: “we may present every man complete in Christ when they come before God in worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 1 28 uk2i translate-unknown τέλειον 1 complete The word **complete** in this context means that a person is what he or she is supposed to be and is able to do what he or she is called to do. If **complete** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that has this meaning, such as “perfect” or “excellent,” or you could translate **complete** with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “fit for what God has called him to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 1 29 ejqu figs-doublet κοπιῶ, ἀγωνιζόμενος 1 The words **labor** and **striving** mean very similar things. The repetition emphasizes how hard Paul works. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you could use just one word and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “work hard” or “labor greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 1 29 sj4r figs-doublet τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὐτοῦ, τὴν ἐνεργουμένην ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 The word **working** is repeated here to emphasize God’s activity in Paul that enables him to do what he does. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could just use the word once and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “his constant working in me” or “how he greatly enables me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 1 29 n1h2 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὐτοῦ, τὴν ἐνεργουμένην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **working**, you could express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “according to how God works, who works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 29 f397 figs-abstractnouns ἐν δυνάμει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **power**, you could express the idea with an adjective or adverb. Alternate translation: “in powerful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 29 ejqu figs-doublet κοπιῶ, ἀγωνιζόμενος 1 The words **labor** and **striving** mean very similar things. The repetition emphasizes how hard Paul works. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “work hard” or “labor greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 1 29 sj4r figs-doublet τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὐτοῦ, τὴν ἐνεργουμένην ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 The word **working** is repeated here to emphasize God’s activity in Paul that enables him to do what he does. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can just use the word once and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “his constant working in me” or “how he greatly enables me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 1 29 n1h2 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὐτοῦ, τὴν ἐνεργουμένην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **working**, you can express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “according to how God works, who works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 29 f397 figs-abstractnouns ἐν δυνάμει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **power**, you can express the idea with an adjective or adverb. Alternate translation: “in powerful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 intro p3uc 0 # Colossians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>2. Teaching Section (1:13–2:23)<br> * Paul’s Ministry (1:24–2:5)<br> * Effects of Christ’s Work (2:6–15)<br> * Freedom in Christ (2:16–23)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Philosophy<br><br>Paul speaks of “philosophy” in [2:8](../02/08.md). He is not referring to all attempts by humans to understand the world around them. Instead, he makes it clear that he is referring to thinking that is “empty” and full of “deceit,” that comes from traditions of humans and the “elemental principles.” All this “philosophy” is bad because it is not “according to Christ.” The “philosophy” that Paul attacks, then, is any attempt to make sense of the world that does not do so in line with Christ and his work.<br><br>### Fullness<br><br>Just as in the last chapter, “fullness” is an important idea that Paul refers to [2:9–10](../02/09.md). Again, Christ has the divine “fullness,” and he “fills” the Colossians. No other source of “fullness” is needed.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Head and body<br><br>As in the last chapter, Christ is called the “head,” both of powerful rulers ([2:10](../02/10.md)) and of his church [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul uses this language to identify Christ as (1) the supreme ruler, just as the head rules over the body, and (2) the source of life for the church, just as a body is dead without its head. Paul also identifies the church as the body of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). Here, his point is that the church cannot survive and grow without being connected to Christ, just as a body does not live or grow without a head. Finally, Paul refers to a “body” in [2:17](../02/17.md), but here the metaphor is different. The word “body” refers to any object that can cast a shadow (not primarily to an organic, human body) and here the “body” (the object) is Christ, who casts a shadow, which is identified as old covenant regulations.<br><br>### Circumcision and baptism<br><br>In [2:11–13](../02/11.md), Paul uses the old covenant sign of circumcision to refer to removing the “the body of flesh,” and he uses the new covenant sign of baptism to refer to “being buried” with Christ. He uses these two signs to show how Christians are united with Christ, freed from sin, and given new life.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>In Colossians, Paul uses “flesh” to refer to human, embodied existence in the world before the resurrection and before God creates the new heavens and earth. He uses “flesh” neutrally to refer to physical presence in [2:1](../02/01.md); [2:5](../02/05.md). In many other places, however, he uses “flesh” to refer to the weakness and sinfulness of humans as they live in ways that fit with this broken world ([2:11](../02/11.md), [13](../02/13.md), [18](../02/18.md), [23](../02/23.md)). Often, “flesh” in these situations is translated with something like “sinful nature.” However, it is perhaps better to emphasize both weakness and sinfulness, and the term “nature” can be confusing. For examples of some ways to translate “flesh,” see the UST and notes in this chapter.<br><br>### The false teaching<br><br>In this chapter, Paul gives some information about what the false teachers are saying and doing. However, it is not enough to give us a full picture of who they were and what they taught. What is clear is that they spoke about extraordinary experiences, were interested in spiritual beings, and gave commands about behavior that at least sometimes were related to Old Testament law. If possible, keep your translation as vague as Paul’s own description of the false teachers.
|
||||
COL 2 1 tt6v grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: The word **For** introduces the reason why Paul told them in [1:29](../01/29.md) about how hard he works. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make the transition more explicit. Alternate translation: “I tell you about my hard work because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 2 1 dqg5 figs-metaphor ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω 1 how great a struggle I have for you Here, the word **struggle** is directly related to the word “striving” in [1:29](../01/29.md). Just as in that verse, it is usually used for striving to win a contest, whether athletic, legal, or military. Paul uses the word here to indicate how much he cares for the Colossians and how hard he works for their benefit. If that meaning of **struggle** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “how much care I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 1 xoih figs-abstractnouns ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **struggle**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun by combining it with the verb **have** and using a verb such as “struggle.” Alternate translation: “how much I struggle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 1 xoih figs-abstractnouns ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **struggle**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun by combining it with the verb **have** and using a verb such as “struggle.” Alternate translation: “how much I struggle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 1 fn4z figs-explicit ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ, καὶ ὅσοι οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί 1 those at Laodicea This list includes the Colossians and the Laodiceans among those who have not seen Paul’s **face in the flesh**. If this inclusion would be misunderstood in your language, you could reverse the order of the list and include **you** and **those at Laodicea** among those who **have not seen** Paul’s face. Alternate translation: “for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh, including you and those at Laodicea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 2 1 rj7d figs-idiom οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί 1 as many as have not seen my face in the flesh In Paul’s culture, seeing a **face in the flesh** refers to meeting someone in person. If the meaning of **have not seen my face in the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “have not personally made my acquaintance” or “have not personally met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 ge1w figs-123person αὐτῶν 1 so that their hearts Paul here switches from the second person to the third person because he wishes to include everyone he has not met in person, including the Colossians. If this switch would be misunderstood in your language, you could (1) use the second person from the previous verse but make it clear that this includes everyone Paul has not met in person. Alternate translation “your hearts and their” (2) retain the third person here and reverse the list in the previous verse as suggested by the note there (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 oyih figs-activepassive παρακληθῶσιν αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν, συμβιβασθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express these verbs in their active forms, with Paul as the subject of the “encouraging” and God as the subject of the “bringing together.” Alternate translation: “I might encourage their hearts, with God bringing them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 oyih figs-activepassive παρακληθῶσιν αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν, συμβιβασθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express these verbs in their active forms, with Paul as the subject of the “encouraging” and God as the subject of the “bringing together.” Alternate translation: “I might encourage their hearts, with God bringing them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 spxx figs-synecdoche αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν 1 Here when Paul refers to **their hearts**, the Colossians would have understood him to mean the entire person. Paul uses **hearts** because his culture identified **hearts** as the body part where people experienced encouragement. If that meaning of **their hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies the location where people experience encouragement in your culture, or you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 a4px figs-metaphor πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας 1 having been brought together Paul here speaks as if **full assurance** could be characterized as having **all the riches**. He uses this metaphor to describe **the full assurance** as complete and valuable. If **all the riches of the full assurance** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “the complete and valuable full assurance” or “all the blessings of the full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 kdg8 figs-possession τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως 1 all the riches of the full assurance of understanding Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of **full assurance** that is gained from **understanding**. From the rest of the verse, it is clear that what is “understood” is **the mystery of God**. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a relative clause to translate **of understanding**. Alternate translation: “of the full assurance that comes from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 qgi2 figs-abstractnouns εἰς πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the mystery of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **full assurance**, **understanding**, and **knowledge**, you could express the ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “having all the riches that come when they completely trust God because they understand, that is, they know the mystery of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 ahpn figs-doublet τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν 1 of the mystery of God Here, the words **understanding** and **knowledge** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both words to emphasize the breadth of spiritual knowledge he speaks about. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you could use just one word or translate **understanding** with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “of wise knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 qgi2 figs-abstractnouns εἰς πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the mystery of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **full assurance**, **understanding**, and **knowledge**, you can express the ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “having all the riches that come when they completely trust God because they understand, that is, they know the mystery of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 ahpn figs-doublet τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν 1 of the mystery of God Here, the words **understanding** and **knowledge** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both words to emphasize the breadth of spiritual knowledge he speaks about. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word or translate **understanding** with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “of wise knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 v13e figs-possession ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου 1 Christ Here, Paul uses the possessive form to speak of **knowledge** about the **mystery**. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate **knowledge** with a verb such as “knowing” or use different prepositions, such as “about.” Alternate translation: “knowing about the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 v9az figs-possession τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul here uses the possessive form to speak about a **mystery** that comes from **God**. Only **God** can reveal the content of this **mystery**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God reveals” or “the mystery known by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 v9az figs-possession τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul here uses the possessive form to speak about a **mystery** that comes from **God**. Only **God** can reveal the content of this **mystery**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God reveals” or “the mystery known by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 o2ob figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 If your readers would misunderstand to whom the word **whom** refers, you could state it more clearly. The word **whom** could refer to: (1) the mystery. Alternate translation: “in this mystery” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “in the Messiah.” Since [2:2](../02/02.md) identifies the mystery with Christ, both options express what Paul is saying, so pick the option that most clearly communicates the idea in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 w74d figs-activepassive εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι 1 in whom all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden If your language does not use this form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 w74d figs-activepassive εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι 1 in whom all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden If your language does not use this form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 vhsr figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ…ἀπόκρυφοι 1 Paul here speaks of the Messiah as if he were a container that could “hide” **treasures**. He speaks this way to emphasize the value of what Christians receive from God when they are united to the Messiah. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from whom all the blessings … can be received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 w4mr figs-possession οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 the treasures of wisdom and knowledge Paul here uses the possessive form to explain what the **treasures** are: **wisdom** and **knowledge**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could clarify that **wisdom** and **knowledge** are the **treasures**. Alternate translation: “the treasures, which are wisdom and knowledge,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 vd98 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 of wisdom and knowledge If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **wisdom** and **knowledge**, you could express the ideas behind these abstract nouns with adjectives such as “wise” and “knowledgeable.” Alternate translation: “of wise and knowledgeable thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 iiob figs-doublet τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 of wisdom and knowledge The words **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you could use just one word or translate **wisdom** as an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “of wisdom” or “of knowledge” or “of wise knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 w4mr figs-possession οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 the treasures of wisdom and knowledge Paul here uses the possessive form to explain what the **treasures** are: **wisdom** and **knowledge**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can clarify that **wisdom** and **knowledge** are the **treasures**. Alternate translation: “the treasures, which are wisdom and knowledge,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 vd98 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 of wisdom and knowledge If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **wisdom** and **knowledge**, you can express the ideas behind these abstract nouns with adjectives such as “wise” and “knowledgeable.” Alternate translation: “of wise and knowledgeable thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 iiob figs-doublet τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 of wisdom and knowledge The words **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word or translate **wisdom** as an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “of wisdom” or “of knowledge” or “of wise knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 2 4 j8di figs-explicit τοῦτο 1 might deceive The word **this** refers to what Paul has said in [2:2–3](../02/02.md) about the “secret.” If **this** would be misunderstood in your language, you could summarize what Paul has said instead of using **this**. Alternate translation: “these things about the secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 2 4 ksh8 μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς παραλογίζηται 1 Alternate translation: “people cannot deceive you”
|
||||
COL 2 4 y4r3 translate-unknown πιθανολογίᾳ 1 persuasive speech The phrase **persuasive speech** refers to arguments that appear plausible. The phrase itself does not suggest that the arguments are true or false, but the context here suggests that the arguments are false even though they sound believable. If **persuasive speech** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “plausible arguments” or “words that sound true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -192,55 +192,55 @@ COL 2 5 yvvr τῷ πνεύματι 1 I am with you in the spirit Here, **the s
|
|||
COL 2 5 w0ye grammar-connect-time-simultaneous χαίρων καὶ βλέπων 1 Here, **rejoicing and seeing** are what Paul does while he is with them “in the spirit.” If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make the relationship between the ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: (adding a period after “spirit”) “When I think about you, I rejoice and see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
COL 2 5 t8mc figs-hendiadys χαίρων καὶ βλέπων 1 Paul here expresses a single idea with the two words **rejoicing** and **seeing**. He means that he “rejoices” when he “sees.” If **rejoicing and seeing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by translating **rejoicing** as an adverb or prepositional phrase. Alternate translation: “joyfully seeing” or “seeing with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
COL 2 5 ev9p translate-unknown ὑμῶν τὴν τάξιν 1 good order The phrase **good order** refers to behavior that properly fits into a larger pattern or arrangement. In the context, that larger pattern is what God expects of his people. If **good order** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable term or translate the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “the fact that you behave according to God’s standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 2 5 hth1 figs-possession τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 the strength of your faith Paul uses the possessive form to describe the Colossians’ **faith** as something that has **strength**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could express the idea by translating **strength** with an adjective such as “strong.” Alternate translation: “your strong faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 5 kw3x figs-abstractnouns τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 the strength of your faith If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **strength** and **faith**, you could express the ideas behind these abstract nouns in another way. Alternate translation: “how you strongly believe” or “the fact that you firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 5 hth1 figs-possession τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 the strength of your faith Paul uses the possessive form to describe the Colossians’ **faith** as something that has **strength**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express this idea, you can express the idea by translating **strength** with an adjective such as “strong.” Alternate translation: “your strong faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 5 kw3x figs-abstractnouns τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 the strength of your faith If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **strength** and **faith**, you can express the ideas behind these abstract nouns in another way. Alternate translation: “how you strongly believe” or “the fact that you firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 6 a6cr grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 The word **Therefore** draws an inference or conclusion from what Paul has said in [2:1–5](../02/01.md), which includes the truth about Paul and the benefits that flow from knowing the Messiah. If **Therefore** by itself would be misunderstood in your language, you could specify from what does Paul draw his inference. Alternate translation: “Because of what I have told you about myself and about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
COL 2 6 wqwi figs-infostructure ὡς…παρελάβετε τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον, ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε, 1 Paul here draws a comparison between the way in which the Colossians **received** the Messiah and the way in which he wishes them to behave now. If your language would put the comparison second, you could reverse the two clauses. Alternate translation: “walk in Christ Jesus the Lord just as you received him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
|
||||
COL 2 6 s99k figs-metaphor παρελάβετε τὸν Χριστὸν 1 Paul says that the Colossians **received Christ** as if they had welcomed him into their homes or received him as a gift. What this means is that they believed in Jesus and the teachings about him. If **received Christ** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to coming to believe in Jesus, or you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you first believed in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 6 m3f1 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε 1 walk in him This command does not require the Colossians to walk around inside Jesus. Rather, in Paul’s culture, to **walk** is a common metaphor for how people live their lives, and the words **in him** refer to being united to Christ. If **walk in him** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a verb that refers to behavior in life and connect it with how you have translated “in Christ” elsewhere. Alternate translation: “act as those who are united to the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 e2x6 figs-explicit ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐποικοδομούμενοι…βεβαιούμενοι…περισσεύοντες 1 being rooted … built up in him … confirmed in the faith … abounding in thanksgiving Paul uses these four verbs to give examples of how the Colossians should “walk in” the Messiah ([2:6](../02/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could add a phrase that makes this relationship clear. Alternate translation: “Walking in him entails being rooted … built up … confirmed … abounding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 en3l figs-activepassive ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐποικοδομούμενοι…βεβαιούμενοι 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could translate all three of these words in their active forms with the Colossians as the subject. Alternate translation: “rooting yourselves … building yourselves up … having confidence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 en3l figs-activepassive ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐποικοδομούμενοι…βεβαιούμενοι 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you can translate all three of these words in their active forms with the Colossians as the subject. Alternate translation: “rooting yourselves … building yourselves up … having confidence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 fw47 figs-metaphor ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 being rooted Paul wants the Colossians to be united so closely to Christ that he speaks of this union as if the Colossians were a plant with roots growing into Christ. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “being closely connected with … in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 tb5m figs-metaphor καὶ ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ 1 built up in him Paul wants the Colossians to base everything they think and do on Christ as if they were a house built on Christ, who is the foundation. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in him, and basing everything you think and do on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 yh83 translate-unknown βεβαιούμενοι τῇ πίστει 1 confirmed in the faith The word **confirmed** refers to something being sure or valid. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “sure about the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 umcl figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 confirmed in the faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “in what you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 l1is figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 just as you were taught If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate this verb (1) in its active form with Epaphras as the subject (we know he was their teacher from [1:7](../01/07.md)) (2) with a verb such as “learned.” Alternate translation: “you learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 j47d figs-abstractnouns περισσεύοντες ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ 1 abounding in thanksgiving If your language does not use an abstract for the idea behind **thanksgiving**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being very thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 cbw5 figs-idiom βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς ἔσται ὁ συλαγωγῶν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul uses this clause to warn the Colossians against any person who wishes to take them captive. If your language does not use this form, you could simplify or restructure the clause so that it does not include both **someone** and **the one**. Alternate translation: “Beware lest anyone take you captive” or “Make sure that no one takes you captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 umcl figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 confirmed in the faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you can express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “in what you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 l1is figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 just as you were taught If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this verb (1) in its active form with Epaphras as the subject (we know he was their teacher from [1:7](../01/07.md)) (2) with a verb such as “learned.” Alternate translation: “you learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 j47d figs-abstractnouns περισσεύοντες ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ 1 abounding in thanksgiving If your language does not use an abstract for the idea behind **thanksgiving**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being very thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 cbw5 figs-idiom βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς ἔσται ὁ συλαγωγῶν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul uses this clause to warn the Colossians against any person who wishes to take them captive. If your language does not use this form, you can simplify or restructure the clause so that it does not include both **someone** and **the one**. Alternate translation: “Beware lest anyone take you captive” or “Make sure that no one takes you captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 ga9l figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς…ὁ συλαγωγῶν 1 will be the one who takes you captive Paul speaks of those who are trying to deceive the Colossians as if they were capturing the Colossians as prisoners. He uses this language to portray the false teachers as enemies who do not care about the Colossians but only want to use them for their own benefit. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “the one who convinces you to believe a lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 p3vx figs-hendiadys τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ κενῆς ἀπάτης 1 philosophy The words **philosophy** and **empty deceit** work together to express one idea: human **philosophy** that is **empty** of content and deceitful. If your language does not use this form, you could combine the two nouns into one phrase, such as by using words like “meaningless” and “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “empty, deceitful philosophy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 nlws figs-abstractnouns τῆς φιλοσοφίας 1 philosophy If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **philosophy**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how humans understand the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 p3vx figs-hendiadys τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ κενῆς ἀπάτης 1 philosophy The words **philosophy** and **empty deceit** work together to express one idea: human **philosophy** that is **empty** of content and deceitful. If your language does not use this form, you can combine the two nouns into one phrase, such as by using words like “meaningless” and “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “empty, deceitful philosophy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 nlws figs-abstractnouns τῆς φιλοσοφίας 1 philosophy If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **philosophy**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how humans understand the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 t8xx figs-metaphor κενῆς ἀπάτης 1 empty deceit Paul speaks of deceitful **philosophy** as if it were a container that had nothing in it. He means that the deceitful **philosophy** has nothing important or meaningful to contribute. If **empty deceit** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “valueless deceit” or “deceit with no content” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 l9jt figs-abstractnouns τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the tradition of men … the elemental teaching of the world The **tradition of men** refers to the ways in which humans behave that they learned from their families and pass on to their children. If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea of **tradition**, you could a phrase that refers to traditions that are passed on from parents to children. Alternate translation: “customary human thinking and behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 l9jt figs-abstractnouns τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the tradition of men … the elemental teaching of the world The **tradition of men** refers to the ways in which humans behave that they learned from their families and pass on to their children. If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea of **tradition**, you can a phrase that refers to traditions that are passed on from parents to children. Alternate translation: “customary human thinking and behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 oy49 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the tradition of men … the elemental teaching of the world Although the word **men** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether man or woman. If **men** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “of humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 jg16 translate-unknown τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 The phrase **elemental teaching** could refer to (1) basic human opinions about how the world works. Alternate translation: “human worldviews” (2) the spiritual powers of this world. Alternate translation: “spiritual beings that rule the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 2 9 slg7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **for** introduces a reason why the Colossians need to watch out for anyone who provides teaching that is “not according to Christ” ([2:8](../02/08.md)): Christ is God and provides access to God. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make what Paul is supporting more explicit. Alternate translation: “You must beware of any teaching without Christ, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 2 9 ahq5 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος σωματικῶς 1 in him all the fullness of God dwells in bodily form Paul speaks as if Jesus were a place in which complete divinity (**fullness of deity**) lives (**dwells**). This metaphor indicates that Jesus, who is human (**in bodily form**), is truly and fully God. If this metaphor does not indicate Jesus’ full divinity and full humanity in your language, you could express this idea with a metaphor that does indicate this or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “he is both fully God and fully man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 9 m529 figs-abstractnouns πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος 1 in him all the fullness of God dwells in bodily form If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **fullness** and **deity**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “everything that it means to be God” or “everything that belongs fully to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 9 m529 figs-abstractnouns πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος 1 in him all the fullness of God dwells in bodily form If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **fullness** and **deity**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “everything that it means to be God” or “everything that belongs fully to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 10 oykt grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 The word **and** introduces another reason why the Colossians need to watch out for anyone who provides teaching that is “not according to Christ” ([2:8](../02/08.md)): not only is Christ fully God ([2:9](../02/09.md)), but he provides the way in which the Colossians are filled with everything they need. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this link more explicit. Alternate translation: “and furthermore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
COL 2 10 lbk7 figs-metaphor ἐστὲ ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι 1 you are filled in him Here Paul speaks as if people were containers that are filled when they are united to Christ, which means that people receive everything they need, including salvation, in their union with Christ. The word **filled** is very similar to the word Paul used in [2:9](../02/09.md) for “fullness.” If your language uses similar words in these two sentences, you could use a word like the one you used in [2:9](../02/09.md). If not, you could express this idea in another way, using a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you lack nothing because of your union with the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 10 sbi0 figs-activepassive ἐστὲ…πεπληρωμένοι 1 If in your language does not use this passive form, you could translate this verb in the active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has filled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 10 sbi0 figs-activepassive ἐστὲ…πεπληρωμένοι 1 If in your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this verb in the active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has filled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 10 je36 figs-metaphor ἡ κεφαλὴ πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας 1 who is the head of all rule and authority The expression **head of** here refers to supremacy and authority over something or somebody. If **head** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively with another noun, such as “sovereign” or “ruler,” or a verb, such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “the sovereign over all rule and authority” or “the one who rules over all rule and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 10 pwg2 translate-unknown πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας 1 The words **rule** and **authority** could refer to (1) powerful spiritual beings, as in [1:16](../01/16.md). Translate these words here as you translated them there. Alternate translation: “of all spirit beings who govern and rule” (2) anyone or anything with power and authority. Alternate translation: “of anyone with power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 xeq7 figs-exmetaphor καὶ περιετμήθητε περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ, ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῆς σαρκός, ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in whom you were also circumcised Here Paul uses **circumcision** as an image to describe what happens to believers when they are united to the Messiah. In the metaphor, the **circumcision** is completed **without hands**, which means that God accomplishes it. What is “removed” or cut off is the **body of flesh**, which refers to the broken and sinful parts of the person. If this metaphor about **circumcision** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with the language of analogy or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you were also marked off by God as his own when he took away your body of flesh by the work of the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 f6ek figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ καὶ περιετμήθητε 1 in whom you were also circumcised If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate this verb in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “in whom God also circumcised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 ii43 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῆς σαρκός 1 with a circumcision made without hands If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **removal**, you could express the idea with a verb such as “remove.” Alternate translation: “when he removed the body of flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 m3xu figs-possession ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to connect **circumcision** with **Christ**. This does not refer to when Christ himself was circumcised or how he himself circumcises believers. Instead, the possessive form connects the extended metaphor of circumcision with Christ’s work: the circumcision that Paul speaks about is accomplished in what Christ has done. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you could make the relationship between **circumcision** and **Christ** more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the circumcision accomplished by Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 fw80 figs-metonymy τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul uses the word **Christ** to refer primarily to what **Christ** has accomplished. If your language does not use a person’s name to identify something that they have done, you could clarify that Paul is speaking of the “work” **of Christ**. Alternate translation: “that comes from what Christ did” or “that Christ’s work accomplished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 f6ek figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ καὶ περιετμήθητε 1 in whom you were also circumcised If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this verb in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “in whom God also circumcised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 ii43 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῆς σαρκός 1 with a circumcision made without hands If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **removal**, you can express the idea with a verb such as “remove.” Alternate translation: “when he removed the body of flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 m3xu figs-possession ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Paul uses the possessive form to connect **circumcision** with **Christ**. This does not refer to when Christ himself was circumcised or how he himself circumcises believers. Instead, the possessive form connects the extended metaphor of circumcision with Christ’s work: the circumcision that Paul speaks about is accomplished in what Christ has done. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can make the relationship between **circumcision** and **Christ** more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the circumcision accomplished by Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 fw80 figs-metonymy τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul uses the word **Christ** to refer primarily to what **Christ** has accomplished. If your language does not use a person’s name to identify something that they have done, you can clarify that Paul is speaking of the “work” **of Christ**. Alternate translation: “that comes from what Christ did” or “that Christ’s work accomplished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 ln8e figs-metaphor συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτισμῷ 1 having been buried with him in baptism Paul here uses a metaphor that connects **baptism** to “burial” to further explain what happens to believers when they are united to Christ. This metaphor expresses how, when they are baptized, believers are united to Christ in his (death and) burial and are no longer who they once were. If this metaphor would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with the language of analogy, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “having been united with the Messiah in his burial when you were baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 s2a0 figs-synecdoche συνταφέντες 1 Here Paul refers only to being **buried**, but he also implies “dying.” If **buried** would not include the idea of “dying” in your language, you could include “dying” in your translation. Alternate translation: “having died and been buried with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 r8l8 figs-activepassive συνταφέντες αὐτῷ 1 having been buried with him in baptism If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate this phrase in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God burying you with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 r8l8 figs-activepassive συνταφέντες αὐτῷ 1 having been buried with him in baptism If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate this phrase in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God burying you with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 g1rq figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ…συνηγέρθητε 1 in whom you were raised up Paul here explains that believers are not only united to Christ in his burial but also in his resurrection. It is by being united to him in his resurrection that believers receive new life. If believers being **raised up** now would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in union with the Messiah in his resurrection you received new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 yp7u figs-activepassive συνηγέρθητε 1 in whom you were raised up If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate the idea in its active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God raised you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 yp7u figs-activepassive συνηγέρθητε 1 in whom you were raised up If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate the idea in its active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God raised you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 rec6 figs-idiom συνηγέρθητε…τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 you were raised up Paul uses the words **raised up** and **raised him from the dead** to refer to someone who had died and then came back to life. If your language does not use these words to describe coming back to life, use a comparable idiom or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “you were restored to life … who restored him to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 oo6l figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you were raised up If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **faith** and **power**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because you trusted in the powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 oo6l figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you were raised up If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **faith** and **power**, you can express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because you trusted in the powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 j4uy figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “among the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 oxde writing-pronouns ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν, συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς 1 Here Paul begins the sentence with **you**, and then he restates **you** when he identifies what God has done for **you**. If your language would not restate **you** or use this structure, you could separate the two uses of **you** into separate sentences. Alternate translation: “you were dead in the trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh. Then, he made you alive together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 c40c grammar-connect-time-background νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 This clause does not refer to the current situation of the Colossians, but rather it describes their situation before God acted to make them alive, as expressed in the rest of the verse. If the time of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that this clause describes a time before **he made you alive**. Alternate translation: “who used to be dead in the trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 v6vi figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας 1 you, being dead Paul speaks of people who are without Christ as if they were dead. By this he means that those who lack any relationship with God and are not united to Christ are spiritually dead. If calling the Colossians **dead** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul speaks of spiritual death or express the idea with a simile, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you, being like dead people” or “you, being totally separated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 emdw figs-metaphor νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 When Paul speaks of someone **being dead in** something, this identifies both why and in what state the person is dead. In other words, the Colossians were **dead** because of their **trespasses** and because of their **uncircumcision**, and these things also characterized them while they were dead. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a phrase like “because of,” or you could translate **trespasses** and **uncircumcision** as descriptors of **dead**. Alternate translation: “being dead because of your trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh” or “being dead, that is, trespassing God’s commands and being uncircumcised in your flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 pphm translate-unknown τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **uncircumcision** could refer (1) to how the Colossians were not circumcised Jews and thus not part of God’s people. Alternate translation: “among the non-Jews without God’s promises” (2) to the metaphor about circumcision in [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “apart from God’s saving work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 gdke figs-possession τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **flesh** that has not been “circumcised.” If your language does not express this idea with the possessive form, you could translate **uncircumcision** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “your uncircumcised flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 gdke figs-possession τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **flesh** that has not been “circumcised.” If your language does not express this idea with the possessive form, you can translate **uncircumcision** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “your uncircumcised flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 f9ms figs-metaphor συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς σὺν αὐτῷ 1 you, being dead … he made you alive together Here Paul speaks of God’s work in restoring people to himself as if he brought these people back to life physically. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul speaks of spiritual life or express the idea with a simile or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “he did something like making you alive together with him” or “he restored you to proper relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 upyk writing-pronouns συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς σὺν αὐτῷ 1 The word **he** refers to God the Father, while the word translated **him** refers to God the Son. If these pronouns would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify the antecedent of one or both of these pronouns. Alternate translation: “he made you alive together with the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 14 w22z figs-metaphor ἐξαλείψας τὸ καθ’ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δόγμασιν, ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν, καὶ αὐτὸ ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου, προσηλώσας αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ; 1 having canceled the written record of the decrees against us, which were opposed to us Paul speaks of the way God forgives our sins as if God **canceled** debts that we owed him. In the metaphor, God has crossed out or erased the **written record** of those debts and thus removed any impact these debts have on our relationship to him. If this metaphor would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “having taken away the guilt from our sins, he has kept those sins from impacting our relationship with him, having nailed them to the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ COL 2 15 pbkm translate-unknown τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσ
|
|||
COL 2 15 h7kx ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Alternate translation: “by the cross” or “through the cross”
|
||||
COL 2 15 cg37 figs-metonymy αὐτῷ 1 in the cross Here Paul uses **the cross** to refer to Christ’s death on the cross. If the meaning of **cross** would be misunderstood in your language, you could include a word or a phrase which includes Christ’s death. Alternate translation: “the Messiah’s death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 16 bvs7 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 The word **Therefore** draws an inference or conclusion from what Paul has already said, which can be found in [2:9–15](../02/09.md): in the work of Christ, the Colossians have received new life and the powers that rule this world have been defeated. Because of these things that have happened, the Colossians should not allow others to judge them in how they behave. Paul is continuing the warning against false teachers that he started in [2:8](../02/08.md). If these connections would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to these ideas more explicitly or use a comparable transition word or phrase. Alternate translation: “In light of all these things” or “Given the Messiah’s sufficient work on your behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
COL 2 16 e1rp figs-imperative μὴ…τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω 1 This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not have third-person imperatives, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “you should not let anyone judge you” or “do not permit anyone to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
COL 2 16 e1rp figs-imperative μὴ…τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω 1 This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not have third-person imperatives, you can use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “you should not let anyone judge you” or “do not permit anyone to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
COL 2 16 cii9 figs-explicit ἐν βρώσει, καὶ ἐν πόσει, ἢ ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς, ἢ νουμηνίας, ἢ Σαββάτων 1 in food or in drink This list of areas in which someone might judge the Colossians refers to parts of the law of Moses. Some of these areas were also important for other religions in Paul’s culture. If Paul’s list of things that someone could **judge** the Colossians in would be misunderstood in your translation, you could clarify that these areas are covered by the law of Moses and sometimes by the traditions of other religions as well. Alternate translation: “for you how behave in relationship to the law of Moses and other religious traditions, including in the areas of food and drink and festivals, new moons or Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 2 16 b4kd figs-metonymy νουμηνίας 1 in regard to a festival, or a new moon, or Sabbaths The word **new moon** refers to a festival or celebration that would take place when it was the time of the new moon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable expression or translate the idea with a longer phrase. Alternate translation: “a new moon celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 17 ip3a figs-metaphor ἅ ἐστιν σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 which are a shadow of the things coming, but the body is of Christ A **shadow** shows the shape and outline of a **body**, but it is not the **body** itself. In a similar way, the things listed in the previous verse show the shape and outline of the **things coming**, but the **body** that casts this **shadow** is **Christ**. He is the substance of the **things coming**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “which are a foretaste of the things coming, but the full experience is of Christ” or “which hint at the things that were to come, but Christ is the one who came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -260,23 +260,23 @@ COL 2 17 sev8 figs-possession σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων 1 Paul here
|
|||
COL 2 17 liqe translate-unknown τῶν μελλόντων 1 The **things coming** primarily refers to things that will happen or be experienced in the future. They can be connected with both the first and the second coming of Christ, which is why the **body** is of Christ in this verse. If that meaning of **coming** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **coming** refers to what Christ has blessed believers with at his first coming and what he will bless them with at his second coming. Alternate translation: “blessings that Christ brings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 2 17 ykh9 figs-possession τὸ…σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form to identify **Christ** as the **body** that casts the “shadow.” If your language would not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could express the idea with a simple “being” verb. Alternate translation: “the body is Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 aa4v figs-gendernotations μηδεὶς…ἑόρακεν…αὐτοῦ 1 The words **no one**, **he**, and **his** do not refer to one male person. Instead, they refer in a generic way to anyone who acts in these ways. If the meaning of these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words with a comparable generic phrase in your language or make them plural. Alternate translation: “no one … they have seen … their” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 ontu figs-imperative μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω 1 This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone … deprive you of your prize” or “Be on your guard against anyone … so that he does not deprive you of your prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 ontu figs-imperative μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω 1 This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not, you can use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone … deprive you of your prize” or “Be on your guard against anyone … so that he does not deprive you of your prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 zv2t figs-metaphor μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω 1 Let no one … deprive you of your prize Here Paul refers to the false teachers as if they were judges or umpires at a contest who could decide against the Colossians, thus keeping them from receiving the prize for winning the contest. This metaphor fits with the “judging” language in [2:16](../02/16.md). These two verses together suggest that the Colossians are tempted to choose the false teachers as their judges instead of Christ. If these figures of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Let no one … act instead of Christ as your judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 b5ce figs-abstractnouns ταπεινοφροσύνῃ 1 delighting in false humility If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **humility**, you could express the idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “humbling themselves falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 b5ce figs-abstractnouns ταπεινοφροσύνῃ 1 delighting in false humility If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **humility**, you can express the idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “humbling themselves falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 pmcn figs-possession θρησκείᾳ τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 Paul uses the possessive form to describe the act of worshiping angels, not the worship that angels present to God. If **worship of the angels** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify with a phrase such as “presented to.” Alternate translation: “worship presented to the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 kn5d figs-metaphor ἐμβατεύων 1 standing on things he has seen Here Paul speaks as if the false teachers were **standing** on “things they have seen.” This metaphor means that they talk about what they have seen and base teachings on it. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate **standing** with a verb that expresses this idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “constantly talking about” or “basing his teaching on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 p67q figs-explicit ἃ ἑόρακεν 1 In the context of angel worship, **things he has seen** refers to visions and dreams that reveal powerful beings, heaven, the future, or other secrets. If these implications would not be understood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these kinds of visions or dreams or use a phrase to express the idea. Alternate translation: “things he has seen in visions” or “secrets revealed to him in visions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 p7q4 figs-activepassive εἰκῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 becoming puffed up without cause by the mind of his flesh If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate the phrase in its active form. Alternate translation: “the mind of his flesh puffing him up without cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 p7q4 figs-activepassive εἰκῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 becoming puffed up without cause by the mind of his flesh If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate the phrase in its active form. Alternate translation: “the mind of his flesh puffing him up without cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 wp42 figs-metaphor φυσιούμενος 1 becoming puffed up Here Paul describes people who boast as if they had made themselves larger by filling themselves with air. He means that they think of themselves as more important than they really are. If **becoming puffed up** would not mean “becoming prideful” in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “becoming self-important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 zz4a figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **mind**, you could express this idea by using a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “by how he thinks in fleshly ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 if94 figs-possession τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 the mind of his flesh Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of a **mind** that belongs to the **flesh**. This phrase refers to thinking that is characterized by the flesh in its weakness and sinfulness. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could express the idea by translating **flesh** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “his fleshly mind” or “his weak and sinful mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 zz4a figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **mind**, you can express this idea by using a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “by how he thinks in fleshly ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 if94 figs-possession τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 the mind of his flesh Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of a **mind** that belongs to the **flesh**. This phrase refers to thinking that is characterized by the flesh in its weakness and sinfulness. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you can express the idea by translating **flesh** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “his fleshly mind” or “his weak and sinful mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 19 m2dz figs-metaphor οὐ κρατῶν τὴν κεφαλήν 1 not holding on to the head Paul describes the false teachers as if they had let go of the **head**, which is Christ. This means that they have stopped treating Christ as the source and authority behind their teaching. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or translate the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “not staying connected to the head” or “not treating the head, which is Christ, as most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 19 r4ca figs-exmetaphor τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ συμβιβαζόμενον, αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 from which the whole body throughout the joints and ligaments is being supplied and held together In this verse Paul uses an extended metaphor in which Christ is the **head** of the **body**, which is his church, which has **joints** and **ligaments**, and which **grows**. Paul uses this metaphor to describe how Christ leads, directs, nourishes, and unifies his church to help it become what he wants it to be. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea using the language of analogy, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “to the Messiah, from whom the whole church receives nourishment and leadership and in whom the church is united as it grows with the growth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 19 i2yd figs-activepassive ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ συμβιβαζόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the sentence in active form. Alternate translation: “which supplies and holds the whole body together throughout the joints and ligaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 19 i2yd figs-activepassive ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ συμβιβαζόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the sentence in active form. Alternate translation: “which supplies and holds the whole body together throughout the joints and ligaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 19 qnsp translate-unknown τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων 1 The word **joints** refers to where parts of the body are connected together, while the word translated **ligaments** refers to what holds these parts together. If these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could use technical terms that correspond to **joints** and **ligaments**, or you could use more general language for what holds the body together. Alternate translation: “what holds it together” or “all its parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 2 19 wcds figs-doublet αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν 1 The words **grows** and **growth** are directly related and may be redundant in your language. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use just one form of “grow.” Alternate translation: “experiences the growth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 2 19 wcds figs-doublet αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν 1 The words **grows** and **growth** are directly related and may be redundant in your language. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can use just one form of “grow.” Alternate translation: “experiences the growth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 2 19 n3y4 figs-possession τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul here speaks of **growth** that is **from God** to show that the church’s **growth** is given by **God** and fits with what **God** desires. If your language would not use this form to express that idea, you could express the idea with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “with the growth that God gives” or “with the growth that God enables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 cpki grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, then you could translate the clause as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you died with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 cpki grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, then you can translate the clause as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you died with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 yg7h figs-metaphor ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ 1 If you died with Christ from the elemental principles of the world Paul now returns to a metaphor he has used earlier: believers have died and “been buried with” Christ ([2:12](../02/12.md)). This means that, in their union with Christ, believers share in his death so that they too have died. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use the language of analogy, or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you participated in the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 oshk figs-idiom ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ ἀπὸ 1 To “die from” something does not identify what caused the death, but rather it indicates what the death separated the person from. Here, then, the Colossians were separated from the **elemental principles** by participating in Christ’s death. If “dying” **from** something would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “you died with Christ, which separated you from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 ydqo translate-unknown τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ κόσμου 1 As in [2:8](../02/08.md), the word **elemental principles** could refer to (1) the spiritual powers of this world. Alternate translation: “the powerful spiritual beings in this world” (2) basic human opinions about how the world works. Alternate translation: “the basic things that humans teach about the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -284,33 +284,33 @@ COL 2 20 uu77 figs-infostructure τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ δο
|
|||
COL 2 20 ywkx figs-metaphor ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ 1 Paul uses the verb **living** to describe the Colossian’s way of life. They are indeed physically alive and in the world, but he wants them to behave in ways that do not match what people **in the world** normally do. If **living in the world** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a verbal phrase such as “belonging to” or “conforming to.” Alternate translation: “belonging to the world” or “conforming to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 xm1v grammar-connect-condition-contrary ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ 1 In this context, the word **as** introduces something that is not true: the Colossians do not actually live **in the world**. If **as** would be misunderstood your language, you could clarify that **living in the world** is not true of the Colossians, using a phrase such as “as if.” Alternate translation: “as if living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 fe1k figs-rquestion τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ δογματίζεσθε 1 of the world Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. Here, there is no answer to the question, since that is exactly Paul’s point. There is no reason for them to be **subjected to its decrees**. If this question would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea as an imperative or a “should” statement. Alternate translation: “do not, as living in the world, be subjected to its decrees” or “you should not, as living in the world, be subjected to its decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 g0jz figs-activepassive δογματίζεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in its active form, perhaps by using a similar verb. Alternate translation: “do you submit to its decrees” or “do you subject yourselves to its decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 cdgc figs-abstractnouns δογματίζεσθε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **decrees**, you could express the idea with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “are you being subjected to what people require” or “are you being subjected to what it commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 g0jz figs-activepassive δογματίζεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in its active form, perhaps by using a similar verb. Alternate translation: “do you submit to its decrees” or “do you subject yourselves to its decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 20 cdgc figs-abstractnouns δογματίζεσθε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **decrees**, you can express the idea with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “are you being subjected to what people require” or “are you being subjected to what it commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 21 v9e7 0 Connecting Statement: This verse gives three commands that are not from Paul, but rather they are examples of the “decrees” from [2:20](../02/20.md). If these commands would be misunderstood in your language, you could introduce these commands with a phrase, such as “for example,” that shows that they connect to the “decrees” in the previous verse.
|
||||
COL 2 21 pzj1 figs-yousingular ἅψῃ…γεύσῃ…θίγῃς 1 Connecting Statement: These commands are addressed to **You** in the singular. Most likely, Paul refers to specific commands given to one person in a specific situation. However, he does intend these to be taken as examples of commands that might be given to any person among the Colossians. If your language can use a command in the singular as a generic example, you could do so here. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use plural commands here. Alternate translation: “You all may … handle … taste … touch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
COL 2 21 b392 figs-explicit μὴ ἅψῃ! μηδὲ γεύσῃ! μηδὲ θίγῃς! 1 You may not handle, nor taste, nor touch! Paul does not express what these commands say not to **handle**, **taste**, or **touch**, but it is clear that only certain things would be included, not all things. If your language would make this information explicit, you could add a generic phrase such as “certain things” or use words that match each command. Alternate translation: “You may not handle certain objects, nor taste certain foods and drinks, nor touch certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 2 22 a25u writing-pronouns ἅ 1 This pronoun refers to the commands in the previous verse, especially focusing on the implied objects of the rules. If **which** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a noun or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “The things that these commands regulate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 22 ogj7 figs-idiom ἐστιν πάντα εἰς φθορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει 1 This phrase means that all the objects that the commands in the previous verse are about end up being destroyed when they are used. In other words, food and drink are destroyed when they are eaten, and tools eventually break when they are used. By describing the objects in this way, Paul shows that the rules about these objects are not very important. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express the idea more clearly, such as with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “all end up in destruction because of their use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 22 cmnf figs-abstractnouns εἰς φθορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **destruction** and **use**, you could express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “destroyed when they are used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 22 klsg figs-possession τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Paul here uses the possessive form to describe **commands and teachings** that come from **men**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could clarify that these teachings “come from” **men**. Alternate translation: “the commands and teachings that come from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 22 d4lu figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **commands** and **teachings**, you could express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “what men command and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 22 cmnf figs-abstractnouns εἰς φθορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **destruction** and **use**, you can express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “destroyed when they are used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 22 klsg figs-possession τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Paul here uses the possessive form to describe **commands and teachings** that come from **men**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you can clarify that these teachings “come from” **men**. Alternate translation: “the commands and teachings that come from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 22 d4lu figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **commands** and **teachings**, you can express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “what men command and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 22 oqmf figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the word **men** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether men or women. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “of men and women” or “of humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 r2m8 figs-idiom λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας 1 Commands that have **a word of wisdom** are commands that come from wise thinking or require wise behavior. If this **having indeed a word of wisdom** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idiom with a comparable expression, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “are indeed characterized by wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 h2hk figs-metonymy λόγον 1 Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a message” or “a lesson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 y2dc figs-hypo ἅτινά…λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος 1 These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body While there is no grammatical marker for a condition here, the word **in** functionally introduces a condition: these commands have a **word of wisdom** “if” one values **self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body**. It is only if one values these things that the commands have wisdom. If Paul’s explanation of how these commands could have **wisdom** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using a conditional expression, or use the word “seem.” Alternate translation: “which, having indeed a word of wisdom if one values self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 g60j figs-abstractnouns λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος, 1 These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom**, **religion**, **humility**, and **severity**, you could rephrase this part of the verse so that you can express these ideas with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “having indeed a word that seems wise according to people who serve God in their own way, who humble themselves for gain, and who act severely to their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 g60j figs-abstractnouns λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος, 1 These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom**, **religion**, **humility**, and **severity**, you can rephrase this part of the verse so that you can express these ideas with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “having indeed a word that seems wise according to people who serve God in their own way, who humble themselves for gain, and who act severely to their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 vr8p translate-unknown ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ 1 The phrase **self-made religion** could describe (1) people who worship God however they want to. Alternate translation: “invented religion” (2) people who pretend to worship God but do not. Alternate translation: “mock worship” or “false worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 g9i8 translate-unknown ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος 1 The phrase **severity of the body** refers to treating one’s body harshly as part of one’s religious practice. This could include beating oneself, not eating enough, or other ascetic practices. If **severity of the body** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that refers to religious practice or translate the idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “and wounding one’s body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 e7p5 figs-abstractnouns ἐστιν…οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι 1 are not of any value against the indulgence of the flesh If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **value**, you could combine it with the verbal phrase **are not** to create a new phrase. Alternate translation: “do nothing” or “are ineffective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 e7p5 figs-abstractnouns ἐστιν…οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι 1 are not of any value against the indulgence of the flesh If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **value**, you can combine it with the verbal phrase **are not** to create a new phrase. Alternate translation: “do nothing” or “are ineffective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 blil figs-possession πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός 1 Paul uses the possessive form to speak of **indulgence** one gives to the **flesh**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could translate **indulgence** with a verb such as “indulging.” Alternate translation: “indulging the flesh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 e70e translate-unknown πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός 1 If one “indulges” **the flesh**, this means that one has behaved in ways that match what one’s weak and sinful parts wish. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a word for “sin.” Alternate translation: “sin” or “giving in to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 k3x6 figs-abstractnouns πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **indulgence**, you could use a verb, such as “indulge.” Alternate translation: “indulging the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 23 k3x6 figs-abstractnouns πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **indulgence**, you can use a verb, such as “indulge.” Alternate translation: “indulging the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 intro qtl2 0 # Colossians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>[4:1](../04/01.md) belongs to the section that begins in [3:18](../03/18.md), even though it is in the next chapter.<br><br>3. Exhortation Section<br> * Seek the Things Above (3:1–4)<br> * Take off Vices, Put on Virtues (3:5–17)<br> * Commands for the Household (3:18–4:1)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Old and new “man”<br><br>Paul refers to the old and new “man” in [3:9–10](../03/09.md). These terms refer to the person before (“old”) and after (“new”) dying and rising with Christ. With these key words, Paul makes a similar claim to what he argued in [2:11–13](../02/11.md): believers are not who they used to be; rather, they have received new life in Christ and are new people. Your translation should reflect the idea that Paul tells the Colossians that they are new people in their union with Christ.<br><br>### The wrath of God<br><br>In [3:6](../03/06.md), Paul speaks of the “wrath of God,” which is “coming.” God’s “wrath” is not primarily an emotion, but rather, it is his act of judgment on those who do not believe and who disobey. It is “coming” because God will act in judgment soon. In your translation, emphasize God’s act over his emotion.<br><br>### No Greek and Jew …<br><br>In [3:11](../03/11.md), Paul refers to multiple different ways to categorize people in his world. See the notes on that verse for details. Paul says that none of these categories exist in the “new man.” By this, he means that these categories are not relevant for those who have died and risen with Christ. It is one’s status as a “new” person that is relevant and important.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Christ, your life<br><br>In [3:4](../03/04.md), Paul identifies Christ as the Colossians’ “life.” This metaphor comes from the previous verse, where Paul says that the Colossians’ life is “hidden with Christ.” Since their life is in Christ, Christ can be called their life. To say this a different way, the Colossians only have life in Christ, so their life and Christ’s life are bound together.<br><br>### Avoiding vices, pursuing virtues<br><br>In his exhortation to the Colossians to avoid vices and pursue virtues, Paul uses a number of metaphors. For avoiding vices, he uses the language of “putting to death” ([3:5](../03/05.md)), “laying aside” ([3:8](../03/08.md)), and “taking off” ([3:9](../03/09.md)). All these metaphors require separation from vices, whether that is pictured as putting to death parts of the body that pursue vices or as taking off evil desires as if they were clothing. For pursuing virtues, he opposes “taking off” with “putting on” ([3:10](../03/10.md); [3:12](../03/12.md)). Just as the Colossians should “take off” the desire to pursue vices, they should “put on” the desire to pursue virtues. These metaphors are all intended to help the Colossians pursue virtue instead of vice.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Vice and virtue lists<br><br>In [3:5](../03/05.md) and [3:8](../03/08.md), Paul gives lists of vices. These lists are not meant to provide a complete catalog of immoral and evil behaviors. Instead, they provide some examples that are meant to show the Colossians the kinds of behaviors that Paul has in mind. In [3:12](../03/12.md), he provides a corresponding list of virtues. The same thinking applies here: this is not a complete catalog of correct or good behavior but instead gives examples of the kinds of things that Paul wants the Colossians to do. You could introduce these lists as examples if it would help your readers understand.<br><br>### The “household code”<br><br>In [3:18](../03/18.md)–[4:1](../04/01.md), Paul uses a form that was well-known in his culture. It is often called a “household code,” and it consists of a list of instructions to different members of the household, including parents, children, slaves, and others. Paul uses this form and gives his own specific instructions to members of the household. Of course, he is not addressing a household but a church. He gives his instructions to whomever in the audience was a parent or a child or a slave.
|
||||
COL 3 1 r5yh grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 If, therefore The word **therefore** introduces an exhortation based on what Paul has already said about being “raised with Christ” in [2:12](../02/12.md). Use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or concluding command based on what has already been said. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 oav8 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since … you were raised with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 t1jv figs-metaphor συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ 1 you were raised with Christ Paul again states that believers have been raised from the dead with Christ. By this, he means that believers are united to Christ in his resurrection and thus receive new life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in union with the Messiah in his resurrection you received new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 qmzv figs-idiom συνηγέρθητε 1 you were raised with Christ Paul uses the word **raised** to refer to someone who had died coming back to life. If this word does not refer to coming back to life in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “you were restored to life with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 sl1f figs-activepassive συνηγέρθητε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father raised you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 sl1f figs-activepassive συνηγέρθητε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father raised you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 vuct figs-metaphor τὰ ἄνω ζητεῖτε 1 Here Paul speaks as if he wants the Colossians to look for or try to find **things above**. By using the word **seek**, Paul wants to tell the Colossians to focus on **the things above** as if they were something valuable that the Colossians had lost and needed to find. If **seek the things above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to the things above” or “focus on the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 p3fw figs-idiom τὰ ἄνω 1 the things above The **things above** is another term for heavenly things, which Paul makes clear in the next phrase. If **the things above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that the phrase refers specifically to things in heaven. Alternate translation: “the heavenly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 upi9 figs-explicit ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ καθήμενος 1 This phrase implies two things. First, what Christ sits on is the divine throne in heaven. Second, **sitting** on this throne means that Christ has assumed a position of authority over the universe with God the Father. If **sitting at the right hand of God** would be misunderstood in your language, you could make either or both of these points explicit. Alternate translation: “sitting on the throne at the right hand of God” or “ruling at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -320,15 +320,15 @@ COL 3 2 ow7x figs-explicit τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The **things on the
|
|||
COL 3 3 oa5x grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 The word **for** introduces the reason why the Colossians should think about the things above ([3:1–2](../03/01.md)): it is because they **have died**. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the transition more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You should think about the things above because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 3 3 l9yk figs-metaphor ἀπεθάνετε 1 For you died Here Paul expresses in slightly different form the idea he already stated in [2:20](../02/20.md): the Colossians have been united to Christ in his death. As Christ actually died, so God counts the Colossian believers as having **died** with Christ. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea as you did in [2:20](../02/20.md), or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you died in union with the Messiah” or “you participated in the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 3 gkz6 figs-metaphor ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 your life has been hidden with Christ in God Here Paul speaks as if the Colossians’ lives were objects that could be **hidden** where Christ is, and as if the place they were hidden was God. By using this metaphor, Paul wants the Colossians to know that they are safe (**with Christ in God**) but also that their new life is not yet fully revealed (**hidden**). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “God is protecting your new life with Christ and will reveal it when the time comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 3 xetc figs-activepassive ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 your life has been hidden with Christ in God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form. Alternate translation: “God has hidden your life with Christ in himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 3 ihr6 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται 1 your life has been hidden with Christ in God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **life**, you could rephrase the sentence so that you can use a verb for “living.” Alternate translation: “you live in a hidden way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 ugge figs-activepassive ὁ Χριστὸς φανερωθῇ, ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could translate the idea in active form with: (1) Christ as the subject. Alternate translation: “Christ, your life, reveals himself” or “Christ, your life, appears” (2) God the Father as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father reveals Christ, your life,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 3 xetc figs-activepassive ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 your life has been hidden with Christ in God If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form. Alternate translation: “God has hidden your life with Christ in himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 3 ihr6 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται 1 your life has been hidden with Christ in God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **life**, you can rephrase the sentence so that you can use a verb for “living.” Alternate translation: “you live in a hidden way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 ugge figs-activepassive ὁ Χριστὸς φανερωθῇ, ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate the idea in active form with: (1) Christ as the subject. Alternate translation: “Christ, your life, reveals himself” or “Christ, your life, appears” (2) God the Father as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father reveals Christ, your life,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 n4nj figs-metaphor ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν 1 your life Continuing the theme of the Colossians’ life being hidden with Christ, Paul now identifies Christ as the Colossians’ **life**. In other words, if the Colossians’ life is hidden with Christ, then Christ can be called their **life**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “who holds your life” or “with whom you have life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 kpqf figs-abstractnouns ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν 1 your life If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **life**, you could express the idea with a verb for “living.” Alternate translation: “in whom you live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 kpqf figs-abstractnouns ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν 1 your life If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **life**, you can express the idea with a verb for “living.” Alternate translation: “in whom you live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 b2io translate-unknown φανερωθῇ…σὺν αὐτῷ φανερωθήσεσθε 1 Paul uses the word **is revealed** to refer to Christ’s second coming, when he is **revealed** to everyone as who he truly is. Paul uses the phrase **will be revealed with him** to refer to how the Colossians will participate with Christ in that second coming and also be **revealed** as who they truly are. If the meaning of **revealed** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use words such as “coming” or “returning” instead of “revealing.” Alternate translation: “comes again … will come with him” or “returns … will return with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 vlxm grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ὅταν…τότε 1 The word **when** indicates a moment in time, and the word translated **then** refers back to that same time. Therefore, the events described in two parts of this sentence occur at the same time. Use a construction that indicates simultaneous time in your language. Alternate translation: “When … at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 mz6o translate-unknown ἐν δόξῃ 1 As a previous note pointed out, the “revealing” language suggests that something will be revealed about Christ and the Colossians. Here, Paul describes it as **glory**. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that this is one thing that **is revealed** about Christ and the Colossians: they are glorious. Alternate translation: “as glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 ajcy figs-abstractnouns ἐν δόξῃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **glory**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as very great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 ajcy figs-abstractnouns ἐν δόξῃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **glory**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as very great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 5 xvsp grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 Here, the word **therefore** introduces an exhortation based on previous statements. In this case, Paul bases his exhortation on what he has said about the Colossians’ union with Christ and its end goal: being revealed with him in glory. If the meaning of **therefore** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable connecting word or express the idea with a phrase that refers back to what Paul has already said. Alternate translation: “because of your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
COL 3 5 jl45 figs-infostructure νεκρώσατε οὖν 1 If your language would normally put a transition word like **therefore** at the beginning of the sentence, you could move it there in your translation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, put to death” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
|
||||
COL 3 5 zn6i figs-metaphor νεκρώσατε…τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Here Paul speaks of the **members** as if they were people that one could kill or **put to death**. By using this metaphor, he wants to show the Colossians that the evil desires he lists should be treated as enemies and dealt with as harshly as possible. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Eliminate … the members that are on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -349,11 +349,11 @@ COL 3 7 p4q8 figs-metaphor ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατή
|
|||
COL 3 7 jz5d figs-explicit περιεπατήσατέ ποτε 1 The word **formerly** is used to refer to some indefinite time in the past. Here Paul uses it to refer to the time before the Colossians believed in Jesus. If **formerly** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify the specific time reference. Alternate translation: “walked before you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 3 7 jsfs grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ὅτε 1 The word **when** introduces a clause that occurs simultaneously with the main clause. Here, the Colossians “lived” **in them** at the same time as they were “walking” in them. Use an expression that indicates simultaneous time in your language. Alternate translation: “at the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
COL 3 7 s824 figs-metaphor ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις 1 when you were living in them The phrase **living in** something could mean (1) that the Colossians practiced these sins in addition to having lives characterized by them (“walking in them”). Alternate translation: “you were doing these things” (2) that the Colossians were living among people who did these things. Alternate translation: “you were living among people who did these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 7 pw57 figs-doublet ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε ὅτε ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις. 1 If **which** and **them** both refer to the sins mentioned in [3:5](../03/05.md), then “walking” and **living** in them mean very similar things. Paul uses the repetition to emphasize how thoroughly the Colossians’ lives were characterized by sins. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one phrase for this concept, you could use just one of these phrases. Alternate translation: “in which you also formerly walked” or “in which you used to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 3 7 pw57 figs-doublet ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε ὅτε ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις. 1 If **which** and **them** both refer to the sins mentioned in [3:5](../03/05.md), then “walking” and **living** in them mean very similar things. Paul uses the repetition to emphasize how thoroughly the Colossians’ lives were characterized by sins. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one phrase for this concept, you can use just one of these phrases. Alternate translation: “in which you also formerly walked” or “in which you used to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 k2dx grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 The phrase **but now** introduces a contrast with the previous verse, a contrast that focuses on time. The word translated **now** refers to the time after the Colossians believed. It introduces how they should behave **now** in contrast to how they behaved “formerly” ([3:7](../03/07.md)). If this contrast would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “But now that you believe in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 l019 figs-metaphor ἀπόθεσθε 1 Here Paul exhorts the Colossians to **lay aside** sins as if the sins were garments that they could take off or objects they could set down and stop using. By talking this way, Paul encourages the Colossians to no longer use or be associated with sins that are not part of who they are in their union with Christ, just as clothes and objects are not part of the person but can be removed. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “must … separate yourselves from” or “must … no longer do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 zltd figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν, θυμόν, κακίαν, βλασφημίαν, αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind these words, you could express the ideas by using verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: “wrathful, angry, and lustful behavior, and slanderous and obscene words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 ahhs figs-doublet ὀργήν, θυμόν 1 The words **wrath** and **anger** are almost synonymous, with **wrath** emphasizing angry actions and **anger** emphasizing angry emotions. If your language does not have two words for “anger” that work here, you could express the idea with one word. Alternate translation: “anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 zltd figs-abstractnouns ὀργήν, θυμόν, κακίαν, βλασφημίαν, αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind these words, you can express the ideas by using verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: “wrathful, angry, and lustful behavior, and slanderous and obscene words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 ahhs figs-doublet ὀργήν, θυμόν 1 The words **wrath** and **anger** are almost synonymous, with **wrath** emphasizing angry actions and **anger** emphasizing angry emotions. If your language does not have two words for “anger” that work here, you can express the idea with one word. Alternate translation: “anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 d3wr translate-unknown κακίαν 1 evil desire The phrase **evil desire** is a broad term that means “vice,” the opposite of “virtue.” If your language has a general term for “vice,” you could use it here. Alternate translation: “vice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 f59z translate-unknown αἰσχρολογίαν 1 and obscene speech The phrase **obscene speech** refers to “shameful words,” words that are not spoken in polite company. If your language has a word or phrase for these kinds of words, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “and obscenities” or “and cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 n23c figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν 1 from your mouth Here, **from your mouth** is an idiom that refers to speaking, since speech comes out of the **mouth**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with a word such as “talk.” Alternate translation: “in your talk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -361,17 +361,17 @@ COL 3 9 molr grammar-connect-logic-result ἀπεκδυσάμενοι 1 The cla
|
|||
COL 3 9 vsd8 figs-metaphor ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 having taken off the old man with its practices Here Paul uses a metaphor that is similar to one he used in [2:11](../02/11.md), where he speaks of the “circumcision of Christ” that “puts off” the body of flesh. Here, he speaks of the **old man** as if it were a piece of clothing that the Colossians could “take off.” This does not mean that their true selves are found underneath the **old man**, since the next verse has them putting on the **new man**. Instead, Paul uses the metaphor to illustrate how they have changed identity from **old** to “new.” If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “having forsaken your old identity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 9 x13d figs-idiom τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Paul uses the phrase **the old man** as part of his language about dying and rising with Christ. The **old man** is thus the person who died with Christ. It does not refer to a part of the person, but rather, it refers to what the whole person used to be before dying with Christ. This is why the ULT uses the neuter pronoun **its** to refer to **old man** later in the verse. If **the old man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a term that refers to the whole person and who he or she used to be. Alternate translation: “the old ‘you’” or “your old identity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 9 qlmf figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 While the word **man** is grammatically masculine, it does not refer primarily to male people but to humans in general. If you have a general word for humans in your language, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “human” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
COL 3 9 cowf figs-abstractnouns σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **practices**, you could express the idea by using a relative clause that refers to what the **old man** “normally does.” Alternate translation: “along with what it does” or “with how it acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 9 cowf figs-abstractnouns σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **practices**, you can express the idea by using a relative clause that refers to what the **old man** “normally does.” Alternate translation: “along with what it does” or “with how it acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 ya9k grammar-connect-logic-result ἐνδυσάμενοι 1 The clause that begins with **having put on** is parallel to the clause beginning with “having taken off” in the previous verse ([3:9](../03/09.md)). Translate this clause with the same structure you used in the previous verse. This clause could (1) give the reason why the Colossians should not lie to each other (and should put off the sins listed in the [3:8](../03/08.md)). Alternate translation: “because you have put on” (2) give another command. Alternate translation: “put on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 brx6 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν νέον 1 and having put on the new man Here, Paul continues the metaphor of changing clothing, which he began in [3:9](../03/09.md). Once the Colossians have “taken off” the “old man,” they **put on** the **new man**. Translate this expression as an appropriate opposite to your translation of “take off” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “having stepped into your new identity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 q1ts figs-idiom τὸν νέον 1 As in the previous verse ([3:9](../03/09.md)), the phrase **new man** does not refer to a male person but to what one has become when one is raised with Christ. It does not refer to a part of the person but rather to what the whole person has become after being raised with Christ. If **new man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a term that refers to the whole person and who they are. Alternate translation: “the new ‘you’” or “your new identity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 sr6v figs-activepassive τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “whom God is renewing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 sr6v figs-activepassive τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “whom God is renewing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 jlhz grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν, 1 The first thing Paul says about the “renewing” is its purpose, which is **knowledge**. If **in knowledge** would not be understood as a purpose statement in your language, you could use an expression that indicates that gaining **knowledge** is one purpose of **being renewed**. Alternate translation: “to gain knowledge” or “so as to know more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 degc figs-explicit ἐπίγνωσιν 1 While Paul does not say here what this **knowledge** concerns, it probably refers to knowing both God (as in [1:10](../01/10.md)) and God’s will (as in [1:9](../01/09.md)). If **knowledge** without any description would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what this knowledge concerns. Alternate translation: “the knowledge of God and his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 mw3q figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you could express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 mw3q figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you can express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 v7xq grammar-connect-logic-goal κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐτόν 1 The second thing Paul says about the “renewing” is the standard or pattern by which God renews his people: the **image of the one who created it**. Use a word or phrase in your language that indicates the standard or pattern according to which something is accomplished. Alternate translation: “so that it matches the image of the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 d15v translate-unknown εἰκόνα 1 the image The word **image** could refer to (1) the way humans show or reflect God’s glory, just like he created them to do. Alternate translation: “the reflection of the glory” (2) Christ, who is the image of God, the way humans can see the invisible God. Alternate translation: “Christ, the image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 rqsf figs-abstractnouns κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ 1 the image If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **image**, you could express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Make sure your translation fits with what **image** refers to, as discussed in the previous note. Alternate translation: “according to how you reflect the one” or “according to Christ, who reflects the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 rqsf figs-abstractnouns κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ 1 the image If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **image**, you can express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Make sure your translation fits with what **image** refers to, as discussed in the previous note. Alternate translation: “according to how you reflect the one” or “according to Christ, who reflects the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 jep5 writing-pronouns τοῦ κτίσαντος 1 The **one who created it** refers to God. If **the one who created it** would be misunderstood, you could clarify that God is **the one**. Alternate translation: “of God, who created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 xnc0 writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 The pronoun **it** refers to “the new man.” If your readers would misunderstand what **it** refers to, you could translate **it** with a phrase that more clearly refers back to “the new man.” Alternate translation: “this new man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 11 wnmm figs-metaphor ὅπου 1 Here Paul refers to the “new man” from the previous verse as if it were a place one could be in. This means that the word **where** refers to the new situation of those who have put on this “new man.” If **where** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by identifying those who have put on the “new man” as the ones addressed by this verse. Alternate translation: (start a new sentence) “For those who have put on the new man,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -394,21 +394,21 @@ COL 3 13 m1d9 figs-infostructure ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων καὶ
|
|||
COL 3 13 r8iy figs-idiom ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων 1 bearing with one another In Paul’s culture, the phrase **bearing with one another** refers to being patient with others, even when they do things that are annoying or strange. If **bearing with one another** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “putting up with one another” or “being patient with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 rts1 figs-hypo ἐάν 1 being gracious to each other Paul uses **if** to introduce a hypothetical situation that he thinks will happen among the Colossians at times. It is in this kind of situation that he wants them to “bear with one another and be gracious to each other.” If your language would not use **if** to express that idea, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that refers to any time something happens. Alternate translation: “whenever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 f5f9 figs-idiom τις πρός τινα ἔχῃ μομφήν 1 being gracious to each other This phrase indicates a situation in which one person feels offended or hurt by another person. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or an expression that indicates that one party has been offended or hurt by another. Alternate translation: “a person has been offended by another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 p474 figs-abstractnouns πρός…ἔχῃ μομφήν 1 may have a complaint against If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **complaint**, you could express the idea by translating the abstract noun as a verb. Alternate translation: “may complain against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 p474 figs-abstractnouns πρός…ἔχῃ μομφήν 1 may have a complaint against If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **complaint**, you can express the idea by translating the abstract noun as a verb. Alternate translation: “may complain against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 lp1o figs-infostructure καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἐχαρίσατο ὑμῖν, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 may have a complaint against If your language would put the comparison after the command, you could switch them in your translation, including “forgive” in the new first clause. Alternate translation: “you should forgive others, just as the Lord forgave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 lkdl figs-simile καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἐχαρίσατο ὑμῖν 1 may have a complaint against Here Paul draws a comparison between how he wants the Colossians to forgive and how Jesus has forgiven them. Use a word or phrase that would normally be used for comparing things that are similar. Alternate translation: “in the same way that the Lord forgave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 l0kr figs-ellipsis οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 may have a complaint against Paul leaves out words that could be needed in some languages to make a complete statement. If your language needs these words, you could supply words such as “forgive one another.” Alternate translation: “so also you should forgive each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 l1ik figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πᾶσιν δὲ τούτοις, τὴν ἀγάπην 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here Paul speaks as if **love** is higher than, or **above**, all the things he has said. By this, he means that **love** is more important than **all these things**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively with a word such as “important” or “essential.” Alternate translation: “But what is most essential is love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 mlfc figs-ellipsis τὴν ἀγάπην 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a complete thought. If your language would include more words, you could insert the words that Paul implies, which can be found in [3:12](../03/12.md): “put on.” Alternate translation: “put on love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 c5o7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην 1 love, which is the bond of perfection If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you could express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you could clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 c5o7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην 1 love, which is the bond of perfection If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you could express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you can clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 x5g8 figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here, **the bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that brings people together in perfect unity. This could refer to (1) the perfect unity in community that Paul wishes for believers. Alternate translation: “which brings you together in perfect unity” (2) the perfect unity that love brings to all Christian virtues. Alternate translation: “which brings all these virtues together to perfection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 bp1w figs-possession σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe: (1) **the bond** that leads to **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the bond that brings perfection” (2) **the bond** that has **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 welw figs-abstractnouns σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 love, which is the bond of perfection If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **perfection**, you could express the idea by an adjective such as “perfect” or a verb such as “complete.” Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” or “the bond that completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 welw figs-abstractnouns σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 love, which is the bond of perfection If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **perfection**, you can express the idea by an adjective such as “perfect” or a verb such as “complete.” Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” or “the bond that completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 gtz3 figs-imperative ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts Here Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could translate this imperative in the second person, with the Colossians as the subject of a verb such as “obey” and the **peace of Christ** as the object. Alternate translation: “in your hearts obey the peace of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 hdg5 figs-metaphor ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts Paul speaks of the **peace of Christ** as if it should be the “ruler” in the Colossians’ hearts. The word **rule** is closely related to the word translated “deprive of your prize” that Paul uses in [2:18](../02/18.md): both are used of a judge or an umpire making a decision, although in [2:18](../02/18.md), the judge or umpire decides against the Colossians. Here, the idea is that the **peace of Christ** acts as the judge or umpire in the **hearts** of the Colossians, which means that this **peace** helps them decide what to feel and do. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “let the peace of Christ make your decisions in your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 pz4p figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts In Paul’s culture, **hearts** are the places where humans think and plan. If that meaning of **hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “your thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 okpr writing-pronouns ἣν 1 in your hearts The pronoun **which** refers to “the peace of Christ.” If what **which** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “which peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 nj4e figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκλήθητε 1 in your hearts If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God called you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 nj4e figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκλήθητε 1 in your hearts If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God called you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 pod6 figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι 1 in your hearts Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were **in**, or part of, **one body**. With this metaphor, he clarifies the situation in which they have been called to peace: in the **one body**, which is the church. Just as the parts of a body are at “peace” with each other (when the body is working properly), so also the Colossians are to be at peace with each other in the church. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “as you together make up the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 bfnp εὐχάριστοι γίνεσθε 1 in your hearts Alternate translation: “become thankful people” or “be thankful”
|
||||
COL 3 16 agax figs-imperative ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν πλουσίως 1 Let the word of Christ dwell in you Here Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could express Paul’s command in the second person with the Colossians as the subject of a verb such as “welcome.” Alternate translation: “Welcome the word of Christ richly into your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -416,21 +416,21 @@ COL 3 16 w9dv figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικε
|
|||
COL 3 16 g0h5 figs-possession ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Let the word of Christ dwell in you Here Paul uses the possessive form to relate **the word** to **Christ**. This could mean: (1) that **the word** is about **Christ**. Alternate translation: “the word concerning the Messiah” (2) that **the word** is spoken by **Christ**. Alternate translation: “the word from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 mz40 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος 1 Let the word of Christ dwell in you Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 frn8 figs-metaphor πλουσίως 1 Let the word of Christ dwell in you Here Paul speaks as if the “word” were wealthy and could do something **richly**. He uses this metaphor to command that the word should dwell in the Colossians completely and with all the blessings that come from it. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in every way and with every blessing” or “fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 aqx3 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ 1 Let the word of Christ dwell in you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you could express the idea another way. Alternate translation: “in all wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 aqx3 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ 1 Let the word of Christ dwell in you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you can express the idea another way. Alternate translation: “in all wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 e44g grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ, διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθετοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς…ᾄδοντες 1 Let the word of Christ dwell in you Paul uses the words **teaching**, **admonishing**, and **singing** to show the Colossians some ways in which they can “let the word of Christ dwell” in them. Therefore, **teaching**, **admonishing**, and **singing** happen at the same time as **the word of Christ** dwelling in them. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could directly state it. Alternate translation: (start a new sentence) “you could do this by teaching and admonishing one another in all wisdom … and by singing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 h5k9 figs-doublet διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθετοῦντες 1 admonishing one another These two verbs have only slightly different meanings. The word **teaching** refers positively to giving someone information, skills, or concepts. The word **admonishing** refers negatively to warning someone against something. If you have words that fit these two ideas, you could use them here. If you do not have words that make these distinctions, you could translate both of them with a single verb such as “instruct.” Alternate translation: “instructing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 ubi5 translate-unknown ψαλμοῖς, ὕμνοις, ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs These three terms name different kinds of songs. The word **psalms** refers to songs from the book of Psalms in the Bible. The word **hymns** refers to songs sung in praise, usually to a deity. Finally, the word **songs** refers to vocal music that celebrates someone or something, usually in poem form. If you have words that roughly match these categories in your language, you could use them here. If you do not have words that match these categories, you could express the idea with only one or two words or use adjectives to describe the different types of songs. Alternate translation: “psalms and spiritual songs” or “biblical songs, praise songs, and celebratory spiritual songs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 eapz translate-unknown ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs The word **spiritual** could refer to (1) the Holy Spirit as the origin or inspiration of the **songs**. Alternate translation: “and songs from the Spirit” (2) **songs** that are sung by or in the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “and songs empowered by the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 ese7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ χάριτι, 1 with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **thankfulness**, you could express the idea by using an adverb such as “thankfully” or an adjective such as “thankful.” Alternate translation: “in thankful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 ese7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ χάριτι, 1 with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **thankfulness**, you can express the idea by using an adverb such as “thankfully” or an adjective such as “thankful.” Alternate translation: “in thankful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 jv2b figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs Here the Colossians would have understood the phrase **in your hearts** to describe something that people do that they fully believe in. It means that the **singing** should be done with sincerity and the full approval of one’s own mind. If this idiom would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “with genuineness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 ives figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs In Paul’s culture, **hearts** are the places where humans think and desire. If that meaning of **hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 ivxg figs-infostructure πᾶν, ὅ τι ἐὰν ποιῆτε ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ, πάντα ἐν 1 in word or in deed The word **all** refers back to **everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed**. If your language would not write the object (**everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed**) first, you could put it where **all** is, after the verb. Or, you could change the object into a relative clause. Alternate translation: “do everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed, in” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
|
||||
COL 3 17 g059 figs-idiom πᾶν, ὅ τι ἐὰν ποιῆτε 1 in word or in deed In Paul’s culture, this is a natural way to refer to anything someone might do, including all possibilities. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way to refer to all possible actions. Alternate translation: “anything you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 g8p8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ 1 in word or in deed If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **word** and **deed**, you could express the idea with verbs such as “speak” and “act.” Alternate translation: “in speaking or in acting” or “when you speak or act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 g8p8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ 1 in word or in deed If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **word** and **deed**, you can express the idea with verbs such as “speak” and “act.” Alternate translation: “in speaking or in acting” or “when you speak or act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 uix9 figs-idiom ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Acting **in the name of** a person means representing that person. Representatives, those who do anything **in the name of** someone else, should act so as to help others think well of and honor the people they represent. If **in the name of** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom for representing someone or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “as representatives of the Lord Jesus” or “in a way that leads to honor for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 bv84 figs-explicit δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 through him The phrase **through him** does not mean that the prayers of thanks are mediated to God the Father by God the Son. Rather, it is **through** the Son that the Colossians are able to give thanks. This means that they can give thanks because of what the Son has done for them. If that meaning of **through him** would not be understood in your language, you could express the idea with a preposition such as “because” or clarify that it is **through** the “work” of the Son. Alternate translation: “because of what he has done” or “through his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 3 18 tt9u αἱ γυναῖκες 1 Wives, submit to your husbands Here Paul directly addresses the **wives** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You wives”
|
||||
COL 3 18 gtft figs-activepassive ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν 1 is fitting If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form with a verb such as “obey” or “submit.” Alternate translation: “obey your husbands” or “submit to your husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 18 gtft figs-activepassive ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν 1 is fitting If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form with a verb such as “obey” or “submit.” Alternate translation: “obey your husbands” or “submit to your husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 18 dc5v figs-explicit τοῖς ἀνδράσιν 1 is fitting Here Paul does not explicitly state that wives must **be subjected** to “their own” husbands. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each wife’s husband in mind. Alternate translation: “to your own husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 3 18 juqx grammar-connect-logic-result ὡς 1 is fitting Here, the word **as** functions to introduce the reason why “wives” should “be subjected to” their **husbands**. If **as** does not indicate a reason in your language, you could express this idea using a causal word such as “since” or “because.” Alternate translation: “because this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 3 18 b2y3 translate-unknown ἀνῆκεν 1 is fitting The phrase **is fitting** refers to what or to whom something properly belongs. If **is fitting** would be misunderstood your language, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that identifies proper behavior in specific circumstances. Alternate translation: “is suitable” or “suits your position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ COL 3 20 ales figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 do not be embittered against Jus
|
|||
COL 3 21 uc7r οἱ πατέρες 1 do not provoke your children Here Paul directly addresses the **Fathers** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You fathers”
|
||||
COL 3 21 bvi3 translate-unknown μὴ ἐρεθίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 do not provoke your children The word **provoke** in this context refers to irritating someone or making them angry. If **provoke** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “do not irritate your children” or “do not provoke your children to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 21 ozeh grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα μὴ ἀθυμῶσιν 1 do not provoke your children This clause indicates the goal or purpose of the previous command, but this purpose is in the negative. If your language has a customary way to indicate a negative purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “lest they be discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
COL 3 21 fvi7 figs-activepassive μὴ ἀθυμῶσιν 1 do not provoke your children If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form with the **Fathers** as the subject. Alternate translation: “you may not discourage them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 21 fvi7 figs-activepassive μὴ ἀθυμῶσιν 1 do not provoke your children If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form with the **Fathers** as the subject. Alternate translation: “you may not discourage them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 21 bjk2 translate-unknown ἀθυμῶσιν 1 do not provoke your children The phrase **they may … be discouraged** describes the feeling of despair or hopelessness. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “they may … despair” or “they may … lose heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 22 lf6k οἱ δοῦλοι 1 all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers Here Paul directly addresses the **Slaves** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You slaves”
|
||||
COL 3 22 cx6a figs-idiom τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις 1 obey your masters according to the flesh The phrase **according to the flesh** describes the **masters** as humans on this earth. Paul uses this phrase to describe these **masters** because he is already setting up a contrast with the “Master” over these masters: Jesus (see [4:1](../04/01.md)). If **according to the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with an adjective such as “human” or “earthly.” Alternate translation: “your earthly masters” or “your human masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ COL 3 22 iy1n figs-idiom κατὰ πάντα 1 all things, not with eyeservice
|
|||
COL 3 22 p36t translate-unknown μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλεία 1 all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers The word **eyeservice** describes how people sometimes behave to look good more than to do the right thing. If **eyeservice** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase such as “wanting to look impressive.” Alternate translation: “not focusing on how you appear to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 22 b5en translate-unknown ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι 1 all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers The phrase **people pleasers** describes the kind of people who care about “eyeservice.” Here, **people pleasers** are those who focus on impressing humans rather than doing what God desires. If these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could emphasize that **people pleasers** want to please humans only, not God. Alternate translation: “as people who want to please humans rather than God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 22 r22m figs-possession ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας 1 with sincerity of heart Paul here uses the possessive form to describe a **heart** that is characterized by its **sincerity**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could express the idea by translating **sincerity** with an adjective such as “sincere.” Alternate translation: “with a sincere heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 3 22 ouca figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας 1 with sincerity of heart If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **sincerity**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “sincere” or and adverb such as “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely in your heart” or “with a sincere heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 22 ouca figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας 1 with sincerity of heart If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **sincerity**, you can express the idea by using an adjective such as “sincere” or and adverb such as “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely in your heart” or “with a sincere heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 22 m27w figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 with sincerity of heart In Paul’s culture, the **heart** is the place where a person thinks and desires. If that meaning of **heart** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “of mind” or “of desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 22 tsn9 grammar-connect-logic-result φοβούμενοι τὸν Κύριον 1 with sincerity of heart The phrase **fearing the Lord** could describe: (1) the reason why the slaves should obey their masters. Alternate translation: “because you fear the Lord” (2) the way or manner in which the slaves should obey their masters. Alternate translation: “showing fear for the Lord” or “in a way that shows that you fear the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 3 23 olwu figs-idiom ὃ ἐὰν ποιῆτε 1 as to the Lord In Paul’s culture, this is a natural way to refer to anything someone might do, including all possibilities. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way of referring to all possible actions. Alternate translation: “In anything you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -465,14 +465,14 @@ COL 3 23 itn9 figs-idiom ἐκ ψυχῆς 1 as to the Lord Working **from the s
|
|||
COL 3 23 arw4 figs-idiom ὡς τῷ Κυρίῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώποις 1 as to the Lord This contrast indicates that, even though they serve **men**, they should consider their work to be directed to or in service of **the Lord**. If the meaning of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a contrast phrase such as “even as.” Alternate translation: “to serve the Lord, even as you are serving men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 23 ckiz figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 as to the Lord The word **men** does not refer to only male people but to humans in general. If **men** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that refers to people or humans in general. Alternate translation: “to humans” or “to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
COL 3 24 p5qy grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδότες 1 the reward of the inheritance The word **knowing** introduces a reason why the slaves should obey as Paul commands them to in [3:22–23](../03/22.md). If **knowing** would not introduce a reason in your language, you could clarify this by using a word such as “because.” Alternate translation: “since you know” or “for you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 3 24 f3ed figs-possession τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας 1 the reward of the inheritance Here Paul uses the possessive form to identify the **reward** as **the inheritance**. If your language does not use the possessive form in this way, you could clarify that these two words name the same thing by using a phrase such as “that is.” Alternate translation: “the reward, that is, the inheritance” or “the reward, which is your inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 3 24 sod6 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας 1 the reward of the inheritance If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **reward** and **inheritance**, you could express those ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what he has promised to hand down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 24 f3ed figs-possession τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας 1 the reward of the inheritance Here Paul uses the possessive form to identify the **reward** as **the inheritance**. If your language does not use the possessive form in this way, you can clarify that these two words name the same thing by using a phrase such as “that is.” Alternate translation: “the reward, that is, the inheritance” or “the reward, which is your inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 3 24 sod6 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας 1 the reward of the inheritance If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **reward** and **inheritance**, you can express those ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what he has promised to hand down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 24 oyo4 figs-declarative τῷ Κυρίῳ Χριστῷ δουλεύετε 1 the reward of the inheritance Here Paul uses a simple statement as (1) a reminder that states for whom they actually work. Alternate translation: “Keep in mind that you are serving the Lord Christ” (2) a command about whom they should serve. Alternate translation: “Serve the Lord Christ” or “You should serve the Lord Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
COL 3 25 fvw0 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 the reward of the inheritance The word **for** introduces support for what has already been said. Here Paul uses it to introduce a negative reason for obedience (he already gave a positive reason in [3:24](../03/24.md)). If **for** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that it introduces another reason for obedience. Alternate translation: “Do these things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
COL 3 25 u5lx figs-genericnoun ὁ…ἀδικῶν…ἠδίκησεν 1 the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously Here Paul speaks in general of anyone who does **unrighteousness**. However, he directs this general statement to the slaves he has been addressing (not the masters, since he does not address them until [4:1](../04/01.md)). If this generic form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary form for generic statements or include the slaves as the ones being addressed. Alternate translation: “any of you who do unrighteousness … you did unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
COL 3 25 sttw figs-abstractnouns ἀδικῶν 1 the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea differently, such as with an adverb. Alternate translation: “acting unrighteously” or “doing unrighteous things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 25 sttw figs-abstractnouns ἀδικῶν 1 the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **unrighteousness**, you can express the idea differently, such as with an adverb. Alternate translation: “acting unrighteously” or “doing unrighteous things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 25 ak8j figs-metaphor κομιεῖται ὃ ἠδίκησεν 1 doing unrighteousness In this context, the phrase **will receive** refers to getting something in payment or in return for something else. Paul, then, speaks as if **the one doing unrighteousness** will **receive** as payment or recompense exactly **what he did unrighteously**. By this, Paul means that God will punish those who do **unrighteousness** in a way that fits with what they did. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “will receive a punishment that fits the crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 25 c9fx figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία 1 there is no favoritism If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **favoritism**, you could express the idea with a verb such as “favor” or with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “God does not favor anyone” or “God judges everyone by the same standard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 25 c9fx figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία 1 there is no favoritism If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **favoritism**, you can express the idea with a verb such as “favor” or with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “God does not favor anyone” or “God judges everyone by the same standard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 intro nm3y 0 # Colossians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>[4:1](../col/04/01.md) belongs to the section that begins in [3:18](../03/18.md), even though it is in this chapter.<br><br>3. Exhortation Section<br>* Prayer Request and Behavior towards Outsiders (4:2–6)<br><br>4. Letter Closing (4:7–18)<br>* The Messengers (4:7–9)<br>* Greetings from Friends (4:10–14)<br>* Greetings and Instructions from Paul (4:15–17)<br>* Greeting in Paul’s Own Hand (4:18)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Letter writing and sending<br><br>In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Paul mentions the messengers with whom he is sending his letter: Tychicus and Onesimus ([4:7–9](../04/07.md)). They also are able to communicate more about Paul’s situation than he says in the letter. Additionally, Paul mentions that he writes the final greeting “by my own hand” ([4:18](../04/18.md)). This is because the rest of the letter was written by a scribe, who wrote down what Paul dictated. Paul writes the last greeting as a personal touch and to prove that he was indeed the author.<br><br>### Greetings<br><br>In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letter. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [4:10–15](../04/10.md) Paul includes greetings to and from many people whom he and the Colossians know.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Paul’s chains<br><br>Paul refers to his imprisonment in this chapter by using the language of “chains” and “binding.” He says that he has “been bound” in [4:3](../04/03.md), and he mentions his “chains” in [4:18](../04/18.md). The language of binding and chains emphasizes how Paul is restricted in his movements and activities by being imprisoned.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### A “master in heaven”<br><br>In [4:1](../04/01.md), Paul refers to a “master in heaven.” The word translated “master” and “masters” in this verse is the same word that is translated as “Lord” throughout Colossians. It is translated “master” in this verse to illustrate Paul’s point: those who are “masters” on earth also have a “master,” their Lord in heaven. If possible, make this wordplay clear in your translation.
|
||||
COL 4 1 b9nm οἱ κύριοι 1 what is right and fair Here Paul directly addresses the **Masters** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You masters”
|
||||
COL 4 1 orih figs-metaphor τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς δούλοις παρέχεσθε 1 what is right and fair Here Paul speaks of how masters treat their slaves as if the master were “giving” the treatment of their slaves. By this, he means that the thing given (**what is right and fair**) is what characterizes the master’s dealing with the slave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using adverbs such as “rightly” and “fairly” with a verb such as “treat.” Alternate translation: “act rightly and fairly towards your slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ COL 4 1 t9wy figs-explicit Κύριον ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 you also have a m
|
|||
COL 4 2 pp1c τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε 1 Continue steadfastly in prayer Alternate translation: “Keep praying faithfully” or “Pray consistently”
|
||||
COL 4 2 gmtv grammar-connect-time-simultaneous γρηγοροῦντες 1 Continue steadfastly in prayer The word **staying alert** expresses what Paul wants the Colossians to do as they pray. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary expression that indicates that **staying alert** happens at the same time as they “continue steadfastly in prayer.” Alternate translation: “and stay alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
COL 4 2 wv73 ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Continue steadfastly in prayer Alternate translation: “during your time of prayer”
|
||||
COL 4 2 calz figs-abstractnouns ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ 1 Continue steadfastly in prayer If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **thanksgiving**, you could express the idea by using a verbal phrase such as “and giving thanks” or an adverb such as “thankfully.” Alternate translation: “thankfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 2 calz figs-abstractnouns ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ 1 Continue steadfastly in prayer If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **thanksgiving**, you can express the idea by using a verbal phrase such as “and giving thanks” or an adverb such as “thankfully.” Alternate translation: “thankfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 iqjo grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἅμα 1 : In this context, the word **together** does not refer to people being together but rather, it refers to actions happening **together** or at the same time. If **together** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that the Colossians should pray for Paul at the same time they pray about other things (the things mentioned in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Alternate translation: “at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 sct4 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 In this verse, the word **us** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 ql6g grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) the content of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that” or “asking that” (2) the purpose for which the Colossians should pray for Paul. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -491,22 +491,22 @@ COL 4 3 m7z4 figs-doublet τοῦ λόγου, λαλῆσαι 1 God may open a d
|
|||
COL 4 3 w4fl figs-metonymy τοῦ λόγου 1 God may open a door Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the message” or “for what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 tl71 grammar-connect-logic-goal λαλῆσαι 1 may open a door to us for the word The phrase **to speak** indicates the purpose for which the “door” is opened. If **to speak** would not indicate purpose in your language, you could use a word or phrase that does indicate purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that we might speak” or “so that we can speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 ce37 translate-unknown τὸ μυστήριον 1 the mystery of Christ Paul speaks of his message as **the mystery** of Christ. This does not mean that the message is hard to understand, but rather that it had not previously been revealed. Now, however, Paul does “make it clear” (as [4:4](../04/04.md) says). If a **mystery** that is revealed or spoken would be misunderstood in your language, you could replace **mystery** with a short descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the concealed message” or “the previously hidden message” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
|
||||
COL 4 3 fkva figs-possession τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the mystery of Christ Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of a **mystery** whose content is a message about **Christ**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could express the idea with a preposition such as “about” or a relative clause such as “that concerns.” Alternate translation: “the mystery that concerns Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 fkva figs-possession τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the mystery of Christ Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of a **mystery** whose content is a message about **Christ**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you can express the idea with a preposition such as “about” or a relative clause such as “that concerns.” Alternate translation: “the mystery that concerns Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 gs8f writing-pronouns δι’ ὃ 1 the mystery of Christ The pronoun **which** refers back to the “mystery of Christ.” If your readers would misunderstand what **which** refers to, you could state this more clearly by adding a word such as “mystery.” Alternate translation: “on account of which mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 q4jx figs-metonymy δέδεμαι 1 on account of which also I have been bound Here Paul uses the phase **I have been bound** to refer to how he is in prison. If **I have been bound** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that stands for being in prison or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “I am imprisoned” or “I am incarcerated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 lsdv figs-activepassive δέδεμαι 1 on account of which also I have been bound If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form with a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they have bound me” or “the authorities have bound me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 lsdv figs-activepassive δέδεμαι 1 on account of which also I have been bound If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form with a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they have bound me” or “the authorities have bound me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 4 4 x8bf grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 in order that I may make it clear The phrase **in order that** could introduce: (1) another thing for which the Colossians should pray (in addition to what is said in [4:3](../04/03.md)). Alternate translation: “and that” or “and asking that” (2) another purpose for which the Colossians should pray for Paul (in addition to what is said in [4:3](../04/03.md)). Alternate translation: “and so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
COL 4 4 hm5w φανερώσω αὐτὸ 1 in order that I may make it clear Alternate translation: “I may reveal it” or “I may express it clearly”
|
||||
COL 4 4 rkal grammar-connect-logic-result ὡς 1 in order that I may make it clear Here, the word **as** functions to introduce a reason why Paul must preach his message clearly. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of **as**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for an action. Alternate translation: “because this is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 4 4 ofin figs-explicit δεῖ με λαλῆσαι 1 in order that I may make it clear If your language would state who requires Paul to speak in these ways, you could include “God” as the one that role. Alternate translation: “God has commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 z3ax figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε πρὸς 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside Here Paul uses the word **walk** to refer to consistent, habitual behavior (like putting one foot in front of the other). In this image, walking **toward** someone refers to consistent behavior in relationship with that person. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Act … with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 u3j7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν σοφίᾳ 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you could express the idea with an adverb such as “wisely” or an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “in wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 u3j7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν σοφίᾳ 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you can express the idea with an adverb such as “wisely” or an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “in wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 ww8p figs-idiom τοὺς ἔξω 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside The phrase **those outside** is a way to identify people who do not belong to one’s group. Here, **those outside** would be anyone who does not believe in Jesus. If **those outside** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase for people who are not in one’s group. Alternate translation: “outsiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 nvqu grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἐξαγοραζόμενοι 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside The word **redeeming** introduces an example of how to “walk in wisdom toward those outside.” If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way to indicate that the **redeeming** happens at the same time as “walking in wisdom” and gives an example of how it might look. Alternate translation: “which includes redeeming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 b525 figs-metaphor τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι 1 redeeming the time Here Paul speaks of **time** as something that one could be **redeeming**. The picture is of a person buying **time** from someone. Paul uses this picture to refer to making the most of (**redeeming**) one’s opportunities (**the time**). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “making the most of every chance you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 bza7 0 your words always with grace, seasoned with salt This verse provides one way in which Paul wants the Colossians to “walk in wisdom toward those outside” ([4:5](../04/05.md)). They are to speak with words that are compelling and carefully chosen to fit the situation.
|
||||
COL 4 6 v14n figs-ellipsis ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι 1 your words always with grace, seasoned with salt Paul has not included a verb for “speaking” in this phrase, because it was not necessary in his language. If your language would require a verb of speaking here, you could include it. Alternate translation: “speaking your words always with grace” or “your words always spoken with grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 u9mh figs-abstractnouns ἐν χάριτι 1 your words always with grace, seasoned with salt If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **grace**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 u9mh figs-abstractnouns ἐν χάριτι 1 your words always with grace, seasoned with salt If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **grace**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 fuv5 figs-metaphor ἅλατι ἠρτυμένος 1 your words always with grace, seasoned with salt In Paul’s culture, when food was **seasoned with salt**, it would taste good and be nourishing. Paul thus speaks of seasoning one’s “words” **with salt** to say that the words should be interesting (like food that tastes good) and helpful (like food that is nourishing). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “both compelling and helpful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 c1w4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδέναι 1 to know how it is necessary for you to answer Here Paul uses the phrase **to know** to introduce the result of speaking words **with grace** and **seasoned with salt**. If **to know** does not introduce a result in your language, you could use a word or phrase that more clearly expresses that Paul is speaking about a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that you will know” or “ so that you might know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 jdtx πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς…ἀποκρίνεσθαι 1 to know how it is necessary for you to answer Alternate translation: “how to best answer” or “the right answer to give to”
|
||||
|
|
@ -540,12 +540,12 @@ COL 4 10 wiwq figs-hypo ἐὰν ἔλθῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Aristarchus H
|
|||
COL 4 10 a1v3 figs-idiom δέξασθε αὐτόν 1 if he may come To **receive** someone means welcoming that person into one’s group and extending hospitality to him or her. If **receive** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression that indicates this kind of hospitality or express the idea with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “show him hospitality and accept him into your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 bm6s translate-names Ἰησοῦς…Ἰοῦστος 1 Jesus who is called Justus **Jesus** and **Justus** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 p6tp figs-distinguish ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰοῦστος 1 Jesus who is called Justus Here Paul gives further information about “Jesus.” This information identifies which “Jesus” this is (the one also known as **Justus**), distinguishing him from other men who might be named “Jesus.” If this way of introducing a second name would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a form in your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “, the one called Justus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 ktfz figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος 1 Jesus who is called Justus If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form, with an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “whom some people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 ktfz figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος 1 Jesus who is called Justus If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “whom some people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 oscc figs-ellipsis καὶ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰοῦστος 1 Jesus who is called Justus Paul has not included the verb “greet” in this clause because it was unnecessary in his language. If it is necessary in your language, you could include it here. Alternate translation: “and Jesus who is called Justus also greets you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 o5rh writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Jesus who is called Justus The word **These** refers back to the three men mentioned in this verse and the previous verse: Aristarchus, Mark, and Justus. If what **These** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could restate their names or indicate the reference in another way. Alternate translation: “These three are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 ehgz figs-distinguish οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι, μόνοι συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν μοι παρηγορία. 1 Jesus who is called Justus Paul here describes the three men in two ways. First, he identifies them as the **only** ones among his **fellow workers** who are Jewish (**from the circumcision**). In other words, Paul distinguishes them from all the other people who work with him, because these three men are the only ones who are circumcised Jews. Second, he describes them as ones **who have been a comfort** to him. Here, he is not distinguishing them from other fellow workers; instead, he just wishes to say that they have **been a comfort** to him. If these descriptions would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate the two descriptions differently so that it is clear that the first distinguishes the three men while the second describes the three men. Alternate translation: “Out of all my fellow workers for the kingdom of God, these are the only ones being from the circumcision, and they have been a comfort to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 ci74 figs-metonymy ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 These are the only fellow workers for the kingdom of God being from the circumcision Paul uses the label **from the circumcision** to identify the men as Jews who had received circumcision. If **from the circumcision** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea non-figuratively by using a term such as “Jewish.” Alternate translation: “who are Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 b7l6 figs-abstractnouns οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν μοι παρηγορία 1 These are the only fellow workers for the kingdom of God being from the circumcision If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **comfort**, you could express the idea with a verb such as “comfort.” Alternate translation: “who have comforted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 b7l6 figs-abstractnouns οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν μοι παρηγορία 1 These are the only fellow workers for the kingdom of God being from the circumcision If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **comfort**, you can express the idea with a verb such as “comfort.” Alternate translation: “who have comforted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 12 gg86 translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶς 1 Epaphras **Epaphras** is the name of a man. He was the one who first preached the good news to the people in Colossae (see [Colossians 1:7](../01/07.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
COL 4 12 et2g ἀσπάζεται 1 As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered to” or “says hello to”
|
||||
COL 4 12 rq61 figs-idiom ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 He is from among you The phrase **from among you** means that Epaphras used to live with the Colossians and was part of the group to whom Paul is writing the letter. To express this idea, you could use a word or phrase that indicates in your language that a person belongs to a specific group of people. Alternate translation: “He is from your town” or “He used to live with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -555,9 +555,9 @@ COL 4 12 sn23 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 you may stand complete and fu
|
|||
COL 4 12 nuh9 figs-metaphor σταθῆτε τέλειοι καὶ πεπληροφορημένοι ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you may stand complete and fully assured Here Paul speaks as if the Colossians can **stand complete and fully assured in all the will of God**. By this, he means that they should consistently do God’s will, just as if God’s will served as a foundation underneath them. The words **complete and fully assured** explain the way in which they are supposed to **stand** or continue to obey. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you may be complete and fully assured as you consistently do all the will of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 12 t6o3 translate-unknown τέλειοι 1 you may stand complete and fully assured The word **complete** in this context means that a person is what he or she is supposed to be and is able to do what he or she is called to do. If **complete** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that has this meaning, such as “perfect” or “excellent,” or translate **complete** with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “fit for what God has called you to be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
|
||||
COL 4 12 ojtu translate-unknown πεπληροφορημένοι 1 you may stand complete and fully assured The phrase **fully assured** describes people who are confident or sure of what they believe and do. If **fully assured** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “convinced about what you know” or “without doubts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 4 12 s7e7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you may stand complete and fully assured If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **will**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “wants” or “desires.” Alternate translation: “in whatever God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 12 s7e7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you may stand complete and fully assured If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **will**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “wants” or “desires.” Alternate translation: “in whatever God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 13 sg4h grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you The word **For** introduces further support for Paul’s statements about Epaphras in the previous verse. In [4:12](../04/12.md), Paul says that Epaphras is “always striving” for them, and he supports that claim here by giving his own testimony about how hard Epaphras has worked for the Colossians and for other believers who live near them. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces support for a previous statement, or you could refer back to what Paul is supporting. Alternate translation: “you could be sure that he does this, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
COL 4 13 k8vv figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πολὺν πόνον 1 I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **labor**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “labor.” Alternate translation: “he labors diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 13 k8vv figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πολὺν πόνον 1 I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **labor**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “labor.” Alternate translation: “he labors diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 13 zzc8 figs-ellipsis τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ, καὶ τῶν ἐν Ἱεραπόλει 1 I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you Here Paul leaves out to whom the pronoun **those** refers, since in his language it was clear that **those** refers to people who live in the cities he mentions. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **those** refers to believers who live in these two towns. Alternate translation: “of believers who live in Laodicea, and of believers who live in Hierapolis” or “of believers who live in Laodicea and Hierapolis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
COL 4 13 d0et figs-explicit Λαοδικίᾳ…Ἱεραπόλει 1 I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you **Laodicea** and **Hierapolis** were towns near Colossae. In fact, they were all in the same valley. If it would be helpful to your readers to clarify that these are nearby towns, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “nearby Laodicea … nearby Hierapolis” or “Laodicea … Hierapolis, churches near you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 4 14 v0ho ἀσπάζεται 1 I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered to” or “says hello to”
|
||||
|
|
@ -568,12 +568,12 @@ COL 4 15 sc5g figs-gendernotations τοὺς…ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers
|
|||
COL 4 15 zkp3 translate-names Νύμφαν 1 in Laodicea **Nympha** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
COL 4 15 wyk3 figs-idiom κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῆς 1 Nympha, and the church that is in her house The phrase **in her house** is a way to indicate that the church used Nympha’s house as their meeting place. If **in her house** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that gathers in her house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 4 16 zzq4 figs-explicit ἀναγνωσθῇ…ἀναγνωσθῇ…ἀναγνῶτε 1 Nympha, and the church that is in her house In this culture, letters sent to a group were normally read out loud by one person to everyone else in the group. The words that are translated by **read** in this verse refer to this practice. If you have a way to refer to this practice, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “has been heard … it is heard … hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 4 16 zvor figs-activepassive ἀναγνωσθῇ παρ’ ὑμῖν ἡ ἐπιστολή…ἀναγνωσθῇ 1 Nympha, and the church that is in her house If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active forms by supplying an indefinite subject such as “person” or by expressing the idea with a different verb such as “hear.” Alternate translation: “you have heard this letter … they hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 4 16 zvor figs-activepassive ἀναγνωσθῇ παρ’ ὑμῖν ἡ ἐπιστολή…ἀναγνωσθῇ 1 Nympha, and the church that is in her house If your language does not use these passive forms, you can express the ideas in active forms by supplying an indefinite subject such as “person” or by expressing the idea with a different verb such as “hear.” Alternate translation: “you have heard this letter … they hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 4 16 q4sz figs-explicit ποιήσατε ἵνα καὶ ἐν τῇ Λαοδικαίων ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀναγνωσθῇ, καὶ τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικίας ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀναγνῶτε 1 Nympha, and the church that is in her house With these commands, Paul is asking the churches to exchange letters. He wants the Colossians to hear the letter he sent to Laodicea, and he wants the Laodiceans to hear the letter he sent to the Colossians. If you have a specific form to refer to sending and receiving letters, you could use it hear. Alternate translation: “send it off to Laodicea to be read in the church there, and request the letter I sent to them so that you can read it too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 4 16 q05z figs-idiom τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικίας 1 Nympha, and the church that is in her house The phrase **the one from Laodicea** refers to a letter that Paul has already sent or is about to send to the church in Laodicea. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that clarifies that this is a letter from Paul, not one written to Paul. Alternate translation: “the letter I addressed to Laodicea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 4 17 z330 καὶ εἴπατε 1 say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.” In addition to asking the Colossians to greet others for him ([4:15](../04/15.md)), Paul also asks them to **say** something to Archippus. If you have a specific form in your language for instructions on relaying a message, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “And relay this message”
|
||||
COL 4 17 do70 translate-names Ἀρχίππῳ 1 say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.” **Archippus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
COL 4 17 yy8s figs-quotations βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς 1 say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.” The instruction from Paul to Archippus is written as a direct quote. If your language does not use this form, you could write it as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “that he must look to the ministry that he has received in the Lord, so that he may fulfill it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
COL 4 17 yy8s figs-quotations βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς 1 say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.” The instruction from Paul to Archippus is written as a direct quote. If your language does not use this form, you can write it as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “that he must look to the ministry that he has received in the Lord, so that he may fulfill it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
COL 4 17 d39x figs-yousingular εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ, βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς. 1 say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.” The words **Look**, **you have received**, and **you may fulfill** all refer to Archippus alone and are singular. However, the word **say** refers to the Colossians and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
COL 4 17 dy11 figs-metaphor βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν 1 say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.” Here Paul speaks as if Archippus’ **ministry** were something he can **look to**. By this, he means that he wants Archippus to focus on carrying out his ministry just as if it were something he could stare at. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Focus on the ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 17 dau6 figs-extrainfo τὴν διακονίαν…παρέλαβες 1 say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.” Paul does not clarify or even hint at what **the ministry** is or from whom Archippus **received** it. If it is possible, leave this information unclear in your translation. If you must include some extra information, you could clarify that “God” gave him the **ministry** of serving the church. Alternate translation: “the task of serving the church … God gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -584,4 +584,4 @@ COL 4 18 fqek figs-explicit τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ 1 Remember my chains In t
|
|||
COL 4 18 sz0k figs-123person Παύλου 1 Remember my chains Here Paul speaks of himself in the third person. He does this to sign his name to the letter, which shows that the letter is from Paul himself and carries his authority. If your language has a specific form for signing letters or documents, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “I am Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 h3kx figs-metonymy μου τῶν δεσμῶν 1 Remember my chains Paul speaks of his **chains**, by which he means his imprisonment. If **chains** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “that I am in jail” or “remember my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 w2vm translate-blessing ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you As was customary in his culture, Paul closes his letter with a blessing for the Colossians. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness within you” or “I pray that you will have grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 v7qw figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις μεθ’ 1 Grace be with you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **Grace**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May God be gracious to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 v7qw figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις μεθ’ 1 Grace be with you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **Grace**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May God be gracious to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 5 ude4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐγενήθη εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 not in word only The writers of this letter use a contrasting clause to emphasize the multi-faceted effect of the gospel. Alternate translation: “our gospel preaching did not come to you as only a simple message, but even accompanied with power and the Holy Spirit and full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 sm4j grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐγενήθη εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 not in word only If it is clearer in your language, you could change this extended phrase to a simultaneous clause, framed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “our gospel message was completely validated: by our words, by a display of power, by the Holy Spirit, by your own full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit This phrase could refer to: (1) the **Holy Spirit** who gave the apostles the ability to preach the **gospel** powerfully. (2) the **Holy Spirit** who caused the preaching of the **gospel** to have a powerful effect in the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “but also empowered by the Holy Spirit” (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the **gospel** preaching through displays of **power**. Alternate translation: “but also with powerful signs from the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 in much assurance Here, **assurance** is an abstract noun. If your language does not use the abstract noun **assurance**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gave you full confidence” or “the Holy Spirit fully convinced you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 in much assurance Here, **assurance** is an abstract noun. If your language does not use the abstract noun **assurance**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gave you full confidence” or “the Holy Spirit fully convinced you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 wdr7 καθὼς οἴδατε οἷοι 1 The phrase **just as you know what kind of men** is used by writers of this letter to validate the gospel message, by the example of their own conduct amongst the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “you even experienced for yourself what type of men” or “you are well aware how we behaved while”
|
||||
1TH 1 6 cs49 figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἡμῶν ἐγενήθητε καὶ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 you became imitators If your language would not use a noun for the idea behind **imitators**, you could translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “And all of you mimicked us and the Lord” or “And all of you copied us and the Lord” or “And all of you behaved like us and the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
1TH 1 6 kgjr ὑμεῖς 1 you became imitators The word translated **you** is in a position that gives it special emphasis as a new topic. Use a natural way in your language to show that Paul is now going to talk about the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “on your part, you” or “you yourselves”
|
||||
|
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 9 nsws grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** is used to emphasize and explain why the writers of this letter do not need to **say anything** [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “Because” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 rd2b figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ γὰρ περὶ ἡμῶν ἀπαγγέλλουσιν 1 they themselves report The writers of the letter use the pronoun **themselves** to emphasize at least two things: (1) These are the same people who heard about the Thessalonians’ gospel message and way of life. (2) The way the writers of this letter know that the Thessalonians’ gospel message and way of life has spread “into every place” is from the **report**. Alternate translation: “Those people who heard about the Thessalonian church tell” or “These same people proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 vq7j ἀπαγγέλλουσιν 1 Alternate translation: “these same people are sending out the message” or “they themselves are proclaiming”
|
||||
1TH 1 9 v145 figs-abstractnouns ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 what kind of reception we had with you If your language does not use the abstract noun **reception**, you could express that idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “how readily you received us” or “how enthusiastically you welcomed us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
1TH 1 9 v145 figs-abstractnouns ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 what kind of reception we had with you If your language does not use the abstract noun **reception**, you can express that idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “how readily you received us” or “how enthusiastically you welcomed us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
1TH 1 9 xeff figs-explicit ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 what kind of reception we had with you Paul implies that the **kind of reception** they had from the Thessalonians was a good one. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “what a good reception we had from you” or “how gladly you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 dkv4 figs-idiom πῶς ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here, the phrase **how you turned** is an idiom that simply refers to the fact that they turned, not to the manner of how they turned. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “that you turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 wpbm figs-doublet ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two phrases **to God** and **to serve the living and true God** into one phrase. Alternate translation: “you turned from serving the idols to serve the living and true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -75,17 +75,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ…οἴδατε 1 you yourselves know The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian church. Paul uses this emphasis to express how well the Thessalonians understand the benefit of the apostles’ previous visit. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you fully realize” or “you personally understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 tdl3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Throughout this letter, **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [1:4](../01/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brothers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 r14z figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 nwlt figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 This is an abstract noun phrase that refers to the apostles’ previous visit (See “reception” in [1:9](../01/09.md)). If your language does not use abstract noun phrases for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “when we visited you” or “when you received us” or “when you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 nwlt figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 This is an abstract noun phrase that refers to the apostles’ previous visit (See “reception” in [1:9](../01/09.md)). If your language does not use abstract noun phrases for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “when we visited you” or “when you received us” or “when you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 g6qq figs-exclusive τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν…ὅτι 1 our coming Here, **our** is exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy–but not to the Thessalonian church (See [1:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “when we apostles came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 w584 figs-litotes οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν 1 has not been in vain Here, **has not been in vain** is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “has proved quite beneficial” or “has definitely been worthwhile” or “has been very useful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1TH 2 2 h9s8 writing-background 0 This verse provides background information about what happened when Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy were in the city of Philippi (See Acts 16-17:1-10; [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
1TH 2 2 w0qu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις ἐπαρρησιασάμεθα ἐν τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 **But** begins a contrasting clause emphasizing that the coming of Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy was **not in vain** [2:1](../02/01.md). The phrase **we were bold** is an emphatic contrast to the normal response one would expect from suffering. Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are able to respond this way because their boldness comes from God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However … God made us confident in how powerful he is” or “Instead … God encouraged us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TH 2 2 clqq figs-infostructure ἀλλὰ προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις 1 Here, **just as you know** is meant to emphasize how well the Thessalonian church understands the apostles’ suffering. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But, as you are well aware that we already suffered and were badly insulted at Philippi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
1TH 2 2 fac4 figs-doublet προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how badly the apostles suffered. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that we had earlier suffered violently” or “since we already suffered being shamefully abused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 2 fac4 figs-doublet προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how badly the apostles suffered. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that we had earlier suffered violently” or “since we already suffered being shamefully abused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 2 daei figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This possessive phrase, **the gospel of God**, expresses how **gospel** relates to **God**. It can refer to three main ideas: (1) possession. Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (2) source. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (3) association. “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1TH 2 2 v4dg figs-abstractnouns ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 in much struggle Here, **in much struggle** can also refer to a spiritual contest or game. If your language does not use the abstract noun **struggle**, for this idea, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “although we struggled hard” or “despite how much we agonized” or “during the time we contested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 2 v4dg figs-abstractnouns ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 in much struggle Here, **in much struggle** can also refer to a spiritual contest or game. If your language does not use the abstract noun **struggle**, for this idea, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “although we struggled hard” or “despite how much we agonized” or “during the time we contested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 3 hl9c figs-litany ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 Paul uses a repetitive series of phrases to describe why Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy had boldness to speak. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This list of phrases also defends how their message was “the gospel of God” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)). Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done right. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
|
||||
1TH 2 3 xg1c figs-abstractnouns ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns **exhortation**, **error**, **impurity**, and **deceit**, you could express the idea behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, when we appealed to you: we did not try to lead you astray, we did not speak impurely, we did not try to deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 3 xg1c figs-abstractnouns ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns **exhortation**, **error**, **impurity**, and **deceit**, you can express the idea behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, when we appealed to you: we did not try to lead you astray, we did not speak impurely, we did not try to deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 3 t7ty figs-litotes οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 was not from error, nor from impurity, nor in deceit Paul uses this list of figures of speech that express a strong positive meaning by using a negative words together with words that are the opposite of the intended meaning. Here this list highlights the sincere motive and true content of the **exhortation** Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy shared with the Thessalonian church. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “was from honest, pure, sincere motives” or “was made properly, purely, and sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1TH 2 4 is1a grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ καθὼς 1 we have been approved by God to be entrusted Here, **but just as** is meant to contrast the negative items in [2:3](../02/03.md), and reinforce that Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are authorized to preach the gospel. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “it is actually true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TH 2 4 lfv7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀλλὰ καθὼς δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 Here, **to be entrusted** expresses the result of **been examined**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “certainly, God trusts us to proclaim the gospel because he tested and approved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -101,18 +101,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 5 qqia figs-ellipsis (Θεὸς μάρτυς) 1 In the phrase **God {is} witness**, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “God is our witness!”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1TH 2 5 lfym figs-metaphor (Θεὸς μάρτυς) 1 The apostles are appealing to God to validate their gospel message and personal motives. They figuratively speak as if they are summoning God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} witness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “We swear to/by God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 6 j6c4 figs-synecdoche οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπ’ ἄλλων 1 Here Paul refers figuratively to **men** to speak of any individual person. He also refers to **from you or from others** as another way of saying “all people.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “We were not looking for praise from any human being–not you or anyone else–” or “We were not hoping for any human honors from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 2 6 afcc figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν 1 If your language does not use the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to praise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 6 afcc figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν 1 If your language does not use the abstract noun **glory**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to praise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 7 u7y2 figs-hypo δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι, ὡς Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι 1 With the phrase **being able to be a burden**, Paul uses a hypothetical condition to draw attention to the divine authority of the **apostles of Christ**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. This phrase could refer to: (1) authority of the apostles. “as Christ’s apostles we have authority to force obedience” (2) rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we could have burdened you by demanding financial support” (3) authority and rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we have the power to demand support and submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1TH 2 7 a75z figs-metaphor δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 7 bslq grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, **but** signals that the rest of the verse will contrast the idea of **burden**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TH 2 7 y3bi figs-metaphor ἐγενήθημεν νήπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν 1 Here, **became little children in the midst of you** is a metaphor indicating how gently the apostles treated the Thessalonian church. You could translate this with an active form, using a simile. Alternate translation: “we acted as mild as infants when we visited you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 7 bnp2 figs-idiom ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν 1 Paul uses the idiom **in the midst of you** that means “spending time” or “visiting”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “while visiting you” or “while spending time with you” or “when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as if a mother might comfort her own children The point of this comparison is that in the same way a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so the apostles gently and affectionately nurtured the Thessalonian church (See [2:8](../02/08.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as we affectionately cared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 2 8 r8b4 figs-abstractnouns οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 Having affection for you in this manner If your language does not use the abstract noun **affection**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 8 r8b4 figs-abstractnouns οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 Having affection for you in this manner If your language does not use the abstract noun **affection**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 8 q86v figs-metaphor τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς 1 we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls Paul uses **our own souls** to speak figuratively of the apostles’ bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 v837 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here the connecting word **For** emphasizes that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “Certainly,” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 exw6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil Here, **labor** and **toil** mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes how hard the apostles worked. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases or make them active. Alternate translation: “our toilsome labor” or “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil Here, **labor** and **toil** mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes how hard the apostles worked. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases or make them active. Alternate translation: “our toilsome labor” or “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 ilj2 figs-distinguish νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase further explains **our labor and toil**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “although working night and day” or “despite the fact that we kept working night and day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 ylkl figs-idiom νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 Here, **night and day working** is an idiom for excessive labor. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we stayed busy working” or “we never stopped laboring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 kedf figs-metaphor πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack (See note at [2:7](../02/07.md)). Alternative translation, “so that none of you would have to financially support us” or “so that we would not impose on anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 16 z5fr grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 1 This result clause explains what will happen to the Jews for **forbidding** the apostles **to speak to the Gentiles**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “as a result, God will no longer forgive their many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 2 16 jzjj figs-pastforfuture ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος. 1 Paul is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. Paul is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If the use of the past tense here is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. This phrase could refer to: (1) final judgment. Alternate translation: “In fact, final wrath will overtake them” (See also [5:9](../05/09.md)) (2) certain judgment. Alternate translation: “Certainly, their punishment has finally arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
1TH 2 16 fq9m grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 wrath has come upon them in the end Paul uses **But** to indicate that what follows is important. Here, **But** could refer to: (1) certainty. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “In fact” (2) contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1TH 2 16 uwuq figs-abstractnouns ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ 1 wrath has come upon them in the end If your language does not use the abstract noun **the wrath**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 16 uwuq figs-abstractnouns ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ 1 wrath has come upon them in the end If your language does not use the abstract noun **the wrath**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 edb1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἡμεῖς δέ, ἀδελφοί 1 brothers The phrase **But we, brothers** expresses that this is a contrasting phrase that switches the attention back to the apostles’ relationship with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 m5sf figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 yhhy figs-explicit ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **having been separated from you** can also mean “having been orphaned from you,” Paul may be revisiting the idea where the apostles affectionately compare themselves to “little children” in [2:7](../02/07.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “since we have been apart from you, we feel like orphans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 lmpu figs-idiom πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας 1 Here, **for the time of an hour** is an idiom that indicates a short time span. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for short time” or “for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 vr7v figs-metonymy προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 by face, not in heart Here, **face** represents the person or physical presence, and **heart** represents the apostles’ concerns, feelings, and affections. Though the apostles were not physically present in Thessalonica, they continued to care about and show concern for their relationship with the church there. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “by distance, not in feeling” or “in person, not in affection” or “in presence, not in concern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 yxzu figs-parallelism τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 to see your faces Here, **to see your faces, in much desire** means the same thing as **by face, not in heart**. Paul says the same thing twice in slightly different ways to show how much the apostles desire to visit the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 jgi2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 to see your faces If your language does not use the abstract noun **desire**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. It can also be translated as an active phrase. Alternate translation: “for which we long passionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 jgi2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 to see your faces If your language does not use the abstract noun **desire**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. It can also be translated as an active phrase. Alternate translation: “for which we long passionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 ot1s figs-idiom τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν 1 to see your faces The phrase **to see your faces** is an idiom meaning **to visit**. Here, it expresses the apostles’ strong desire to personally visit and share spiritual intimacy with the Thessalonian church. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend quality time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 2 18 zlny grammar-connect-words-phrases διότι 1 to see your faces Here, **For** indicates that what follows is background information for why Paul had not yet visited. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Certainly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1TH 2 18 pnw3 figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 to see your faces Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “to go” or “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 3 2 dsnc ἐν 1 our brother and a servant The preposition **in** could refer to: (1) Timothy’s association with the gospel. Alternate translation: “associated with” or “partnering in” (2) the cause of the gospel. Alternate translation: “for the cause of” or “for the sake of” (3) the means of the gospel. Alternate translation: “through” or “by means of”
|
||||
1TH 3 2 pqif figs-possession τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our brother and a servant Paul is most likely using the possessive form to refer to **the gospel** that is “about” **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with “about.” Alternate translation: “about Christ” or “concerning Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1TH 3 2 x4vx grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλέσαι 1 our brother and a servant This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he and Silvanus sent Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you would be confirmed and consoled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1TH 3 3 u7vo figs-abstractnouns τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν ταύταις 1 no one be disturbed If your language does not use the abstract noun **afflictions**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “so that when you are distressed, it would not make anyone waver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 3 u7vo figs-abstractnouns τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν ταύταις 1 no one be disturbed If your language does not use the abstract noun **afflictions**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “so that when you are distressed, it would not make anyone waver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 3 o4w8 grammar-connect-logic-goal τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι 1 no one be disturbed This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for sending Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that no one would waver” or “for the purpose of keeping anyone from being deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1TH 3 3 v8q7 figs-nominaladj τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι 1 no one be disturbed Paul is using the adjective **no one** as a noun in order to describe the Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “so that no person wavers” or “in order that none of you are deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TH 3 3 t0vs figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε 1 no one be disturbed Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize what the apostles had previously told them about **afflictions**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact, you know for yourselves” or “Certainly, you are well aware of the fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -229,13 +229,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 3 6 esxw grammar-connect-time-background 0 Connecting Statement: In [3:6](../03/06.md) Paul describes Timothy’s current report about the Thessalonian church. Paul provides this background information to help his readers understand how comforted he is (See [3:7](../03/07.md)).Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 r4pa grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρτι δὲ ἐλθόντος Τιμοθέου πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 Connecting Statement: The phrase **But just now** brings Paul’s narrative into the present time. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “But Timothy recently returned to us from visiting you” or “But now, Timothy is back to us from his visit with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 gci4 figs-exclusive πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 to us This is an exclusive use of **us**, referring to Paul and Silvanus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tu8d figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην ὑμῶν 1 of your faith If your language does not use the abstract nouns **faith** and **love**, you could express the idea behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “that you remain faithful to God and love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tu8d figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην ὑμῶν 1 of your faith If your language does not use the abstract nouns **faith** and **love**, you can express the idea behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “that you remain faithful to God and love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 fu8h figs-hendiadys τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην ὑμῶν 1 of your faith This phrase could express a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **faith** could describe **love**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “your faithful love” or “your faithful love toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tf95 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ὅτι ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε, ἐπιποθοῦντες ἡμᾶς ἰδεῖν 1 you always have good memories This phrase could indicate a result clause. If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and you constantly desire to visit with us, because you always remember us fondly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 e6kx figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὅτι ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε 1 you always have good memories If your language does not use the abstract noun **memories**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “and how you always remember us fondly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 e6kx figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὅτι ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε 1 you always have good memories If your language does not use the abstract noun **memories**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “and how you always remember us fondly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 7 dpij grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο παρεκλήθημεν, ἀδελφοί, ἐφ’ ὑμῖν 1 brothers This phrase is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of the Timothy’s good news in [3:6](../03/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers in Christ, as a result of Timothy’s good news about you, God consoled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 3 7 csz7 figs-hendiadys ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **distress** describes the **affliction**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Here this phrase emphasizes how much and how intensely the apostles were persecuted. Alternate translation: “in all our abusive affliction” or “in all our violent suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TH 3 7 e96u figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction If your language does not use the abstract nouns **distress** and **affliction**, you could express them in another way. Here, it could refer to: (1) the time of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “during all our abuse and affliction” or “each time we violently suffered” (2) the place or way of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “in every place the tempter violently afflicted us” or “in every way we suffered abuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 7 e96u figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction If your language does not use the abstract nouns **distress** and **affliction**, you can express them in another way. Here, it could refer to: (1) the time of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “during all our abuse and affliction” or “each time we violently suffered” (2) the place or way of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “in every place the tempter violently afflicted us” or “in every way we suffered abuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 8 utk3 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν, ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are remaining faithful to the Lord Jesus, we are now refreshed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 3 8 y1vb figs-hyperbole ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν 1 we live Here, **For now we live** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how thankful he is that the Thessalonians **stand firm** in the Christian faith (See [3:7](../03/07.md)). Paul is not trying to say that he was dead. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows thankfulness. Alternate translation (replace the comma): “O how we are now refreshed!” or “O how we now feel alive!” or “Certainly now we thrive!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1TH 3 8 x4zn figs-idiom ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Here, the term **stand firm** is an idiom meaning “remain faithful.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when you remain faithful to the Lord” or “if you continue unwavering in your relationship with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -250,27 +250,27 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 3 10 k71n figs-hyperbole νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ δεόμενοι 1 earnestly This emphatic phrase is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how much and often the apostles pray for the Thessalonian church. Paul does not mean to say he never does anything else except pray. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we never stop intensely pleading” or “we continually and fervently pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1TH 3 10 eb26 figs-idiom εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 to see your face Here, the phrase **to see your face** is an idiom meaning “visit.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 10 s0xz figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 to see your face Paul refers figuratively to **your face** to mean the whole Thessalonian church. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 3 10 e5fh figs-abstractnouns καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 to see your face If your language does not use the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it in another way (See also [2:17](../02/17.md)). Alternate translation: “and to provide support so that you remain faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 10 e5fh figs-abstractnouns καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 to see your face If your language does not use the abstract noun **faith**, you can express the idea behind it in another way (See also [2:17](../02/17.md)). Alternate translation: “and to provide support so that you remain faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 tet9 translate-blessing δὲ…κατευθύναι 1 General Information: Here the verb forms indicate that this is a blessing or prayer that continues through [3:13](../03/13.md). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “Now we pray that … would guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 f3wh figs-hendiadys ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God (See also [1:3](../01/03.md)). Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mc2m figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 may our God and Father … direct Paul uses the word **himself** to distinguish **our God and Father** from **our Lord Jesus**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord It is possible that these first two uses of **our** are inclusive of the whole Christian Church. Yet, the third use of **our** exclusively refers to the apostles. So, it is most likely that **our** refers exclusively to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy in this whole verse (see also [1:9, 2:1, 3:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 may … direct our way to you Paul speaks figuratively about God as if he were a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “quickly bring us to you” or “direct our voyage so that we can visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 f4ma figs-doublet ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Here, **increase** and **abound** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus make you completely excel” or “O that the Lord Jesus would cause you to fully thrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 f4ma figs-doublet ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Here, **increase** and **abound** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus make you completely excel” or “O that the Lord Jesus would cause you to fully thrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 o80n figs-metaphor τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as something that can be quantified or measured. He means that he hopes the Thessalonian church will keep loving people well. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “in the way you love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 ofl2 figs-merism εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul could be speaking figuratively, using these phrases in order to include the whole human race. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” or “toward Christians and non-Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 gyy3 figs-nominaladj εἰς πάντας 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul could be using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. It could refer to: (1) the whole human race. Alternate translation: “toward all humanity” (2) all Christians. Alternate translation: “for all your fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 dm6c καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Here, **just as we also toward you** is an emphatic phrase meant to reinforce the deep love the apostles have for the Thessalonian church (also in [3:6](../03/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the same way that we love you”
|
||||
1TH 3 13 ms8t figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus If your language does not use the abstract nouns **hearts** and **holiness**, you could express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “so that how you love one another strengthens you to become resolved to live blamelessly, as is appropriate for those who belong to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 ms8t figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus If your language does not use the abstract nouns **hearts** and **holiness**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “so that how you love one another strengthens you to become resolved to live blamelessly, as is appropriate for those who belong to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless Paul speaks figuratively of the people of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 taws grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he prays that God will increase the Thessalonian church’s love for all people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “in order that the Lord will strengthen your willpower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 jev8 figs-doublet ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Here, **blameless** and **holiness** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) a condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) how to become holy. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 jev8 figs-doublet ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Here, **blameless** and **holiness** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) a condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) how to become holy. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 p12j figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This phrase is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Father God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 vnsi figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This is a reference to Zechariah 14:5 (See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7,10; Jude 14). Here it is implied that these **saints** are all those who are **blameless in holiness** and who have already died (See [4:14](../04/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time the Lord Jesus arrives along with all his holy people who have already died” or “when the Lord Jesus returns a second time with all those reposed people who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 ytqg figs-idiom ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Here, **at the coming of the Lord Jesus** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [2:19; 4:15](../02/19.md)) or the “Day of the **Lord**” [5:2](../05/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his Second Coming” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1-8)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9-12)<br>* Reminder (4:9-10)<br>* Keep Busy (4:11-12)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address the topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and they should continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own business, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11-12](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:13-18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md)). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ and the Day of the Lord<br><br>All Christians believe that Jesus will return to earth to judge all people and to rule forever. As the Nicene Creed (381 A.D.) states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. However, there are various ways that Christians understand the “coming of the Lord” as explained in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md), and the “day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). Some believe they are one and the same event, but others believe them to be two separate events. Your translation should state clearly only what is clear in these verses without promoting any particular interpretation.
|
||||
1TH 4 1 vtas grammar-connect-words-phrases λοιπὸν οὖν 1 brothers Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles’ teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we beg and exhort you These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we strongly urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we beg and exhort you These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we strongly urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 foeh figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 we beg and exhort you Paul speaks figuratively as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 ckii figs-hendiadys τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε) 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **to walk and to please** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **please** describes how the Thessalonian church should **walk**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “about how you must live to please God (exactly as you live now)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 2 dg4p grammar-connect-logic-result οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus This verse expresses that the Thessalonian church should do what the apostles previously taught them (See [4:1](../04/01.md)), because these teachings are actually commands from **the Lord Jesus** himself. Use a natural way in your language to express a result clause. Alternate translation: “The reason we beg and exhort you is because you realize that when we gave commands, it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 4 2 ebjm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 through the Lord Jesus Here, **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus Paul speaks figuratively of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally told them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “through a message from the Lord Jesus” or “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 3 ycsw figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality If your language does not use the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification**, you could express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 4 3 ycsw figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality If your language does not use the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 4 3 lit4 grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the commands from the Lord Jesus in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of new topic. Alternate translation: “Now, this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1TH 4 3 vnp0 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
1TH 4 3 mw4j τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν 1 For this is the will of God, your sanctification Here begins a list spanning through [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means in this context. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of a topic.
|
||||
|
|
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 4 f4ux figs-metaphor τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s body as if it were a container. Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. It could refer to: (1) a wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to use his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (2) a husband’s own body. Alternate translation: “to control his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 4 arkf figs-possession τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος 1 to know to possess his own vessel Paul is using the possessive form **his own** to express ownership. Use a natural way in your language to express ownership. Alternate translation: “the wife that belongs to you” or “your very own wife” or “the body that belongs to you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1TH 4 4 ihqe figs-hendiadys ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ 1 to know to possess his own vessel This phrase could express a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **honor** tells how a husband or man must live in **sanctification**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “by honorably setting it apart for God’s purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TH 4 5 utvd figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **in the passion of lust**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “not passionately lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 4 5 utvd figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **in the passion of lust**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “not passionately lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 4 5 y9g2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust Here, **not in the passion of lust** contrasts with the previous phrase “in holiness and honor” (See: [4:4](../04/04.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “not passionately lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TH 4 5 vjej figs-possession πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust Paul is using the possessive phrase **of lust** to describe **passion**. This genitive phrase could refer to: 1) passion characterized by lust. Alternate translation: “lustful passion” 2) the source of the passion. Alternate translation: “passion that comes from lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1TH 4 5 nrmz figs-distinguish καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν 1 in the passion of lust This phrase gives us further information about the those who live **in the passion of lust**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “like the nations who remain ignorant of God act” or “exactly like all the people who have no relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -302,15 +302,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 6 ckez figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 the Lord is an avenger Here, **in this matter** could be speaking figuratively of adultery as if someone is intruding in another person’s business matters. If your readers would not understand what **in this matter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the marital matters of his fellow believer in Christ” or “the marriage relationship of another believer in Christ” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 q7bf grammar-connect-logic-result διότι ἔκδικος Κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων 1 the Lord is an avenger This clause gives the final result for those who live “in the passion of lust” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express result. This could refer to: 1) all the matters spoken of in [4:3-6](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus will avenge all these things” 2) the sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord Jesus will punish all those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 d1ip writing-background καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 we also forewarned you and testified Paul provides this background information about what the apostles said in an earlier visit (See in [2:10-12](../02/10.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This will happen just as we already told you and solemnly testified to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 ix4p figs-doublet καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 we also forewarned you and testified These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what the apostles had already told the Thessalonian church during a previous visit. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “exactly as we also solemnly forewarned you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 qx6y figs-abstractnouns οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us If your language does not use the abstract nouns **uncleanness** and **sanctification**, you could express the ideas behind them in other ways. Alternate translation: “We must not live impurely or act unholy, because God did not call us as his people for this purpose” or “God called us, so we must purify and set ourselves apart like those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 ix4p figs-doublet καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 we also forewarned you and testified These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what the apostles had already told the Thessalonian church during a previous visit. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “exactly as we also solemnly forewarned you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 qx6y figs-abstractnouns οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us If your language does not use the abstract nouns **uncleanness** and **sanctification**, you can express the ideas behind them in other ways. Alternate translation: “We must not live impurely or act unholy, because God did not call us as his people for this purpose” or “God called us, so we must purify and set ourselves apart like those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 v3np figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but in holiness Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Certainly God summons us to live purely and act holy” or “Indeed, God calls us to be pure and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 God did not call us Here, **us** is inclusive, referring to the apostles, the Thessalonian church, and by extension, to all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “us believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 qli0 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us What follows the word **but** is in contrast to **uncleanness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TH 4 8 mn5y grammar-connect-words-phrases τοιγαροῦν 1 the one rejecting this This emphatic connecting word is meant to mark the end of this section prohibiting sexual immorality. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “So then” or “As you can be absolutely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1TH 4 8 gzz8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ ἀθετῶν…ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν διδόντα 1 rejecting this rejects not man, but God Here God’s constant giving of the **Holy Spirit** is contrasted with the person who constantly **rejects** the apostolic teaching. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “he who continues to reject … but actually God himself, who continues to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TH 4 9 uxn8 figs-explicit περὶ δὲ τῆς φιλαδελφίας 1 brotherly love This phrase implies that the apostles are answering a specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, related to your question about how to love fellow believers in Christ” or “Now, about your question referring to Christian relationships” or “Now, about your question related to Christian friendships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 9 rpmn figs-abstractnouns τῆς φιλαδελφίας 1 brotherly love If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **brotherly love**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “how to affectionately care for fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 4 9 rpmn figs-abstractnouns τῆς φιλαδελφίας 1 brotherly love If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **brotherly love**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “how to affectionately care for fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 4 9 sgen grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε γράφειν ὑμῖν, αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε, εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους 1 brotherly love If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because God himself teaches you that you should love each other, you do not need us to write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 4 9 l1n7 figs-hyperbole οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε γράφειν ὑμῖν 1 brotherly love Here, **no need** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how successfully the Thessalonian church is practicing Christian love. Paul knows that they still have things to learn about loving fellow believers in Christ. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “we feel no need to write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1TH 4 9 fyqe figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν 1 brotherly love A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **for us** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 13 ocjp grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε 1 brothers Here, **so that you may not grieve** is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he does not want the Thessalonian church to remain ignorant about the destiny of their loved ones **who are asleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you would not sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 r9f8 figs-nominaladj καθὼς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you may not grieve just as also the rest Paul is using the adjective phrase **the rest** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “like the rest of people” or “in the same way as the rest of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 f9eq figs-explicit οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 so that you may not grieve just as also the rest Here Paul assumes that his readers will know that **hope** refers to salvation at the final resurrection (See [1:3; 2:19; 4:16; 5:8](../01/03.md)). Previously **hope** was associated with the Second Coming of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who possess no confidence of life after death” or “who possess no assurance of life after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 puvg figs-abstractnouns οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 so that you may not grieve just as also the rest If your language does not use the abstract noun **hope**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “who are not confident of life after death” “who are not sure about life after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 puvg figs-abstractnouns οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 so that you may not grieve just as also the rest If your language does not use the abstract noun **hope**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “who are not confident of life after death” “who are not sure about life after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 j09o grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ γὰρ πιστεύομεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη 1 if we believe Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he actually means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think what the apostles are saying is not certain, then you can translate their words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “As we certainly believe that Jesus died and resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 hmw4 figs-explicit πιστεύομεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη 1 if we believe Here it is assumed that the Thessalonian church knows the apostolic teaching that **Jesus died and rose again**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we apostles trust―as you already know―that Jesus died and rose again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-exclusive πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Although **we believe** could be inclusive of the Thessalonian church (and by extension all Christians), it is most likely exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. The previous use in [4:11](../04/11.md) and subsequent uses (See “we say” in [4:15](../04/15.md)) are clearly referring to the apostles. Here, it mostly likely is a reference to their authoritative teaching. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 4 elp9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 so that the day might overtake you like a thief This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “causing you to be like people such as those surprised by a robber. You are ready for the time when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 otz2 figs-metaphor ἡ ἡμέρα 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Here, Paul speaks figuratively about the idiom “the **day** of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md), by contrasting **the day** with **darkness**. He means that because the Thessalonian church is not unaware of “the **day** of the Lord,” they will not be unprepared, like people who live **in darkness**. If your readers would not understand what **the day** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 ywez figs-metaphor ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks figuratively of “the **day** of the Lord” as if it were a thief who surprises a person. He means that “the **day** of the Lord” will come suddenly for those who are unprepared (See “sudden destruction” in [5:3](../05/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “making you unprepared, like when a robber breaks in at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 ddce figs-doublet πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας. οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Here, **sons of the light** means basically the same thing as **sons of the day**. Also, **of the night** means basically the same thing as **of the darkness**. The repetition is used to emphasize how **light** characterizes **day** and how **darkness** characterizes **night**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, all of you are ready for Christ’s Second Coming. None of us are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 ddce figs-doublet πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας. οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Here, **sons of the light** means basically the same thing as **sons of the day**. Also, **of the night** means basically the same thing as **of the darkness**. The repetition is used to emphasize how **light** characterizes **day** and how **darkness** characterizes **night**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, all of you are ready for Christ’s Second Coming. None of us are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if the **light** and **day** were their physical parents. He means that the Thessalonian church members are God’s spiritual children who are characterized by spiritual readiness. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of the light and sons of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “This is because all of you who belong to God are ready for Christ’s coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 ilv4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church will escape God’s judgment on “the **day** of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 cxo9 figs-nominaladj πάντες…ὑμεῖς…ἐστε 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the whole Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “you Thessalonians are all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 8 iv63 figs-imperative ἡμεῖς…νήφωμεν 1 we, being of the day Here, **should stay sober** could refer to: (1) a command. Alternate translation: “we … must stay sober” (2) an appeal. Alternate translation: “let us … stay sober” (See your translation at [5:6](../05/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 jqqo figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we, being of the day Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are actually a part of the day time. He means that they are characterized by spiritual readiness for the Lord’s return. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now, because we are ready for Christ’s coming, we” or “Since we are characterized by being ready, we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10-18,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 9 h5y2 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **wrath** refers to God’s future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10](../01/10/.md), [2:16](../02/16/.md)). (See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)). If your language does not use the abstract noun **wrath**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. “Certainly, God did not destine that he would punish us” or “Indeed, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 5 9 h5y2 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **wrath** refers to God’s future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10](../01/10/.md), [2:16](../02/16/.md)). (See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)). If your language does not use the abstract noun **wrath**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. “Certainly, God did not destine that he would punish us” or “Indeed, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 5 9 lrx6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should have “the hope of salvation” (See [5:8](../05/08.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 l89q figs-possession πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1TH 5 9 erz5 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…εἰς 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **to … to** introduces two purpose clauses. Paul is stating the purpose or goal for which God **appointed** the two types of people described in [5:3–8](../05/03.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 10 w59c figs-metaphor εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically **awake or asleep**. He means that they are “alive or dead” (See [4:14–17](../04/14.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **awake or asleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether we are living or even if we are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὸ 1 build up one the other Here, **Therefore** indicates the conclusion of this section about timing of “the day of the Lord,” and connects to the manner of Christ’s return in [4:14–18](../04/14.md) by again using the same phrase, **comfort one another**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 o85i grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ παρακαλεῖτε 1 build up one the other **Therefore** begins a result clause. Paul explains how the Thessalonian church should respond to the fact that Jesus died so that Christians can “obtain salvation” (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Alternate translation: “This is why you should encourage” or “As a result, you must comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 m2c9 figs-doublet διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build up one the other These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much Paul wants the Thessalonian church to encourage and support each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “As a result, continue to be supportive of what each person needs” or “This is why you must supportively console each other with this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 m2c9 figs-doublet διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build up one the other These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much Paul wants the Thessalonian church to encourage and support each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “As a result, continue to be supportive of what each person needs” or “This is why you must supportively console each other with this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 hepx figs-imperative παρακαλεῖτε…οἰκοδομεῖτε 1 build up one the other These verbs are imperatives but could communicate an appeal rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates an urgent request or appeal. Alternate translation: “we apostles urge you to comfort … build up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 fx2f figs-idiom οἰκοδομεῖτε 1 build up one the other Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 kdae figs-idiom εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build up one the other Here, the term **one the one** is an idiom meaning “each and every one” or “each one.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “each one” or “one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 18 q7gn grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε; τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 for this is the will of God Here, **for** begins a reason clause. Paul is telling the Thessalonian church the reason why they should “rejoice,” “pray,” and **give thanks** in [5:16–18](../05/16.md)). If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Give thanks in everything, because all these things are what God desires for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “Because this is God’s will for you who are united to Christ Jesus, you must give thanks in everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TH 5 18 l3sk grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ 1 for this is the will of God Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that could refer to: (1) all the commands in [5:14-18](../05/14.md) Alternate translation: “because all these things are what God desires” (2) **give thanks**. Alternate translation: “for in fact, this is God’s will” or “for certainly, this thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
1TH 5 18 yu36 figs-ellipsis τοῦτο 1 for this is the will of God A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1TH 5 18 sw8b figs-abstractnouns θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 for this is the will of God If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **the will of God in Christ Jesus for you**, you could express the idea it in another way. Alternate translation: “how God desires people to live who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 5 18 sw8b figs-abstractnouns θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 for this is the will of God If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **the will of God in Christ Jesus for you**, you can express the idea it in another way. Alternate translation: “how God desires people to live who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 5 18 mbz1 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 for this is the will of God Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **the will of God** as though it were occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 19 j1ei figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit Paul speaks figuratively of **the** Holy **Spirit** as if he is fire that can be extinguished. Paul means that the Thessalonian church must not hinder the work of the Holy **Spirit**, especially by despising prophecies (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **quench** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 19 sv8r figs-litotes μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle” or “Be fervent in” or “Keep working along with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -492,5 +492,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 27 yp7e figs-activepassive ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to make sure you read this letter out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 27 mtvd figs-idiom πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian church–and by extension–all Christians (See [5:26](../05/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the whole church at Thessalonica” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 5 28 ykkr translate-blessing ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read This is a blessing and greeting formula. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing that could be used as a greeting in your language. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ show you how kind he is” or “May the favor of the Lord Jesus Christ be among you all” or “I pray that the Lord Jesus Christ will favor all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
1TH 5 28 n8ur figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read If your language does not use the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ always show you how kind he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 5 28 n8ur figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read If your language does not use the abstract noun **grace**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ always show you how kind he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 5 28 d35d translate-textvariants μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read Many ancient manuscripts add “Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -6,59 +6,59 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 1 1 l8q8 figs-explicit Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος 1 Although Paul wrote this letter, he identifies Silvanus and Timothy as also sending it. This means that they were with him and were in agreement with it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that clear, as in the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
2TH 1 1 eajo figs-metaphor ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
2TH 1 2 g6rb translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace to you Many languages have different ways to offer good wishes as they greet. Paul greeted his letter recipients with a blessing. Use a form that would be a good wish or blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “We pray that God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” or “I wish you grace and peace from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “May the grace and peace of God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be your portion” or “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show grace and give peace to your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
2TH 1 2 bv9m figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **grace** and **peace**, you could express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 2 bv9m figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **grace** and **peace**, you can express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 o6v9 checking/headings 0 General Information: In verses 3-12, Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica and prays for them. A heading for this section might be, “Thanks and Prayers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 m6z5 εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν…πάντοτε 1 General Information: Paul is expressing here that he has a moral obligation to God to give thanks for the believers in Thessalonica. Use a natural expression for this in your language. Alternate translation: “We are bound always to thank” or “We can do no other than to thank” or “We must give thanks continually to”
|
||||
2TH 1 3 ea59 figs-hyperbole εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We ought always to give thanks to God Paul uses **always** as a generalization meaning “often” or “regularly.” Alternate translation: “We should often give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 o01t figs-explicit εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί 1 If your readers might misunderstand his meaning and think that Paul is expressing an obligation only and that he does not actually pray for the Thessalonians, you could express the reality explicitly. Alternate translation: “We always thank God for you, brothers, as we ought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 h6t9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a nonfigurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 ezaf writing-pronouns καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν 1 If it is difficult to express **just as it is fitting** in your language or if it is unclear what **it** refers to, consider starting a new sentence here to state it clearly. Alternate translation: “When we give thanks for you we are doing the right thing” or “Giving thanks for you is right for us to be doing” or “…is the right thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 emu9 figs-abstractnouns ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “you believe in Christ more and more” or “you increasingly trust in Christ” or “you rely on Christ more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 xy7k figs-abstractnouns πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 the love of each one of you all for one another is increasing If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **love**, you could express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “each of you sincerely loves one another more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 emu9 figs-abstractnouns ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you can express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “you believe in Christ more and more” or “you increasingly trust in Christ” or “you rely on Christ more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 xy7k figs-abstractnouns πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 the love of each one of you all for one another is increasing If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **love**, you can express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “each of you sincerely loves one another more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 bmn6 figs-rpronouns ἀλλήλους 1 one another Here, **one another** means fellow believers. Alternate translation: “each other” or “each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 4 kx1n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς 1 we ourselves Here, **ourselves** is added to **we** to emphasize that even the apostle Paul and his associates are boasting about the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “even we” or “we are the ones who” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns)
|
||||
2TH 1 4 gcth figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **endurance** and **faith** or if it is unclear how these two terms relate, you could express these same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you patiently continue to trust in Jesus” or “how you persevere in believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 4 qlo9 figs-doublet ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσιν 1 The two words **persecutions** and **afflictions** are saying very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how difficult life has been for the Thessalonian believers. If two words are difficult to find in your language or if your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one word with this meaning and make the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “as you have been going through all these very difficult times” or “as people make you suffer in all the ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 1 4 gcth figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **endurance** and **faith** or if it is unclear how these two terms relate, you can express these same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you patiently continue to trust in Jesus” or “how you persevere in believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 4 qlo9 figs-doublet ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσιν 1 The two words **persecutions** and **afflictions** are saying very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how difficult life has been for the Thessalonian believers. If two words are difficult to find in your language or if your language does not use repetition in this way, you can use one word with this meaning and make the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “as you have been going through all these very difficult times” or “as people make you suffer in all the ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 1 4 md0d figs-explicit πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here **faith in all your persecutions** does not mean to believe in or trust in persecutions. If your readers might be confused by that, you could express it more clearly. Alternate translation: “faith in Jesus Christ during all the times you are persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 1 5 rs3b figs-explicit ἔνδειγμα τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 The **evidence** that Paul is referring to here is the faithful endurance of the Thessalonian believers while suffering persecution, which he mentioned in verse 4. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may also be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Your endurance while suffering is a clear indication of God’s righteous judgment, that he considers you worthy” or “Your faithfulness through persecution shows that God is just and right to consider you worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 1 5 dad9 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to be considered worthy of the kingdom of God You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 5 xm2g figs-explicit ὑπὲρ ἧς καὶ πάσχετε 1 Here, **also** could mean: (1) the Thessalonian believers are suffering for the kingdom of God as well as being counted worthy of it. Alternate translation: “being a part of which is also the reason that you are suffering” (2) the Thessalonian believers are suffering along with other believers. Alternate translation: “which is why you are going through sufferings along with many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 cxx1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ 1 if indeed it is righteous for God Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is just” or “for God is certainly right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 id3i figs-metaphor παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 for God to return affliction to those who are afflicting you Here, **to return** means to cause someone to experience the same thing that they did to someone else as though the same action were bouncing back onto the people who did that action. Use a natural expression for this kind of reciprocal action. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “for God to pay back those who are afflicting you” “for God to do the same to those who are afflicting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 zemk figs-abstractnouns ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “to trouble those who are troubling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 zemk figs-abstractnouns ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “to trouble those who are troubling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 hxy2 figs-ellipsis καὶ ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 and relief to you The words **and relief to you** continue the description of what God is right “to return” to people (verse 6). If this would not be understood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and it is righteous for God to give relief to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 l3ht writing-pronouns καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς θλιβομένοις, ἄνεσιν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 Here, **you who are being afflicted** refers to the Thessalonian believers, and **us** refers to Paul and his associates. Other people are afflicting both groups because of their faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “and relief to you who are being afflicted just as we are being afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 knbb figs-abstractnouns ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **relief**, you could express this idea with a verb or in another way. Alternate translation: “to relieve you” or “to rescue you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 bcxy figs-activepassive τοῖς θλιβομένοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom other people are afflicting” or “from the affliction that others are causing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 knbb figs-abstractnouns ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **relief**, you can express this idea with a verb or in another way. Alternate translation: “to relieve you” or “to rescue you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 bcxy figs-activepassive τοῖς θλιβομένοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom other people are afflicting” or “from the affliction that others are causing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 fh5g figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, **at the revealing** is an indication of the time when the suffering believers will have relief from their suffering. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Lord Jesus is revealed” or “when everyone sees the Lord Jesus coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 1 8 p1ie figs-abstractnouns διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **vengeance**, you could express this idea in another way. Since this is part of God’s justice, do not use a word that implies that God is doing something illegal or inappropriate. Alternate translation: “punishing the people” or “judging the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 8 p1ie figs-abstractnouns διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **vengeance**, you can express this idea in another way. Since this is part of God’s justice, do not use a word that implies that God is doing something illegal or inappropriate. Alternate translation: “punishing the people” or “judging the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 8 ynt4 figs-explicit τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν 1 Here, **those who have not known God** refers to those who have refused the relationship with God that he had offered to them. Alternate translation: “on those who did not want to know God” or “on those who have rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 1 8 gv0v figs-explicit καὶ τοῖς μὴ ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 The phrase, **not obeying the gospel** could refer to: (1) the same people as **those not having known God**. Alternate translation: “and who are not obeying the gospel” (2) a separate group. Alternate translation: “and also on those who are not obeying the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 1 8 m37v figs-idiom ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 The phrase, **obeying the gospel** is an idiom that means to live according to everything that God tells us in the gospel message. Alternate translation: “living according to the message of the gospel” or “heeding the admonitions that are part of the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TH 1 8 dkkx figs-possession τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul is using the general possessive form **of our Lord Jesus** to describe **the gospel**. The specific meaning here is that the gospel is about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the gospel that is about our Lord Jesus” or “the gospel message that tells us about our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2TH 1 9 plw5 writing-pronouns οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν 1 who will pay the penalty—eternal destruction Here, **who** refers to the people who are not obeying the gospel, not to the Lord Jesus. You may prefer to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Those people will pay the penalty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 9 peog figs-abstractnouns οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of the word **penalty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who will be punished by God” or “whom God will punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 9 peog figs-abstractnouns οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of the word **penalty**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who will be punished by God” or “whom God will punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 9 ebf1 figs-idiom δίκην τίσουσιν 1 Here, the phrase **pay the penalty** is an idiom meaning to suffer the consequences of doing something bad. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will suffer the consequences” or “will undergo the retribution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TH 1 9 yruv figs-abstractnouns ὄλεθρον αἰώνιον 1 Here, **eternal destruction** further describes the **penalty** that people will experience if they refuse to “obey the gospel.” The **destruction** that these people will experience is **eternal**, that is, it never ends. Therefore, do not translate with the meaning that these people will cease to exist. They will continue to exist, but continually experience the ruin of their lives. If necessary, put this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “God will punish them eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 9 qhta figs-idiom ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Here, **the face of the Lord** is an idiom meaning the presence of the Lord. Alternate translation: “away from our Lord Jesus” or “separated from the presence of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TH 1 9 htqg figs-possession τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the possessive form is describing **power** that has **glory**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “glorious” to describe the **power**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2TH 1 9 wmdm figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “experiencing how magnificent and powerful he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 9 wmdm figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “experiencing how magnificent and powerful he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 ugk9 figs-explicit ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here, **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when Jesus returns to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his saints and to be marveled at by all those who have believed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as his saints glorify him and all those who have believed marvel at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his saints and to be marveled at by all those who have believed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as his saints glorify him and all those who have believed marvel at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 wsvb grammar-connect-logic-result ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι 1 Here, the two verbs **to be glorified**and **to be marveled at** indicate the result of Jesus’ coming, not the purpose. Use a connector here that indicates result. Alternate translation: “as his saints glorify him and all those who have believed marvel at him” or “with the result that his saints will glorify him and all those who have believed will marvel at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 z1hg ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 The **saints** and **those who have believed** are one group of people, not two. If your readers might be confused by this, you could combine these into one phrase. Alternate translation: “with the result that all of his saints, that is, the believers, will glorify him and marvel at him” or “as all of his people glorify him and marvel at him”
|
||||
2TH 1 10 e56p figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have believed our witness when we shared it with you” or “when we testified about the saving power of Jesus Christ, you believed what we said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
|
||||
2TH 1 10 e56p figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have believed our witness when we shared it with you” or “when we testified about the saving power of Jesus Christ, you believed what we said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
|
||||
2TH 1 11 zy14 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὃ 1 Here, **for this** connects verse 11 to verse 10, so that verse 11 gives the means or method (prayer for the Thessalonian believers) for reaching the purpose that verse 10 has just described (for Jesus to “be glorified…and marveled at”). Use a natural way in your language for introducing this relationship. Alternate translation: “This is why” or “To this end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 ik19 figs-hyperbole καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν 1 we also pray always for you Paul is using **always** as an exaggeration in order to emphasize how often he prays for them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “we also pray regularly for you” or “we continue to pray for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 hiv9 figs-explicit τῆς κλήσεως 1 of your calling Here, **calling** refers to God appointing or choosing people to belong to him and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: “to appoint you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 r8gk figs-abstractnouns πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης, καὶ ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάμει 1 he may fulfill every desire of goodness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **desire**, **goodness**, **faith**, and **power**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “he may make you able to do all of the good things that you want to do because you trust in Jesus and because God is powerful” or “he may empower you to act on what you believe in order to do good things in every way that you desire, because God is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 r8gk figs-abstractnouns πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης, καὶ ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάμει 1 he may fulfill every desire of goodness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **desire**, **goodness**, **faith**, and **power**, you can express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “he may make you able to do all of the good things that you want to do because you trust in Jesus and because God is powerful” or “he may empower you to act on what you believe in order to do good things in every way that you desire, because God is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 c7o6 figs-ellipsis καὶ πληρώσῃ 1 Here, **and he may fulfill** adds another reason why Paul and his associates **pray always** for the Thessalonian believers. This part of the sentence assumes some of the words from earlier in the sentence. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the earlier part of the sentence. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that he may fulfill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 nvth grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 Here, **so that** introduces the purpose for which Paul and his associates pray all of the things mentioned in verse 11. It is a repetition of the same purpose that was given in verse 10, using similar words. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 c6ec figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, **the name of our Lord Jesus** figuratively stands for the person of the Lord Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the reputation of our Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν 1 so that the name of our Lord Jesus might be glorified in you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) the Thessalonian believers will glorify Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (2) others will glorify Jesus because of what he has done for the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “so that people would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 pg2i figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 and you in him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Jesus might glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν 1 so that the name of our Lord Jesus might be glorified in you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) the Thessalonian believers will glorify Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (2) others will glorify Jesus because of what he has done for the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “so that people would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 pg2i figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 and you in him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Jesus might glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 l4l1 figs-ellipsis καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 The phrase **and you in him** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make a complete sentence by supplying these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that you might be glorified in him” or “and so that he might glorify you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
|
||||
2TH 1 12 z8k9 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 according to the grace of our God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to how exceedingly kind our God and the Lord Jesus Christ are to you” or “as our God and the Lord Jesus Christ continue to abundantly bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 z8k9 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 according to the grace of our God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to how exceedingly kind our God and the Lord Jesus Christ are to you” or “as our God and the Lord Jesus Christ continue to abundantly bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 z1my τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The phrase translated as **our God and the Lord Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) two persons of the Trinity, God the Father and Jesus the Son. (2) one person, Jesus, who is both God and Lord. Alternate translation: “our God and Lord, Jesus Christ”
|
||||
2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br><br>This person is also called “the son of destruction” and “the lawless one” in this chapter. He is not Satan, but he is empowered by Satan and is the leader of those who do Satan’s evil work in the world in the last days. He is certainly one of the “antichrists” mentioned by John (1 John 2:18) and may be the final one, described as a beast in Revelation 13. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br><br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 2 1 r36t checking/headings 0 General Information: In verses 1-12, Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back and warns them about the coming man of lawlessness. A heading for this section might be, “The Man of Lawlessness” or “The Deception before Jesus Returns.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -74,8 +74,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 2 ib6m ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the day of the Lord Here, **the day of the Lord** refers to the time when Jesus will come back to the earth for all believers.
|
||||
2TH 2 3 l9c5 μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “Do not permit anyone to fool you” or “Do not believe at all the wrong words that people are telling you about this”
|
||||
2TH 2 3 ej66 figs-ellipsis ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ ἔλθῃ ἡ ἀποστασία πρῶτον 1 it may not come Here, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for the day of the Lord will not come unless the apostacy comes first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 2 3 y7ch figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀποστασία 1 the apostacy Here, **the apostacy** refers to a future time when many people will turn away from God. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express it in another way. Alternate translation: “the time when many people will rebel against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 3 e86v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας 1 the man of lawlessness may be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man of lawlessness arrives” or “the man of lawlessness makes himself known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 3 y7ch figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀποστασία 1 the apostacy Here, **the apostacy** refers to a future time when many people will turn away from God. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express it in another way. Alternate translation: “the time when many people will rebel against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 3 e86v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας 1 the man of lawlessness may be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man of lawlessness arrives” or “the man of lawlessness makes himself known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 3 jsyj figs-possession ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a man who is characterized by lawlessness. By this Paul means that this man will oppose all of God’s commandments and instructions. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this another way. Alternate translation: “the lawless man” or “the man who opposes God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2TH 2 3 tkg9 figs-idiom ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction Here, **son of destruction** is an idiom meaning a person who is destined for destruction. Alternate translation: “the one who will be destroyed” or “the one whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TH 2 3 x6p0 figs-events ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 God will destroy this person some time after the events of verse 4. If it would be clearer in your language, consider moving this phrase to the end of verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,61 +85,61 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 5 rsz1 figs-rquestion οὐ μνημονεύετε ὅτι, ἔτι ὢν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 Do you not remember … these things? Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form to remind the Thessalonians of what he taught when he was with them previously. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2TH 2 5 lkk7 writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 these things Here, **these things** refers to the topics that Paul mentioned in verses 3 and 4, including the rebellion against God, the man of lawlessness, and the return of Jesus on the day of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 6 hph0 καὶ νῦν τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε 1 There are two possibilities for understanding the function of the word **now** here. (1) It goes with **what is restraining him**. Alternate translation: “And you know what is restraining him now” or (2) it goes with **you know**. Alternate translation: “And now you know what is restraining him”
|
||||
2TH 2 6 ask4 figs-activepassive τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ καιρῷ 1 he is revealed in his time If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the proper time, when God will allow him to reveal himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 6 ask4 figs-activepassive τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ καιρῷ 1 he is revealed in his time If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the proper time, when God will allow him to reveal himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 7 faa5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast γὰρ 1 Here, the word translated **For** serves to connect this sentence as a contrast to what Paul has said about **lawlessness**, starting in verse 3. Until here, Paul was talking about lawlessness in the future, but now he wants to clarify that people are already being lawless.Use a natural way in your language for introducing this contrast. Alternate translation: “Now” or “Actually,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
2TH 2 7 si9i figs-abstractnouns τὸ…μυστήριον ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας 1 mystery of lawlessness Here, **lawlessness** is characterized as a **mystery** because we cannot understand why people rebel against God’s wise instructions unless we understand the spiritual forces at work, which Paul explains here. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express them in another way. Alternate translation: “people are already mysteriously rebelling against God” or “Satan is already secretly leading people to reject God’s laws, as this man will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 7 si9i figs-abstractnouns τὸ…μυστήριον ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας 1 mystery of lawlessness Here, **lawlessness** is characterized as a **mystery** because we cannot understand why people rebel against God’s wise instructions unless we understand the spiritual forces at work, which Paul explains here. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you can express them in another way. Alternate translation: “people are already mysteriously rebelling against God” or “Satan is already secretly leading people to reject God’s laws, as this man will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 7 fcu7 ὁ κατέχων 1 the one who restrains him To restrain someone is to hold him back or to keep him from doing what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “the one who has been holding him back”
|
||||
2TH 2 7 bijc writing-pronouns γένηται 1 Here, **he** refers to the one who is restraining the man of lawlessness. If this is not clear to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who restrains the man of lawlessness moves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 7 tt88 figs-metaphor ἐκ μέσου γένηται 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of the person who is restraining the man of lawlessness as though he were standing in front of him and blocking his path. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor or you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “he stops restraining him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hn67 figs-activepassive καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος 1 and then the lawless one will be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and then God will allow the lawless one to show himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hn67 figs-activepassive καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος 1 and then the lawless one will be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and then God will allow the lawless one to show himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 vay9 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 with the breath of his mouth In this figure of speech, **breath** represents the power of God and **mouth** represents the spoken word of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the power of his spoken word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hy3y figs-parallelism ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 and will bring to nothing by the appearance of his coming These two phrases describe the same event. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how much more powerful Jesus is than the man of lawlessness. If it is confusing for your readers to talk about killing someone and then bringing him to nothing, you could reverse the order of the phrases, as in the UST, or you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “will destroy by his glorious appearance and with the breath of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2TH 2 9 sp9v figs-possession οὗ ἐστιν ἡ παρουσία, κατ’ ἐνέργειαν τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 with all power, and signs, and false wonders Here, Paul is using the possessive form to describe **work** that **Satan** does. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan will bring this man and will work through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2TH 2 9 rikg οὗ 1 with all power, and signs, and false wonders Here, **whom** refers back to the man of lawlessness. Alternate translation: “of the man of lawlessness”
|
||||
2TH 2 9 bd5m figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, and signs, and false wonders Here, **all** is hyperbole. It can apply to: (1) only **power**, with the meaning “much” or “great.” Alternate translation: “with great power to do signs and false wonders” or (2) **power**, **signs**, and **wonders**, with the meaning “many kinds of.” Alternate translation: “with many kinds of power, signs, and false wonders” or (3) a combination of the two. Alternate translation: “with much power to do all kinds of signs and false wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 2 9 kcaw figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, and signs, and false wonders If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with very powerful signs and false wonders” or “who made him very powerful to do signs and false wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 9 fjfn figs-doublet καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, and signs, and false wonders The words **signs** and **wonders** often occur together and mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how amazing they are. If your language does not have two words for this or does not use repetition to do this, you could use one word and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and amazing false miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 2 9 kcaw figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, and signs, and false wonders If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with very powerful signs and false wonders” or “who made him very powerful to do signs and false wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 9 fjfn figs-doublet καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, and signs, and false wonders The words **signs** and **wonders** often occur together and mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how amazing they are. If your language does not have two words for this or does not use repetition to do this, you can use one word and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and amazing false miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 2 10 tf75 figs-hyperbole πάσῃ 1 in all deceit of unrighteousness Here, **all** is hyperbole and could mean: (1) “a high degree of” or (2) “many kinds of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 2 10 ippb figs-possession ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας 1 in all deceit of unrighteousness Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **deceit** that results from **unrighteousness**. If the relationship of the words is not clear in your language, you could express it more explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he is so unrighteous, he will be very deceptive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2TH 2 10 b55e figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας, τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις 1 in all deceit of unrighteousness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **deceit** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because he is so unrighteous, he will completely deceive those who are perishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 10 b55e figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας, τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις 1 in all deceit of unrighteousness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **deceit** and **unrighteousness**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because he is so unrighteous, he will completely deceive those who are perishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 10 e8hi grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνθ’ ὧν 1 in all deceit of unrighteousness What follows this phrase is the reason that the people are perishing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. You may want to start a new sentence here and end what came before it with a period. Alternate translation: “They are perishing because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2TH 2 10 rtua figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἐδέξαντο 1 in all deceit of unrighteousness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Also, your language might prefer an expression other than **love** for something as impersonal as **truth**. Alternate translation: “they did not want to consider the true message about Jesus to be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 10 rtua figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἐδέξαντο 1 in all deceit of unrighteousness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **truth**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Also, your language might prefer an expression other than **love** for something as impersonal as **truth**. Alternate translation: “they did not want to consider the true message about Jesus to be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 10 sl5b grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς 1 in all deceit of unrighteousness This phrase could express: (1) the result of receiving the love of the truth. Alternate translation: “and thus be saved” or (2) the purpose of loving the truth. Alternate translation: “so that they could be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2TH 2 10 xst1 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς 1 in all deceit of unrighteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “for God to save them” or “so that God would save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 10 xst1 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς 1 in all deceit of unrighteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “for God to save them” or “so that God would save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 11 sj1v grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 because of this What follows this connector is the result of the action of the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. Use a connector that shows that what the people did in verse 10 is the reason for what follows in this verse. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “because the people did not receive the love of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie Paul is speaking figuratively of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending** something to them. Alternate translation: “God is allowing them to think wrongly so that they believe the lies of the man of lawlessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 11 u7a0 figs-possession ἐνέργειαν πλάνης 1 God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **working** that is characterized by **error**. This means something that works to produce error in them. Alternate translation: “the ability to think in a wrong way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2TH 2 11 nass grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς 1 God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God sends the **working of error**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that they may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2TH 2 11 bkpm writing-pronouns εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς 1 God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie Here, **them** refers to the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that these people may believe” or “in order that the people who did not receive the love of the truth may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 x33k grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 they might all be judged This phrase introduces a purpose clause. This follows the purpose clause of verse 11, so you may want to link them together. Alternate translation: “and furthermore, so that” or “and therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they might all be judged If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “God may judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they might all be judged If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “God may judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 pkw8 writing-pronouns οἱ 1 those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness Here, **those** refers back to the people that Paul has described with similar terms in verse 10. These are the same people who “did not receive the love of the truth” and instead accepted the “deceit of unrighteousness.” You may want to start a new sentence here and end what came before with a period. Alternate translation: “Those are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 m1cl figs-abstractnouns οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “those who have not believed the true message but have enjoyed doing sinful things” or “those people who have rejected the true message about the Lord and instead have chosen to do what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 m1cl figs-abstractnouns οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth** and **unrighteousness**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “those who have not believed the true message but have enjoyed doing sinful things” or “those people who have rejected the true message about the Lord and instead have chosen to do what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 w83a checking/headings 0 General Information: Paul now changes topics. If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 Now The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we ought always to give thanks The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize the importance of the action. If this is not natural in your language, you could use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” or “we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 m418 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we ought Here, **we** refers to three men, Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first-person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers having been loved by the Lord If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers having been loved by the Lord If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a nonfigurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers were **firstfruits**. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “to be some of the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 bpqn figs-abstractnouns ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 14 e0gy figs-ellipsis διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **through our gospel** does not mean that the gospel belongs to Paul and his companions. It refers to the gospel about Jesus that Paul and his companions preached. Alternate translation: “through the gospel that we preached to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 2 14 thmh figs-explicit εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The phrase **to the acquiring of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ** does not mean that we will take over or divide up the glory of Jesus Christ. It means that the believers will share in Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “so that you might share in the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ” or “in order that you might receive glory like our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 2 14 pke7 figs-abstractnouns εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “so that you might become glorious like our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 14 pke7 figs-abstractnouns εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “so that you might become glorious like our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 holv grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα οὖν 1 The words **So then** connect this verse with verses 13 and 14 as their logical conclusion. Because God did the wonderful things in those verses, the Thessalonians should do what verse 15 says. Use a natural way to introduce a conclusion in your language. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Because God did all of that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 pa9j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Here, **brothers** means fellow believers in Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 u9ss figs-metaphor στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used figuratively to mean to not change one’s beliefs but, rather, to remain steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “continue to believe the truth” or “do not give up your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here, **traditions** refers to the truths about Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them figuratively as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 cpdo figs-doublet στήκετε καὶ κρατεῖτε 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of doing this. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “keep on firmly believing” or “do not allow anyone to change your mind in any way about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 cpdo figs-doublet στήκετε καὶ κρατεῖτε 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of doing this. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “keep on firmly believing” or “do not allow anyone to change your mind in any way about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-synecdoche διὰ λόγου 1 whether by word or by our letter Here, **by word** is an expression that means that Paul had been present with them and taught them personally. Alternate translation: “by what we said to you in person” or “when we were talking to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 jrg4 figs-explicit δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter You can make clear the implicit information that **by our letter** refers to what Paul taught to the Thessalonians in an earlier letter (probably 1 Thessalonians). Alternate translation: “by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 g8m1 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 njk1 translate-blessing αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 Connecting Statement: Paul ends this section with a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “Now may our Lord Jesus Christ himself, and God our Father” or “We pray that our Lord Jesus Christ himself, and God our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 our Lord … who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers including the writers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first-person plural pronouns in your language, these should be inclusive pronouns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ himself Here, **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ, the very one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 h3gk figs-abstractnouns δοὺς παράκλησιν αἰωνίαν, καὶ ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **comfort** and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “always comforts us and has given us good things to hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 iirq figs-abstractnouns ἐν χάριτι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how gracious he is to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 h3gk figs-abstractnouns δοὺς παράκλησιν αἰωνίαν, καὶ ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **comfort** and **hope**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “always comforts us and has given us good things to hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 iirq figs-abstractnouns ἐν χάριτι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how gracious he is to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι 1 may he comfort and strengthen your hearts Here, the word **hearts** represents both the emotion and will of a person. If **hearts** does not mean this in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may he give comfort and strength to your livers” or “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 yw5f figs-synecdoche ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the phrase **work and word** with verbs. Alternative translation: “in every good thing that you do and say” or “so that you could do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br><br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,9 +151,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 3 1 yvkm figs-activepassive καὶ δοξάζηται 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you You can state this in active form, if the passive construction is not natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and that many people would honor it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 egho figs-ellipsis καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “just as also happened with you” or “which is exactly what you did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 xg2h figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶμεν 1 we might be rescued You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may save us” or “God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 h11p figs-doublet ἀτόπων καὶ πονηρῶν 1 These two terms mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize the amount of evil. If your language does not use repetition to do this or if you do not have two words for these attributes, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very wicked men” or “many wicked men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 h11p figs-doublet ἀτόπων καὶ πονηρῶν 1 These two terms mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize the amount of evil. If your language does not use repetition to do this or if you do not have two words for these attributes, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very wicked men” or “many wicked men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 p1ct figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις 1 for not everyone has faith The phrase **not everyone** is a negative understatement that emphasizes how rare faith is. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “for only some people believe in the Lord” or “for people who believe in Jesus are few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 appf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 appf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 3 yx9g figs-explicit ὃς στηρίξει 1 who will strengthen The word **strengthen** here refers to spiritual strength, not physical strength. If your readers might misunderstand this, it can be made clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “who will strengthen you spiritually” or “who will make you inwardly strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one This could mean: (1) the evil being Satan. Alternate translation: “Satan” or (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “evil”
|
||||
2TH 3 4 xk85 figs-nominaladj πεποίθαμεν δὲ 1 we are confident The phrase **We are also confident** may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “We also have faith” or “We also trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -175,12 +175,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day Here, **night and day** form a merism, which means “all the time.” If your readers would misunderstand this to mean that they worked without taking any rest whatsoever, then you could make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “working throughout that time with little rest” or “we worked almost continuously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 w8fq figs-doublet ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ 1 in toil and hardship Here, **toil** and **hardship** have very similar meanings. Paul used this repetition to emphasize that they worked very hard. If you do not have two similar words that you can use here or if it would be unnatural for you to use such repetition, you could emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: “with great effort” or “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 3 9 sn3k figs-doublenegatives οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ’ 1 not because we do not have authority, but Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and we certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 9 lrjr figs-abstractnouns ἑαυτοὺς τύπον δῶμεν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **example**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we might show you the right way in order for you” or “we might demonstrate the way to live for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 9 lrjr figs-abstractnouns ἑαυτοὺς τύπον δῶμεν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **example**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we might show you the right way in order for you” or “we might demonstrate the way to live for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 9 z0up μιμεῖσθαι 1 See how you translated **imitate** in verse 7.
|
||||
2TH 3 10 c652 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω 1 If anyone is not willing to work, do not even let him eat You can state this in positive form, if this form is difficult to understand in your language. Alternate translation: “If a person wants to eat, he must work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 11 ey6c figs-metaphor τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως 1 some who are walking idly Here, **walking** stands for behavior in life. you can use an equivalent metaphor from your culture, if it is available. Otherwise, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “some who are living idle lives” or “some who are being lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 11 iv1z translate-unknown ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους 1 but meddling Meddlers are people who interfere in the affairs of others without being asked to help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2TH 3 12 bm6z figs-abstractnouns μετὰ ἡσυχίας 1 with quietness Here, **with quietness** is the opposite of meddling. Paul exhorts the meddlers to stop getting involved in other people’s affairs. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **quietness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a quiet and peaceful manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 12 bm6z figs-abstractnouns μετὰ ἡσυχίας 1 with quietness Here, **with quietness** is the opposite of meddling. Paul exhorts the meddlers to stop getting involved in other people’s affairs. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **quietness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a quiet and peaceful manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 jx8t grammar-connect-logic-contrast δέ 1 But Paul here uses the word **But** to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Concerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 e59v figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers, so it should be in plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 2 6 fq7r figs-idiom καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 in its own times This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the time that God had chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TI 2 7 qxv9 εἰς ὃ 1 for which Here, **which** refers back to the testimony about God in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “of this testimony”
|
||||
1TI 2 7 iz4y figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος 1 I was made a herald and an apostle If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus has made me, Paul, a preacher and a representative for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 7 cbn6 translate-unknown κῆρυξ 1 a herald A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a herald is, you could use a general expression for this. Alternate translations: “an announcer” or “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1TI 2 7 cbn6 translate-unknown κῆρυξ 1 a herald A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a herald is, you can use a general expression for this. Alternate translations: “an announcer” or “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1TI 2 7 qa8d figs-metaphor κῆρυξ 1 a herald Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 2 7 hb97 ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Alternate translation: “as a follower of Christ”
|
||||
1TI 2 7 yllf ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you could express this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 1 4 p006 figs-explicit μεμνημένος σου τῶν δακρύων 1 remembering your tears It is implied that Paul is referring here to the time when Paul was leaving Timothy. If this is unclear, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “remembering how you cried when I left you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 1 4 kk82 figs-metonymy σου τῶν δακρύων 1 your tears Here, **your tears** refers to the act of Timothy’s crying or being very sad. Alternate translation: “that you cried” or “your sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 1 4 gu8c figs-metaphor χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ 1 I may be filled with joy Paul speaks of himself as if he were a container that someone could **fill**. Alternate translation: “I may be very joyful” or “I may rejoice a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 4 p007 figs-activepassive χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ 1 I may be filled with joy If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “joy may fill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 1 4 p007 figs-activepassive χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ 1 I may be filled with joy If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “joy may fill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 1 5 ayl4 figs-idiom ὑπόμνησιν λαβὼν 1 having received remembrance This is an idiom that simply means, “remembering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 1 5 buc3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 of the genuine faith in you Paul refers to Timothy’s **faith** with an abstract noun. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 1 5 p008 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 of the genuine faith in you Paul speaks of **faith** as if it were an object inside of Timothy. Paul is referring to Timothy’s faith in God here, not to anyone’s faith in Timothy. Alternate translation: “your genuine faith” or “your faith that is genuine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -46,15 +46,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 1 9 ld55 figs-metonymy καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 called us with a holy calling Here, **with a holy calling** could refer to: (1) what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” (2) the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 1 9 lmas οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν 1 not according to our works It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. If you do start a new sentence, for clarity you may wish to repeat some words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “He did not save us and call us because of our works”
|
||||
2TI 1 9 kyr5 figs-hendiadys ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν 1 but according to his own purpose and grace Here the words **purpose and grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2TI 1 9 p012 figs-activepassive καὶ χάριν, τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and grace, which God gave to us in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 1 9 p012 figs-activepassive καὶ χάριν, τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and grace, which God gave to us in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 1 9 pq1z figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **purpose and grace** or “gracious purpose” as if it were an object inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to God’s plan to save people that Jesus fulfilled. So when people begin a relationship with Jesus, then God saves them. Alternate translation: “through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 9 zq7m figs-idiom πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before eternal times This is an idiom that indicates that God decided to save through faith in Christ before time and the creation of the world. Alternate translation: “before time began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 1 10 h5e5 figs-metaphor φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν 1 and which now has been revealed Paul speaks of God’s gracious plan to save us as if it were an object that could be uncovered and shown to people through the arrival of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “and which now people can know” or “and which now people can experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 10 p013 figs-activepassive φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν 1 and which now has been revealed If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “which now God has revealed” or “which now God has allowed people to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 1 10 p013 figs-activepassive φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν 1 and which now has been revealed If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “which now God has revealed” or “which now God has allowed people to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 1 10 i3wl figs-metaphor φωτίσαντος δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 and brought to light life and immortality through the gospel Paul refers to **life and immortality** as if they were objects that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see them. He is figuratively speaking of revealing something or making it known to people. Alternate translation: “and revealed life and immortality through the gospel” or “and declared life and immortality through the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 10 a1n7 figs-hendiadys ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 life and immortality Here, **life and immortality** are probably working together to mean “immortal life.” Alternate translation: “eternal life” or “incorruptible life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2TI 1 11 tb9b figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ 1 I was appointed a herald If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God chose me to be a herald” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 1 11 p014 translate-unknown κῆρυξ 1 a herald A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a **herald** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2TI 1 11 tb9b figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ 1 I was appointed a herald If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God chose me to be a herald” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 1 11 p014 translate-unknown κῆρυξ 1 a herald A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a **herald** is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2TI 1 11 p015 figs-metaphor κῆρυξ 1 a herald Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 12 j37g δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 for which reason Paul provides the **reason** for his suffering by referring back to his status as an apostle. Alternate translation: “because I am an apostle”
|
||||
2TI 1 12 y8l4 figs-explicit καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω 1 I also suffer also these things Paul does not mention the specific **things** that he is **suffering**, but from the context of the letter, the implication is that he is referring to suffering as a prisoner. Alternate translation: “I also suffer as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -100,14 +100,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 2 3 juu2 figs-metaphor ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as a good soldier of Jesus Christ Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. Alternate translation: “as if you were a soldier and Jesus Christ were your commander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 4 a4x7 figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 No one serving as a soldier gets entangled in the affairs of life To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a soldier who has to decide between pleasing his leader or pleasing those outside the army. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this. Alternate translation: “Consider that no dedicated soldier allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 4 p7n5 figs-metaphor ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 gets entangled in the affairs of life Paul speaks of being involved in other matters as if they were a net that trapped people and kept them from being able to move freely. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 4 p028 figs-activepassive ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 gets entangled in the affairs of life If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 4 p028 figs-activepassive ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 gets entangled in the affairs of life If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 4 p029 figs-explicit τοῦ βίου 1 of life By **life**, Paul means, in the context of this metaphor, “civilian life.” The implication is that Timothy and all believers should not allow competing concerns to keep them from serving Christ. Alternate translation: “of everyday life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 2 4 d2lg τῷ στρατολογήσαντι 1 the one who enlisted him Alternate translation: “his leader” or “the one who commands him”
|
||||
2TI 2 5 d483 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 if anyone competes, he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of an athlete who has to decide between competing lawfully or not lawfully. The athlete will only receive the crown given to the winner if he competes lawfully. By making this comparison with an athlete competing in games, Paul is implicitly telling Timothy that Christ will not reward him unless he serves him **lawfully**, that is, unless he obeys him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “consider that the officials only crown an athlete as the winner if he competes according to the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 p031 figs-hypo ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 if anyone competes, he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully Paul is also using a hypothetical situation to teach Timothy. Alternate translation: “suppose an athlete did not compete by the rules. Then he would not be crowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 p032 ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις 1 if anyone competes Here, **competes** refers to competing in an athletic event. Alternate translation: “if an athlete competes in an event”
|
||||
2TI 2 5 xbn6 figs-doublenegatives οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the officials will only crown him if he competes by the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 p033 figs-activepassive οὐ στεφανοῦται 1 he is not crowned If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “the officials will not crown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 p033 figs-activepassive οὐ στεφανοῦται 1 he is not crowned If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “the officials will not crown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 p034 figs-explicit οὐ στεφανοῦται 1 he is not crowned Paul assumes that Timothy will know that in this culture crowning indicated the winner of a competition. Alternate translation: “the officials will not crown him as the winner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 lea8 translate-unknown οὐ στεφανοῦται 1 he is not crowned In Paul’s time, when athletes won competitions, they were crowned with wreaths made from the leaves of plants. You can express this idea in your translation by referring to the comparable custom in your own culture, or by using a general expression. Alternate translation: “the officials will not give him an award” or “the officials will not declare him to be the winner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 reg6 figs-explicit μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 he has competed lawfully Paul is referring to the rules that governed a competition. The athletes had to obey the rules or they would be removed from the competition and not have an opportunity to win. If your readers would misunderstand this fact, you could mention these rules. Alternate translation: “he does not compete according to the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -119,12 +119,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 2 8 mh1k figs-metaphor ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυείδ 1 from the seed of David The phrase **from the seed of** refers figuratively to Jesus being descended from King David. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 8 p037 translate-names Δαυείδ 1 of David This is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 2 8 wt31 figs-idiom ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised from the dead The expression **raised from the dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 2 8 p038 figs-activepassive ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised from the dead If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “whom God raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 8 p038 figs-activepassive ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised from the dead If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “whom God raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 8 s4vh figs-possession κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 according to my gospel The term **my** conveys the idea that it is the gospel associated with Paul because he preaches it. Alternate translation: “according to the gospel message that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2TI 2 9 t2ax figs-metonymy μέχρι δεσμῶν 1 unto chains Paul uses the expression **unto chains** figuratively to express how far his suffering has gone: from being beaten, to being arrested, to being in chains in prison. Alternate translation: “to the point of being imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 2 9 p039 figs-simile ὡς κακοῦργος 1 like a criminal Paul compares his situation to the shameful one that a person would be in who had actually committed a crime. Alternate translation: “as if I were a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2TI 2 9 pc6t figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται 1 the word of God is not bound Here, **bound** means being held in chains as a prisoner, referring to Paul’s condition. Paul contrasts himself, an actual prisoner, with God’s message, which can never be held prisoner. Alternate translation: “nothing is holding back the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 9 p040 figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται 1 the word of God is not bound If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this idea. Alternate translation: “nothing is holding back the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 9 p040 figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται 1 the word of God is not bound If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this idea. Alternate translation: “nothing is holding back the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 9 p041 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to describe the message from God that he and others are communicating with words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 2 10 p042 figs-hyperbole πάντα ὑπομένω 1 I endure all things Here the term **all** is a generalization that likely refers to the sufferings that Paul describes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I endure all of these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TI 2 10 aa1x figs-nominaladj διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 for the chosen The term **chosen** is an adjective that functions as a noun here and refers to a group of people. If your language would not use an adjective in that way, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “for the people whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,16 +171,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 2 19 y3bc figs-abstractnouns ἀποστήτω ἀπὸ ἀδικίας 1 must abstain from unrighteousness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “must stop doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 2 20 p060 figs-metaphor ἐν μεγάλῃ δὲ οἰκίᾳ, οὐκ ἔστιν μόνον σκεύη χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα 1 Now in a great house, there are not only gold and silver containers, but also wood and clay To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor that compares the containers that are in the home of a wealthy person with people in the church. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this is a metaphor or illustration. Alternate translation: “Consider this illustration: in the home of a wealthy person, there are containers made of gold and silver, and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 20 p061 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα 1 but also wood and clay Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TI 2 20 j75l σκεύη 1 containers The word **container** is a general term for items used to hold other things, such as grain, food, drink, or refuse. If your language does not have a general word, you could use a specific word such as “bowl” or “pot.”
|
||||
2TI 2 20 j75l σκεύη 1 containers The word **container** is a general term for items used to hold other things, such as grain, food, drink, or refuse. If your language does not have a general word, you can use a specific word such as “bowl” or “pot.”
|
||||
2TI 2 20 mt5e figs-abstractnouns ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 both some for honor and some for dishonor If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 g79f figs-metaphor ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 p062 figs-explicit ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 mh63 ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work These four phrases could mean: (1) the ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” (2) all four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
|
||||
2TI 2 21 p063 figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 p063 figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 nl5d figs-metaphor ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 p064 figs-metaphor εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ 1 useful to the Master In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 p065 figs-activepassive εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 having been prepared for every good work If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who has gotten himself ready to do any good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 p065 figs-activepassive εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 having been prepared for every good work If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who has gotten himself ready to do any good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 22 h9p6 figs-metaphor τὰς…νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε 1 flee youthful lusts Paul speaks about youthful desires as if they were a dangerous person or animal that Timothy should run away from. Alternate translation: “control your youthful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 22 p066 figs-metonymy τὰς…νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε 1 flee youthful lusts Paul speaks figuratively of immoral activities by association with the desires that lead a person to engage in them. Alternate translation: “refuse to do the wrong things that young people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 2 22 srb7 figs-metaphor δίωκε δὲ δικαιοσύνην, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην 1 and pursue righteousness, faith, love, and peace Paul is using the verb **pursue** in contrast to **flee**. He speaks of these positive things as if Timothy should run towards them because they will do him good. Alternate translation: “be eager to do what is right, to believe in God, to love God and others, and to live in peace with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 2 26 p073 figs-ellipsis ἀνανήψωσιν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 1 they may become sober again from the trap of the devil As Paul moves from one metaphor into another, he leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they may become sober again and escape from the trap of the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TI 2 26 ef3q figs-metaphor ἀνανήψωσιν 1 they may become sober again Paul speaks of sinners learning to think correctly about God as if they were drunk people becoming sober again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 26 mql8 figs-metaphor ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 1 from the trap of the devil Paul refers to the deception of the devil as a physical trap that sinners are captured in. Alternate translation: “and escape from the devil’s deception” or “and reject the devil’s deception” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 26 p074 figs-activepassive ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα 1 having been captured by him for his will If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “after the devil has captured them and made them do what he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 26 p074 figs-activepassive ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα 1 having been captured by him for his will If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “after the devil has captured them and made them do what he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 26 dj4j figs-metaphor ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα 1 having been captured by him for his will Paul speaks of the devil’s deception as if the devil had physically captured them and made them do what he wanted. Alternate translation: “after the devil has deceived them and made them do what he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 intro k2cr 0 # 2 Timothy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Many scholars understand the **last days** to mean the entire time from when Jesus first came to when he will return, which includes Paul’s time. If so, then what Paul teaches in this chapter about being persecuted applies to all believers. But some scholars understand the **last days** to mean a time in the future just before Jesus returns. If that is the meaning, then Paul is prophesying in verses 1-9 and 13 about those days. If possible, translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate these verses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
|
||||
2TI 3 1 g65r figs-idiom ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 in the last days Paul is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the period of time before the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -214,31 +214,31 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 3 3 ks9y ἀφιλάγαθοι 1 not good-loving The phrase **not good-loving** could be translated by removing the negative **not** and replacing **loving** with the opposite term “hating.” Alternate translation: “They will hate what is good”
|
||||
2TI 3 4 dw5z προπετεῖς 1 reckless The adjective **reckless** conveys the idea of doing things without thinking about the negative things that could happen as a result. Alternate translation: “heedless of consequences”
|
||||
2TI 3 4 d6ng figs-metaphor τετυφωμένοι 1 puffed up The expression **puffed up** is a metaphor for being proud and considering oneself better than others. Alternate translation: “haughty” or “conceited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 4 p076 figs-activepassive τετυφωμένοι 1 puffed up If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “haughty” or “conceited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 4 p076 figs-activepassive τετυφωμένοι 1 puffed up If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “haughty” or “conceited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 5 k5dc figs-idiom ἔχοντες μόρφωσιν εὐσεβείας 1 having a form of godliness The expression **a form of** indicates that their **godliness** is not genuine or true. Alternate translation: “appearing to have godliness” or “appearing to honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 3 5 p077 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Paul uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2TI 3 5 p078 figs-nominaladj τούτους ἀποτρέπου 1 turn away from these The term **these** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to the people who show the ungodly qualities that Paul lists in the previous verses. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you could add the word “people” in your translation. Alternate translation: “avoid these people” or “avoid such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2TI 3 5 p078 figs-nominaladj τούτους ἀποτρέπου 1 turn away from these The term **these** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to the people who show the ungodly qualities that Paul lists in the previous verses. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can add the word “people” in your translation. Alternate translation: “avoid these people” or “avoid such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2TI 3 5 xm1c figs-metaphor τούτους ἀποτρέπου 1 turn away from these The expression **turn away** is a metaphor for avoiding someone. Alternate translation: “avoid these people” or “avoid such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 gu4b figs-metaphor αἰχμαλωτίζοντες 1 captivating Here Paul uses the term **captivating** figuratively to mean greatly influencing someone by the use of deception. Alternate translation: “manipulating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 u9m5 γυναικάρια 1 foolish women The term **foolish women** refers to women who are spiritually weak and immature. They allow these men into their homes and listen to them because they are weak, idle, and have many sins. Alternate translation: “women who are spiritually weak”
|
||||
2TI 3 6 e9ex figs-metaphor σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are loaded with sins Paul speaks figuratively of these **sins** as if they were heaped up on the backs of these women. Paul is explaining why these men can easily influence these women. This could mean: (1) these women sin often or even continually. Alternate translation: “who sin often” (2) these women feel terrible guilt because they sin. Alternate translation: “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 p079 figs-activepassive σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are loaded with sins If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who sin often” or “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 p080 figs-activepassive ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 led away by various desires If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “various desires lead them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 p079 figs-activepassive σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are loaded with sins If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who sin often” or “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 p080 figs-activepassive ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 led away by various desires If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “various desires lead them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 izz9 figs-personification ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 led away by various desires Paul speaks figuratively about these **various desires** as if they could physically lead a person away. He means that the women decide to do evil things in order to satisfy their desires. Alternate translation: “they decide to sin in various ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2TI 3 7 p082 figs-metaphor μηδέποτε εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν δυνάμενα 1 never able to come to the knowledge of the truth Paul speaks figuratively of the **knowledge of the truth** as if it were a destination at which people could arrive. Alternate translation: “never able to understand the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 8 p083 ὃν τρόπον δὲ 1 And what way Alternate translation: “Just as”
|
||||
2TI 3 8 b8el translate-names Ἰάννης καὶ Ἰαμβρῆς 1 Jannes and Jambres These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 3 8 p084 figs-explicit Ἰάννης καὶ Ἰαμβρῆς 1 Jannes and Jambres Paul assumes that Timothy will know that he is referring here to the magicians in Pharaoh’s court who tried to duplicate the miracles that Moses was doing. The Bible does not record their names, but according to Jewish tradition their names were Jannes and Jambres. These men wanted to show that Pharaoh did not have to listen to Moses or obey Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify them more explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jannes and Jambres, Pharaoh’s magicians,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 3 8 p085 figs-nominaladj οὗτοι 1 these As in [3:5](../03/05.md), the term **these** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to the people who show the ungodly qualities that Paul has described. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you could add the word “people” in your translation. Alternate translation: “these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2TI 3 8 p085 figs-nominaladj οὗτοι 1 these As in [3:5](../03/05.md), the term **these** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to the people who show the ungodly qualities that Paul has described. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can add the word “people” in your translation. Alternate translation: “these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2TI 3 8 p086 figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 3 8 g4kk figs-metonymy ἄνθρωποι κατεφθαρμένοι τὸν νοῦν 1 men whose mind is corrupted Paul uses the word **mind** to refer to the way these evil men think. Alternate translation: “men who cannot think rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 3 8 p087 figs-activepassive ἄνθρωποι κατεφθαρμένοι τὸν νοῦν 1 men whose mind is corrupted If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “men who cannot think rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 8 p087 figs-activepassive ἄνθρωποι κατεφθαρμένοι τὸν νοῦν 1 men whose mind is corrupted If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “men who cannot think rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 8 pfh1 ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 unapproved regarding the faith Paul uses the adjective **unapproved** to convey the idea that these men have been tested regarding how well they trust in Christ and obey him, and they have failed the test because their faith is not real. Alternate translation: “without sincere faith” or “whose faith is not genuine”
|
||||
2TI 3 8 sppy figs-explicit ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could start a new sentence here and say who does not approve of these men. Alternate translation: “God does approve of these men because they do not have a genuine faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 3 9 x9kx figs-explicit ἀλλ’ 1 But This word makes a contrast between this verse and the previous idea from [3:06](../03/06.md) that these men were able to sneak into homes and persuade people to believe wrong things. If you need to make this contrast clear, you could remind your readers of the previous idea here. Alternate translation: “But even though they have persuaded some people to believe wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 3 9 c6xx figs-metaphor οὐ προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον 1 they will not advance unto more Paul uses an expression about physical movement to mean that the false teachers will not continue to have much success among the believers. Alternate translation: “they will not be able to continue teaching falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 9 mv4j figs-hyperbole ἡ…ἄνοια αὐτῶν ἔκδηλος ἔσται πᾶσιν 1 their foolishness will be obvious to all The word **all** is a generalization. Paul has just said that these men will have a little success in deceiving some people. But ultimately their foolishness will become widely apparent, as happened to Jannes and Jambres, who were publicly discredited when they were not able to equal the powerful miracles of Moses. Alternate translation: “their foolishness will become widely apparent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TI 3 9 z4fu figs-nominaladj ἐκείνων 1 of those The term **those** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to Jannes and Jambres. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you could supply the names of the two men. Alternate translation: “of Jannes and Jambres” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2TI 3 9 z4fu figs-nominaladj ἐκείνων 1 of those The term **those** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to Jannes and Jambres. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can supply the names of the two men. Alternate translation: “of Jannes and Jambres” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2TI 3 10 vw42 figs-metaphor σὺ…παρηκολούθησάς 1 you have followed Paul speaks of giving close attention to the things he lists in this verse as if one were physically following them as they moved. The idea is that Timothy is giving close attention to these things and imitating them. Alternate translation: “you have observed” or “you have paid close attention to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 10 wma6 figs-abstractnouns μου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 my teaching If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **teaching**, you could express the idea behind it with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what I have taught others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 3 10 lq3v figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀγωγῇ 1 conduct If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **conduct**, you could express the idea behind it with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “how I live my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -251,16 +251,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 3 11 p093 οἵους διωγμοὺς ὑπήνεγκα 1 what kind of persecutions I endured Paul is reminding Timothy that he knows of the various ways in which Paul suffered and how he endured until God rescued him. Alternate translation: “how I endured various persecutions”
|
||||
2TI 3 11 r9vk figs-metaphor ἐκ πάντων, με ἐρρύσατο ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord rescued me from them all Paul speaks figuratively as if God had physically removed him from a situation of danger. Alternate translation: “the Lord preserved me through them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 12 ke7f ζῆν εὐσεβῶς 1 to live piously The term **piously** means in an obedient way that honors God. Alternate translation: “to live in a godly way”
|
||||
2TI 3 12 xm9l figs-activepassive διωχθήσονται 1 will be persecuted If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “people will persecute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 12 xm9l figs-activepassive διωχθήσονται 1 will be persecuted If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “people will persecute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 13 p094 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωποι 1 men Here Paul is using the term **men** in a generic sense that can include both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TI 3 13 xo4q figs-hendiadys πονηροὶ…ἄνθρωποι καὶ γόητες 1 evil men and impostors This is probably a hendiadys, and the **evil men and impostors** are not two groups of people, but one group of people. Alternate translation: “evil people who only pretend to follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2TI 3 13 s7f2 γόητες 1 impostors The term **impostors** refers here to a person who wants other people to think he is a true Christian when he is not. Alternate translation: “people who are pretending to be believers”
|
||||
2TI 3 13 imc8 figs-metaphor προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον 1 will advance unto the worse Paul speaks figuratively of evil people and their character as something that moves forward physically, making gradual progress in a direction. Alternate translation: “will become worse and worse” or “will become even more evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 13 p095 figs-idiom ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον 1 unto the worse This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “worse and worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 3 13 eyx5 figs-metaphor πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι 1 leading astray and being led astray The expression **leading astray** uses the image of physically taking a person to a place that he didn’t think he was going to. This is a figurative reference to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “teaching lies and believing lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 13 p096 figs-activepassive πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι 1 leading astray and being led astray If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “teaching lies and believing lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 13 p096 figs-activepassive πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι 1 leading astray and being led astray If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “teaching lies and believing lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 14 ytg9 figs-metaphor μένε ἐν οἷς ἔμαθες 1 remain in the things you have learned Paul speaks of biblical instruction as if it were a place that Timothy could stay in. Alternate translation: “continue doing what you have learned” or “continue believing what you have learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 14 p097 figs-activepassive ἐπιστώθης 1 become convinced of If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “are confident about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 14 p097 figs-activepassive ἐπιστώθης 1 become convinced of If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “are confident about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 15 w9l5 figs-personification τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι 1 which are able to make you wise Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were a teacher who could instruct people and help them become wise. It may be convenient in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By studying them you can become wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2TI 3 15 p098 figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ πίστεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 for salvation through the faith that is in Christ Jesus If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “so that you will know enough to trust Christ Jesus to save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 3 16 s274 figs-metaphor πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος καὶ 1 All Scripture is God-breathed The term **God-breathed** uses the image of breathing to indicate that the Scriptures come directly from God through his Spirit. Characteristically in the Bible, the breath of God represents the Spirit of God. Alternate translation: “God produced all Scripture as his Spirit directed people what to write, and it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -271,12 +271,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 3 16 y1hf figs-abstractnouns πρὸς παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 and for the training that is in righteousness Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for training people how to live lives that are right with God. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “and for training people how to do what is right” or “and for training us to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 3 17 nb12 figs-gendernotations ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man of God Paul is using the word **man** here in a generic sense that includes all believers in God, whether male or female. Of course, Paul also intends for Timothy to apply this to himself. Alternate translation: “the person who serves God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TI 3 17 uu7i ἄρτιος 1 proficient Alternate translation: “fully capable”
|
||||
2TI 3 17 p099 figs-activepassive ἐξηρτισμένος 1 equipped If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and have everything he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 17 p099 figs-activepassive ἐξηρτισμένος 1 equipped If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and have everything he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 intro k2xa 0 # 2 Timothy 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Paul gives a solemn charge to Timothy (4:1-8)<br>2. Paul tells Timothy how he is doing (4:9-18)<br>3. Paul sends personal greetings (4:19-22)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “I adjure you”<br><br>With these words Paul challenges Timothy in the most serious way possible to do what he is telling him to do. It is a way of commanding Timothy, not by Paul’s own authority, but by the authority that he then refers to, that of God and Jesus Christ. In other words, Paul is saying that God and Jesus Christ are commanding Timothy through Paul.<br><br>### Crown<br><br>Scripture uses the image of a crown to represent different things. In this chapter, Paul describes Christ as awarding a crown to believers as a metaphor for the reward that Christ will give them for having lived rightly on this earth.
|
||||
2TI 4 1 eh3x διαμαρτύρομαι 1 I adjure you The word translated **adjure** is used to place someone under a serious and binding obligation. Think about the words that you use to do this in your language. This could refer to: (1) placing someone under an oath to do something. Alternate translation: “I place you under an oath” or “I hereby obligate you” (2) solemnly commanding someone with great authority. Alternate translation: “I solemnly urge you”
|
||||
2TI 4 1 cb15 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 before God and Christ Jesus Here the word **before** means “in front of,” that is, “in the presence of.” The implication is that God and Christ Jesus will witness and approve this command or oath. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God and Christ Jesus” or “with God and Christ Jesus as the witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 4 1 u32g figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead Paul refers to **the living** and **the dead** together to mean all people, whether they are alive at the time of judgment or have died. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TI 4 1 p100 figs-nominaladj ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The terms **living** and **dead** are adjectives that Paul is using as nouns to refer to groups of people. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you could translate these terms with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2TI 4 1 p100 figs-nominaladj ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The terms **living** and **dead** are adjectives that Paul is using as nouns to refer to groups of people. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can translate these terms with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2TI 4 1 lwt2 figs-metonymy καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ 1 and by his appearing and his kingdom Paul refers figuratively to Christ’s return by association to the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns, and he refers figuratively to Christ’s rule as king by association to the kingdom that he will rule. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and on Christ’s return and on his rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 4 1 anqh καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ 1 and by his appearing and his kingdom This can be understood in two different ways, depending on if Paul is placing Timothy under an oath or giving Timothy a command. (1) If Paul is placing Timothy under an oath, then he is saying that these are the things that Timothy would be denying if he fails to fulfill the oath. Alternate translation: “with an oath as strong as your desire for Christ’s return and for his rule as king” (2) If Paul is introducing a command in this verse, then Paul is appealing to these things to strengthen his command. Alternate translation: “and as surely as Christ will return and rule as king”
|
||||
2TI 4 2 j2z7 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Paul is using the term **word** to refer figuratively to the whole message about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the Gospel message” or “the Good News” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -296,17 +296,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 4 4 rh2i figs-metaphor ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 4 p105 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 4 4 xrv7 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 4 p106 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 4 p106 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 5 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε 1 be sober Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 5 tv3k εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 of an evangelist Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
|
||||
2TI 4 6 p107 ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out While Paul speaks of his death as **already** happening, he means that it is an event that will happen soon. Alternate translation: “I will soon be poured out”
|
||||
2TI 4 6 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 6 p108 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 6 p108 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 6 fb7l figs-euphemism ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀναλύσεώς μου ἐφέστηκεν 1 the time of my departure is here Paul refers to his death as a **departure**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Alternate translation: “soon I will die and leave this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2TI 4 7 d9ts figs-metaphor τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι 1 I have fought the good fight Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. Here, **good** could mean: (1) the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 7 kq83 figs-metaphor τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα 1 I have finished the race Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 7 vk2p figs-metaphor τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα 1 I have kept the faith Paul speaks of **the faith**, by which he means his trust in Christ and his obedience to God, as if they were valuable objects that he has kept safe in his possession. This could mean: (1) Paul was faithful to do what God told him to do. Alternate translation: “I have remained faithful in doing my ministry” (2) Paul was faithful to teach the truth. Alternate translation: “I have preserved the teachings from any error” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 8 ujg5 figs-activepassive ἀπόκειταί μοι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 the crown of righteousness has been reserved for me If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God has reserved the crown of righteousness for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 8 ujg5 figs-activepassive ἀπόκειταί μοι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 the crown of righteousness has been reserved for me If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God has reserved the crown of righteousness for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 8 hg8i figs-metaphor τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 the crown of righteousness Here, the **crown** could: (1) figuratively represent the reward that God gives to people who have lived the right way. Alternate translation: “the reward for the righteous” (2) represent righteousness itself. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. Alternate translation: “the reward that is righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 8 dwn6 translate-unknown στέφανος 1 crown See how you translated this in [2:5](../02/05.md). The **crown** that Paul is using as an illustration of the future award from God was a wreath made of laurel tree leaves that was given to winners of athletic contests. You can use a word in your language that would refer to a prize for winning a contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2TI 4 8 n3k8 figs-explicit ἐν, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day As in [1:12](../01/12.md), this refers to the **day** when Jesus returns to judge people. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -333,12 +333,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 4 15 i4aj figs-metonymy ἀντέστη τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις 1 he … opposed our words The term **words** refers to the message that Paul and Timothy and their co-workers teach. Alternate translation: “he … opposed the message that we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 4 16 v847 ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ μου ἀπολογίᾳ 1 At my first defense Paul is referring to the opening session of his trial. By writing **first**, he is likely indicating that he will have to appear in court again. Alternate translation: “At the opening session of my trial” or “When I first appeared in court and explained my actions”
|
||||
2TI 4 16 f2c3 οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο 1 no one appeared with me Paul explains to Timothy that he had to go to court alone, without any supporters. Alternate translation: “no one testified on my behalf”
|
||||
2TI 4 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “May God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “May God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 t1fw figs-metaphor ὁ…Κύριός μοι παρέστη 1 the Lord stood with me Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: “the Lord helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 y69m figs-activepassive ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ 1 so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean: (1) at his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 y69m figs-activepassive ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ 1 so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean: (1) at his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 p113 figs-hyperbole καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 and all the Gentiles might hear Here, **all** could be: (1) a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” (2) a reference to all the Gentiles in the court. Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 gsr8 figs-metaphor ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion Paul speaks figuratively as if he had been in danger of being killed by a lion at his court appearance. He could mean the physical danger of being sentenced to execution, or the spiritual danger of being tempted not to speak boldly for Jesus, or both. It would probably be best to leave both possibilities open in your translation. Alternate translation: “I was rescued from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 p114 figs-activepassive ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God rescued me from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 p114 figs-activepassive ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God rescued me from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 18 p115 figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 to the ages of the ages This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 4 19 p116 translate-names Πρίσκαν 1 Priscilla This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 19 p117 translate-names Ἀκύλαν 1 Aquila This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time
|
|||
TIT 1 3 b22h καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 at the right time Alternate translation: “at the proper time”
|
||||
TIT 1 3 swi9 figs-metaphor ἐφανέρωσεν…τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 he revealed his word Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were an object that could be visibly shown to people. Alternate translation: “he caused me to understand his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 3 abc9 ἐν κηρύγματι 1 by the proclamation Alternate translation: “through the proclamation of the message”
|
||||
TIT 1 3 m41u figs-activepassive ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ 1 that I was entrusted with If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he entrusted to me” or “he gave me the responsibility to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 1 3 m41u figs-activepassive ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ 1 that I was entrusted with If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he entrusted to me” or “he gave me the responsibility to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 1 3 dpn4 τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 of God our Savior Alternate translation: “of God, who saves us”
|
||||
TIT 1 3 xy18 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
TIT 1 4 gu55 figs-metaphor γνησίῳ τέκνῳ 1 a true son Though Titus was not Paul’s biological **son**, they share a common faith in Christ. Paul considers relationship to Christ through faith to be more important than biological relationship. Thus, because of their relative ages and shared faith in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. It may also be that Paul led Titus to faith in Christ, and so Titus is like a son in this spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “you are like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ TIT 2 2 a14y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 and in perseverance You
|
|||
TIT 2 3 gl8e figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως 1 Older women likewise are to be The Greek does not have **are to be**, but only “older women likewise.” We need to continue the verbal idea from the previous two verses and apply that here, as well, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “In the same way, teach older women to be” or “Also teach older women to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 v9cp διαβόλους 1 slanderers This word refers to people who say bad things about other people whether they are true or not.
|
||||
TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 enslaved to much wine People who cannot control themselves and drink too much wine are spoken of as if they were a slave to the wine. Alternate translation: “controlled by their desire for wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 xyz4 figs-activepassive οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 enslaved to much wine If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “drinking too much wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 xyz4 figs-activepassive οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 enslaved to much wine If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “drinking too much wine” or “addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 abc4 καλοδιδασκάλους 1 but to be teachers of what is good The Greek word used here means “a teacher of what is good.” The phrase **but to be** has been added in the English to contrast this good quality with the two preceding bad qualities. Consider if you need to use a similar word to make a contrast between the good and bad qualities.
|
||||
TIT 2 4 abc5 φιλάνδρους 1 lovers of their husbands Alternate translation: “lovers of their own husbands”
|
||||
TIT 2 4 abca φιλοτέκνους 1 and lovers of their children Alternate translation: “and lovers of their own children”
|
||||
TIT 2 5 abcb ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 and subject to their own husbands Alternate translation: “and to obey their own husbands”
|
||||
TIT 2 5 t5v6 figs-metonymy ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” which in turn is a metonym for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 5 abcq figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that no one insults the word of God” or “so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 5 abcq figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that no one insults the word of God” or “so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 6 i3hv ὡσαύτως 1 In the same way Titus was to train the younger men just as he was to train the older people.
|
||||
TIT 2 7 x73u σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος 1 present yourself Alternate translation: “show yourself to be” or “you yourself must serve”
|
||||
TIT 2 7 ym6x τύπον καλῶν ἔργων 1 as an example of good works Alternate translation: “as an example of one who does right and proper things”
|
||||
|
|
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ TIT 3 6 fby9 figs-metaphor οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσ
|
|||
TIT 3 6 xy24 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “when Jesus Christ saved us”
|
||||
TIT 3 6 xy23 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 7 di3g figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 having been justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “since God has declared us to be without sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 7 di3g figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 having been justified If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “since God has declared us to be without sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs according to the certain hope of everlasting life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit the things promised, just as a person inherits property or possessions from a family member. Alternate translation: “we might expect to receive the eternal life that God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 8 j8md ὁ λόγος 1 This message This message is the one just expressed in verses 4-7, that God freely gives the Holy Spirit and eternal life to believers through Jesus.
|
||||
TIT 3 8 xy29 τούτων 1 these things This refers to the teachings that Paul has talked about in verses 1-7. Alternate translation: “these teachings that I have just talked about”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ PHM 1 6 pxw1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγα
|
|||
PHM 1 6 n25e figs-explicit εἰς Χριστόν 1 in Christ If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state more explicitly how “everything good” is **for Christ**. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Christ” or “for the benefit of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 vyc7 figs-abstractnouns χαρὰν γὰρ πολλὴν ἔσχον καὶ παράκλησιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **joy** and **comfort**, you could express the idea behind them with adjectives. Alternate translation: “For you made me very joyful and comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 xlp6 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ ἀγάπῃ σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “because you love people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 shpv figs-activepassive τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ 1 the inward parts of the saints are being refreshed by you If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have refreshed the inward parts of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 shpv figs-activepassive τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ 1 the inward parts of the saints are being refreshed by you If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have refreshed the inward parts of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 aq4g figs-metonymy τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων 1 the inward parts of the saints Here, **inward parts** figuratively refers to a person’s emotions or inner being. Use the figure that is normal in your language for this, such as “hearts” or “livers,” or give the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “the thoughts and feelings of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 z0ne figs-metaphor τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ 1 Here, **being refreshed** figuratively refers to the feeling of encouragement or relief. Alternate translation: “you have encouraged the saints” or “you have helped the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 m5ip figs-metaphor σοῦ, ἀδελφέ 1 you, brother Paul called Philemon **brother** because they were both believers, and he wanted to emphasize their friendship. Alternate translation: “you, dear brother” or “you, dear friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ PHM 1 13 bb3t figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 in the chains Pris
|
|||
PHM 1 13 vver figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 Paul was in prison because he preached **the gospel** publicly. You can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the chains that they put on me because I preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 ngg8 figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ ὡς κατὰ ἀνάγκην τὸ ἀγαθόν σου ᾖ 1 but according to good will If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **compulsion**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “for I did not want you to do this good deed because I commanded you to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 fg6l figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον. 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **will**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “but because you wanted to do it” or “but because you freely chose to do the right thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHM 1 15 tcrd figs-activepassive τάχα γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν, ἵνα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For perhaps the reason that God took Onesimus away from you for a time was so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 15 tcrd figs-activepassive τάχα γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν, ἵνα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For perhaps the reason that God took Onesimus away from you for a time was so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 15 bx4q figs-idiom πρὸς ὥραν 1 Here, the phrase **for an hour** is an idiom meaning “for a short time.” If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for this short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHM 1 16 l3e4 ὑπὲρ δοῦλον 1 better than a slave Alternate translation: “more valuable than a slave” or “more dear than a slave”
|
||||
PHM 1 16 dg1w οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον 1 This does not mean that Onesimus will no longer be a slave to Philemon. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a word such as “just” or “only.” Alternate translation: “no longer only as a slave”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ JAS 1 4 unh4 figs-doublet τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι 1 perfect a
|
|||
JAS 1 4 l7ef ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι 1 lacking in nothing You could state this positively in your translation. Alternate translation: “having all that you need” or “being all that you need to be”
|
||||
JAS 1 5 du7z figs-abstractnouns λείπεται σοφίας 1 lacks wisdom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “is not sure what would be the wise thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 5 q2df αἰτείτω παρὰ…Θεοῦ 1 let him ask from God Alternate translation: “let him ask God”
|
||||
JAS 1 5 xu31 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 5 xu31 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 6 j010 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει 1 in faith If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “confidently trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 6 y2mk figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 doubting nothing If your readers would misunderstand this double negative that consists of the negative verb **doubting** and the negative object **nothing**, you could use a positive expression to translate it. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JAS 1 6 p12l figs-simile ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like the waves in the ocean, which keep moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 6 j011 translate-unknown κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If you would like to use a simile in your translation but your readers would not be familiar with a **wave of the sea**, you could use another illustration that would be familiar to them. Alternate translation: “the desert sand swirling in the wind” or “stalks of tall grass swaying back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JAS 1 6 j012 figs-activepassive κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 6 j012 figs-activepassive κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 7 j013 figs-gendernotations μὴ γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 For let that man not think James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Such a person should not think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 1 8 b5t6 figs-metaphor ἀνὴρ δίψυχος 1 a double-minded man James speaks figuratively of this person as if he had two minds, with one mind deciding to do one thing and the other mind deciding to do something else. Alternate translation: “a man who cannot make up his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 8 j014 figs-gendernotations ἀνὴρ δίψυχος 1 a double-minded man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person who cannot make up his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ JAS 1 12 j030 figs-possession λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς
|
|||
JAS 1 12 k3hh figs-metaphor λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 he will receive the crown of life James is using the image of a **crown** figuratively to indicate that God will honor this person. Alternate translation: “God will honor him by giving him life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 12 j031 figs-metaphor λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 he will receive the crown of life James is likely not speaking of physical **life** but of spiritual **life**, that is, of living forever in the presence of God after physical death. Alternate translation: “God will honor that person by giving him everlasting life in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 12 hx28 writing-pronouns ὃν ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 which he promised to the ones who love him In this last clause in the verse, the words **he** and **him** refer to God, not to the person who **endures trial**. Alternate translation: “which God promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 13 lh7z figs-activepassive ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι 1 I am tempted by God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is tempting me” or “God is leading me to do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 13 lh7z figs-activepassive ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι 1 I am tempted by God If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is tempting me” or “God is leading me to do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 13 p5cp ὁ…Θεὸς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν 1 God is untempted by evil Even though the word that ULT translates as **untempted** is an adjective, not a passive verbal form, it may be helpful to your readers if you translate it with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “evil does not tempt God” or “God’s desires never lead him to do something wrong”
|
||||
JAS 1 13 zb13 πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς οὐδένα 1 and he himself tempts no one Alternate translation: “and God himself never leads anyone to do anything wrong”
|
||||
JAS 1 14 j032 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But James is using the word **But** to indicate a contrast between the wrong idea that God might tempt someone and the truth that each person **is tempted by his own desire**. This is actually a strong contrast, and you may wish to use a strong expression for it. Alternate translation: “No, on the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ JAS 1 15 s4cd figs-personification εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβ
|
|||
JAS 1 15 j035 figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, ἀποκύει θάνατον 1 and sin, having grown up, gives birth to death James also speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a living thing, a baby girl who grew up to be a woman who also became pregnant and gave birth. Alternate translation: “and if he continues to sin, it will affect more and more of his life until it causes his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 1 15 j036 figs-metaphor ἀποκύει θάνατον 1 gives birth to death Here, **death** could mean: (1) spiritual death, that is, separation from God. This is the interpretation in UST. (2) physical death. Alternate translation: “causes the person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 v195 figs-metaphor μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray James is speaking figuratively as if some deceptive guides were trying to lead his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “Do not be deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 j037 figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could be: (1) a warning James’ readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 j037 figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could be: (1) a warning James’ readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 j038 figs-explicit μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray James is referring back to his statement in [1:13](../01/13.md) that God never desires to do evil and that God never leads anyone to do evil. Instead, as James will say in the next two verses, God gives only good things to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves, God is not evil, God is good” or “Make no mistake about this, God is not evil, God is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 j039 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 my beloved brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 17 j040 figs-metaphor πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον, ἄνωθέν ἐστιν 1 Every good present and every perfect gift is from above Here, **from above** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively describes God. Alternate translation: “God gives us every good present and every perfect gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ JAS 2 7 las1 figs-rquestion οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ
|
|||
JAS 2 7 j106 οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα 1 Do they not blaspheme the good name The word **blaspheme** can have a technical sense. It can describe a human being wrongly denying that something is divine. But the word can also have the general sense of “insult,” and that is probably the sense in which James is using it here. (However, by insulting the **name** of Jesus, these rich people were also guilty of blasphemy in the technical sense, since Jesus is divine and his name should be honored.) Alternate translation: “Do they not insult the good name”
|
||||
JAS 2 7 wd8y figs-metonymy τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα 1 the good name James is referring figuratively to the **name** of Jesus by association with the way that it is **good**. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 2 7 j107 figs-idiom τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 that has been called upon you This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “by which you are called” or “by which you are known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 2 7 j108 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 that has been called upon you If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by which people call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 7 j108 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 that has been called upon you If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by which people call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 8 j109 grammar-connect-logic-contrast εἰ μέντοι 1 If, however James is using these words to introduce a contrast with what he said in [2:6](../02/06.md), “you have dishonored the poor,” meaning “you have treated rich people much better than you have treated poor people.” Alternate translation: “But if, instead of favoring rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
JAS 2 8 j110 τελεῖτε 1 you fulfill The verb **fulfill** comes from the same root as the adjective “perfect” that James uses several times earlier in this letter. It means to make something accomplish its purpose or reach its goal. Alternate translation: “you completely obey”
|
||||
JAS 2 8 q9hh figs-metonymy νόμον…βασιλικὸν 1 the royal law There are two possible reasons for why James describes the **law** that he quotes here from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md) as **royal**. (1) When Jesus came proclaiming the kingdom of God, he said that this law was one of two that summed up all of the other laws and guided life in the kingdom of God. (The other law was to love God with all of one’s heart, soul, mind, and strength.) Alternate translation: “the law that guides life in the kingdom of God” (2) James may say that this **law** is **royal** because God, the true king, gave it to people. Alternate translation: “God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ JAS 2 8 j111 figs-youcrowd ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡ
|
|||
JAS 2 8 gll2 figs-idiom τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor This is an idiom. It does not mean only someone who lives nearby. Alternate translation: “other people” or “anyone you encounter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 2 8 b9wu καλῶς ποιεῖτε 1 you do well Alternate translation: “you are doing what God wants you to do”
|
||||
JAS 2 9 xt6y figs-explicit προσωπολημπτεῖτε 1 you favor Your language may require you to specify the object of **favor**. Alternate translation: “you favor the rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 9 cq5h figs-activepassive ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as transgressors If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and the law convicts you as transgressors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 9 cq5h figs-activepassive ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as transgressors If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and the law convicts you as transgressors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 9 gl2e figs-personification ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as transgressors James is speaking figuratively of the law as if it were a human judge. Alternate translation: “and you are guilty of breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 10 j112 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The reason why showing favoritism makes a person guilty of breaking God’s law is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 2 10 l29g figs-idiom ὅστις…τηρήσῃ 1 whoever might keep Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “whoever might obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ JAS 2 11 j115 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the rea
|
|||
JAS 2 11 ez11 figs-explicit ὁ…εἰπών 1 the one who said James is referring implicitly to God, who spoke the commandments quoted in this verse when he gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “God who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-youcrowd μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας 1 Do not commit adultery … Do not murder … you do not commit adultery … you do murder … you have become The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 c6y8 figs-you οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε 1 Thus speak and thus act The implied “you” in these imperatives is plural. James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of his letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction and if it reflects it in imperatives. Alternate translation: “Speak and act in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 ones who are going to be judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 ones who are going to be judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 e87r figs-possession νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom As in [1:25](../01/25.md), James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. Alternate translation: “the law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 j116 figs-abstractnouns νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 j117 figs-explicit νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ JAS 2 16 j131 figs-hypo δέ 1 and James is continuing to describe the condition
|
|||
JAS 2 16 j132 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 to them … them Even though in the previous verse James spoke in the singular of “a brother or sister,” he now speaks of needy people generally in the plural, saying **them**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the singular in this verse as well. Alternate translation: “to him or her … him or her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 j133 figs-metonymy θερμαίνεσθε καὶ χορτάζεσθε 1 warm yourself and be satisfied The person who would say this to people in need would be speaking figuratively of clothing by association with the way its keeps people warm and figuratively of food by association with the way it satisfies people. Alternate translation: “have adequate clothing and enough food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 lj89 θερμαίνεσθε 1 warm yourself Alternate translation: “stay warm”
|
||||
JAS 2 16 ngj8 figs-activepassive χορτάζεσθε 1 be satisfied If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 ngj8 figs-activepassive χορτάζεσθε 1 be satisfied If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 j134 figs-hypo δὲ 1 but James is continuing to describe the hypothetical situation that he is using to teach. Alternate translation: “but also suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 j135 writing-pronouns μὴ δῶτε 1 you do not give At the beginning of this verse, James speaks in the third-person singular of **one of you**. But he now speaks of believers generally in the second-person plural, saying **you**, to indicate how the community as a whole might respond to this situation. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the third-person singular here as well. Alternate translation: “he does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 j136 figs-nominaladj τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 1 the necessary things James is using the adjective **necessary** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the things that are necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,27 +290,27 @@ JAS 2 20 j155 figs-personification ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργ
|
|||
JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 j156 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the book of Genesis. In that story, God tells Abraham to offer his son Isaac as a sacrifice, but God does not really want Abraham to do that. Rather, God wants Abraham to demonstrate his faith and obedience by showing that he is willing to do it. God ultimately stops Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story and if they would think that Abraham actually did offer his son as a sacrifice. Alternate translation, as a statement: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he demonstrated that he was willing to obey God even if that meant offering his son Isaac as a sacrifice, although God did not actually want him to do that and God stopped him from doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Rather, as James will explain in more detail in the next two verses, God had previously declared Abraham to be righteous because Abraham believed in him. What Abraham did subsequently, when he proved that he was willing to obey God, demonstrated that his faith was genuine. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous because what he did demonstrated that he genuinely believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 j157 figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 j157 figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 j158 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ 1 Abraham … Isaac These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 ph1s figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is using the term **father** figuratively to mean “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 j159 figs-exclusive ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is Jewish, descended from Abraham, and the people to whom he is writing also come from a Jewish background, so the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 l1gj figs-metaphor βλέπεις 1 You see Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 vde4 figs-personification ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works James is speaking figuratively of **faith** and **works** as if they were living things that could work together and help each other. Alternate translation: “Abraham was strengthened to do these works by his faith, and doing these works made his faith even stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 j160 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Abraham did these things because he believed in God, and because he did these things, he believed in God even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 j161 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was perfected from works If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his works perfected his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 j161 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was perfected from works If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his works perfected his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 j162 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was perfected from works The verb **perfected** comes from the same root as the adjective “perfect” that James uses several times earlier in this letter. The verb refers similarly to something developing to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. Alternate translation: “what he did helped his faith become fully mature”
|
||||
JAS 2 23 qh4i figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ 1 the scripture was fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 23 qh4i figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ 1 the scripture was fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 23 l818 figs-explicit ἐπίστευσεν δὲ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 And Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him as righteousness This is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). James assumes that his readers will know that it refers to how Abraham responded to God’s promise that even though he and his wife were old and had no children, he would have as many descendants as the stars in the sky. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “Abraham believed God’s promise that he would have many descendants, and so God considered Abraham to be in a right relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 23 j163 figs-explicit φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη 1 he was called a friend of God James assumes that his readers will know that in [Isaiah 41:8](../isa/41/08.md), God refers to the Israelites as “the offspring of Abraham my friend” and that in [2 Chronicles 20:7](../2ch/20/07.md), in a prayer to God, King Jehoshaphat refers to the Israelites as “the descendants of Abraham your friend.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “he was called a friend of God in later scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 23 j164 figs-activepassive φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη 1 he was called a friend of God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God, speaking through Isaiah, later called him his friend, and in prayer King Jehoshaphat also described him as God’s friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 23 j164 figs-activepassive φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη 1 he was called a friend of God If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God, speaking through Isaiah, later called him his friend, and in prayer King Jehoshaphat also described him as God’s friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 j165 figs-metaphor ὁρᾶτε 1 You see Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 j166 figs-you ὁρᾶτε 1 you see James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of the letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. Other languages may have other ways of indicating the shift back to plural here. Alternate translation: “So all of you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 j167 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 a man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that could mean any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 yha5 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται 1 is justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “becomes right with God” or “comes to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 yha5 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται 1 is justified If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “becomes right with God” or “comes to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 j168 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “by what he does and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 j169 figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that we need to add works to our faith in order to be justified. Rather, James is speaking of works that are an expression and proof of the saving faith that a person already has. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that James is saying that we have to add works to our faith in order for God to consider us righteous. Alternate translation: “by what he does as an expression of what he believes, and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 dcv5 figs-rquestion ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα? 1 And similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified from works, having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rahab the prostitute was also justified similarly from works when she welcomed the messengers and sent them away by another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 j170 figs-activepassive ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 j170 figs-activepassive ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 hir8 figs-explicit ὁμοίως 1 similarly If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 j171 translate-names Ῥαὰβ 1 Rahab **Rahab** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 bx6i figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων 1 from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **works**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what she did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ JAS 3 3 j181 ὅλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν 1 their whole body Since Ja
|
|||
JAS 3 4 j182 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα 1 Behold also the ships The term **behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Also consider the case of ships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 yn42 translate-unknown πλοῖα…πηδαλίου 1 ships … rudder **Ships** are large vessels that are used to transport people or goods by water. A **rudder** is a flat device attached to the back of a ship that is used to steer it. If your readers would not be familiar with what **ships** are and what a **rudder** is, in your translation you could use the name of another transportation vehicle and a different device, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “trucks … steering wheel” or “large vehicles … steering device” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 j183 τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and driven by strong winds”
|
||||
JAS 3 4 k7f5 figs-activepassive τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 k7f5 figs-activepassive τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 jrk1 figs-metonymy μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder James is figuratively using the action of turning a ship to mean guiding or controlling the ship in general. (For example, a person might turn a ship in order to keep it upright, not just to direct it to a certain place.) Alternate translation: “it is controlled by the smallest rudder” or “it is guided by the smallest rudder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 j184 figs-activepassive μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the smallest rudder turns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 j184 figs-activepassive μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the smallest rudder turns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 j185 μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder Since James speaks of **ships** in the plural, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural in this clause as well. Alternate translation: “they are turned by the smallest rudders” or “the smallest rudders turn them”
|
||||
JAS 3 4 j186 ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 the smallest rudder James says **smallest**, using the superlative form of the adjective “small,” to express a meaning of the adjective in its positive form. Your language may use superlative forms in the same way. If not, you could translate this using the positive form. Alternate translation: “a very small rudder”
|
||||
JAS 3 4 j187 figs-personification ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται 1 where the inclination of the one steering desires James speaks of the **inclination** of the person steering a boat as if it were a living thing that desired to go in one direction or another. Alternate translation: “in whatever direction the one steering the boat wants it to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ JAS 3 7 j205 figs-hyperbole πᾶσα…φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ π
|
|||
JAS 3 7 j206 πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων 1 every kind, both of beasts and birds, both of reptiles and marine animals If you retain the generalization in your translation, it might be more natural in your language to use the singular for the creatures on this list. Alternate translation: “every kind of beast, bird, reptile, and marine animal”
|
||||
JAS 3 7 j207 figs-merism πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων 1 every kind, both of beasts and birds, both of reptiles and marine animals James is figuratively using various categories of creatures to mean every creature. Alternate translation: “every kind of creature that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
JAS 3 7 zw5m figs-nominaladj ἐναλίων 1 marine animals James is using the adjective **marine** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **animals** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sea creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 3 7 ug59 figs-activepassive δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is taming and has tamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 7 ug59 figs-activepassive δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is taming and has tamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 7 j208 figs-doublet δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind James says both **is being tamed** and **has been tamed** for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could combine them. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is in the process of taming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 3 7 j209 τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ 1 by the human kind Alternate translation: “by people”
|
||||
JAS 3 8 j210 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς…ἀνθρώπων 1 none of men James is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ JAS 4 6 j261 μείζονα…χάριν 1 greater grace The comparative **grea
|
|||
JAS 4 6 hyh2 writing-pronouns διὸ λέγει 1 Therefore it says The pronoun **it** refers to the Scripture, the antecedent from the previous verse. Even though James is now quoting a specific passage, [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md), rather than a general teaching, the reference is to the Bible as a whole. Alternate translation: “Therefore the Scripture says” or “Therefore the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 6 j262 figs-personification λέγει 1 it says James is speaking figuratively of the Bible as if it could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” or “we can read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 4 6 qs61 figs-nominaladj ὑπερηφάνοις…ταπεινοῖς 1 the proud … the humble James is using the adjectives **proud** and **humble** as nouns to refer to types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “proud people … humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 4 7 g7e5 figs-activepassive ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 4 7 g7e5 figs-activepassive ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 4 7 da5t grammar-connect-logic-result ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore James is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because God gives grace to the humble, be submitted” or “Because God gives grace to the humble, submit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 4 7 j263 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀντίστητε δὲ τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ φεύξεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 But resist the devil, and he will flee from you James is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “But resist the devil. If you do, then he will flee from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 4 7 nud3 ἀντίστητε…τῷ διαβόλῳ 1 resist the devil Alternate translation: “resolve not to do what the devil wants”
|
||||
|
|
@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ JAS 5 2 v241 figs-synecdoche ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, κα
|
|||
JAS 5 2 j297 figs-explicit ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν 1 Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten Depending on the meaning of the statement “you have stored up in the last days” in the next verse (see the note to that statement), James may be saying figuratively that the wealth and expensive clothing of the rich have become worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 5 2 j298 figs-simile ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν 1 Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten If you decide to indicate explicitly that James is saying that the wealth and expensive clothing of the rich have become worthless, you could do that by expressing his past-for-future statement as a simile, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 am1u figs-pastforfuture ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished James is using the past tense to refer to something that will happen in the future. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver are going to be tarnished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 wj9v figs-activepassive ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver have tarnished” or “Your gold and silver are going to tarnish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 wj9v figs-activepassive ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver have tarnished” or “Your gold and silver are going to tarnish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 j299 figs-explicit ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished Depending on the meaning of the statement “you have stored up in the last days” (see the first note to that statement below), James may be saying figuratively that the gold and silver of the rich have become worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 q4pm figs-simile ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται 1 Your gold and silver have been tarnished If you decide to indicate explicitly that James is saying that the gold and silver of the rich have become worthless, you could do that by expressing his past-for-future statement as a simile, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 j300 καὶ ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 and their rust will be for a testimony against you If you created a verse bridge and you also combined the statement “your gold and silver have been tarnished” with the two clauses in [5:2](../05/02.md), it would be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to use a general expression that would apply to everything that these rich people own. Alternate translation: “The ruins of your possessions will be for a testimony against you” or “The ruins of your possessions will testify against you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ JAS 5 3 j302 figs-explicit ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡ
|
|||
JAS 5 3 j303 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 You have stored up in the last days If the first interpretation of this statement in the note just above is correct, then James is giving the reason for the results that he describes in the previous verse and in the earlier part of this verse. If you created a verse bridge as described in the first note to [5:2](../05/02.md), you could put this reason before the result by placing this statement first in that bridge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 np1u figs-idiom ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 the last days This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 5 4 j304 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν 1 Behold, the pay of the workers The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. It may be helpful to express its meaning as a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “Consider this! The pay of the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 4 j305 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν, τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ἀφυστερημένος ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, κράζει 1 the pay of the workers who have reaped your fields, which has been withheld from you, is crying out If your language does not use this passive form, you could express it with an active form. When James says **from you**, he does not mean that this payment has been withheld from the rich owners of these fields. He is saying that it was due from them, but they have not paid it to their workers. Alternate translation: “the pay that you have withheld from the workers who reaped your fields is crying out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 4 j305 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν, τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ἀφυστερημένος ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, κράζει 1 the pay of the workers who have reaped your fields, which has been withheld from you, is crying out If your language does not use this passive form, you can express it with an active form. When James says **from you**, he does not mean that this payment has been withheld from the rich owners of these fields. He is saying that it was due from them, but they have not paid it to their workers. Alternate translation: “the pay that you have withheld from the workers who reaped your fields is crying out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 4 e9iy figs-personification κράζει 1 is crying out James is speaking figuratively of this **pay** as if it were a living thing that could cry out. Alternate translation: “is obvious evidence that you have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 5 4 n21a figs-metonymy αἱ βοαὶ τῶν θερισάντων, εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ εἰσελήλυθαν 1 the cries of the harvesting ones have entered into the ears of the Lord of Sabaoth James is speaking figuratively of the **ears** of the Lord to mean his hearing. Alternate translation: “the Lord of Sabaoth has heard the cries of the harvesting ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 4 j306 figs-explicit Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ 1 the Lord of Sabaoth James assumes that his readers will know that he is speaking of God by a name by which he is often known in the Old Testament. The Hebrew term **Sabaoth** means “military forces.” Alternate translation: “God, the Lord of the Heavenly Armies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ JAS 5 8 j319 μακροθυμήσατε καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You also wait pa
|
|||
JAS 5 8 bbn1 figs-metaphor στηρίξατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 Strengthen your hearts James is using the **heart** figuratively to represent the will. Alternate translation: “Stay committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 8 jw3b ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Κυρίου ἤγγικεν 1 the coming of the Lord has come near James is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. (By **near** he means near in time. This is not a spatial metaphor.) Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon” or “the Lord Jesus will return soon”
|
||||
JAS 5 9 k74r figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may be not judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may be not judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 9 ita4 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ κριτὴς 1 Behold, the judge The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Be aware that the judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 9 g938 figs-metaphor ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν 1 the judge is standing at the door James is figuratively comparing Jesus to a judge who is just about to walk into a courtroom. Alternate translation: “Jesus will soon return and judge everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 10 j320 ὑπόδειγμα λάβετε, ἀδελφοί, τῆς κακοπαθίας 1 Take an example, brothers, of the suffering Alternate translation: “Take as your example, brothers, the suffering”
|
||||
|
|
@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ JAS 5 15 j329 figs-possession ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει
|
|||
JAS 5 15 j330 figs-nominaladj ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 the prayer of faith will save the sick James is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the prayer that is offered in faith will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 5 15 c8q6 figs-personification ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 the prayer of faith will save the sick James is speaking figuratively of this **prayer** as if it would heal the sick person itself. Alternate translation: “in answer to this prayer that is offered in faith, God will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 5 15 ei3q figs-metonymy ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord will raise him up James is speaking figuratively of the sick person’s restoration to health by association with the way that the person will get **up** out of bed when he recovers. Alternate translation: “the Lord will make him well” or “the Lord will enable him to resume his regular activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 15 j331 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 15 j331 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 16 dl5k grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore James uses **Therefore** to introduce something that believers should do as a result of what he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain in more detail what he means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 5 16 mzk8 figs-activepassive ἰαθῆτε 1 you may be healed If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 16 j332 πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη 1 The working prayer of the righteous is very strong The term **working** has the sense of an adverb rather than an adjective. Alternate translation: “The prayer of the righteous is very strong as it is working” or “The prayer of the righteous is very strong in its effects”
|
||||
|
|
@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ JAS 5 18 zwc9 figs-personification ὁ οὐρανὸς ὑετὸν ἔδωκε
|
|||
JAS 5 18 yi7m figs-personification ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῆς 1 the earth produced its fruit James is speaking figuratively of the **earth** as if it were a living thing that **produced fruit**. As in [5:7](../05/07.md), James is using the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean things that plants produce that are good for food. He does not mean only the kind of fruit that grows on trees and vines. Alternate translation: “crops grew from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 5 19 xr4l figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 19 dv4v figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth As in [1:16](../01/16.md), James is speaking figuratively as if a deceptive guide may have led one of his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “if anyone among you may have been deceived regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 19 j337 figs-activepassive ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone may have deceived anyone among you regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 19 j337 figs-activepassive ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone may have deceived anyone among you regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 5 19 j338 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 5 19 j339 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν 1 someone turns him back James is continuing the metaphor of someone guiding a person in the right direction. Alternate translation: “someone corrects him” or “someone shows him what is actually true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 20 j340 writing-pronouns γινωσκέτω 1 let him know The pronoun **him** refers to the person who corrects another believer who has been deceived. Alternate translation: “the person who corrects the deceived believer should know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
244
en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
244
en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
|
|
@ -5,79 +5,79 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 1 p0pd translate-names Πέτρος 1 **Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 1 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1PE 1 1 h6om figs-distinguish ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 This phrase gives further information about Simon Peter. He describes himself as being someone given the position and authority of being Christ’s apostle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
1PE 1 1 owrg figs-123person ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις 1 In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then state to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you elect exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1PE 1 1 g3n3 figs-abstractnouns ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **elect** and **dispersion**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those whom God has elected and exiled among those whom God has dispersed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 1 g3n3 figs-abstractnouns ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **elect** and **dispersion**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those whom God has elected and exiled among those whom God has dispersed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 to the elect foreigners of the dispersion When Peter calls his readers **exiles**, he could mean: (1) they are **exiles** because they are far away from their true home in heaven. Alternate translation: “to the elect exiles of the dispersion who are far from their home in heaven” (2) they are **exiles** because they were forced to leave their homes and go far away to Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia. Alternate translation: “to you elect exiles of the dispersion who are far away from your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 1 bg47 figs-metaphor διασπορᾶς 1 Here, **dispersion** could refer to: (1) groups of Gentile Christians who were spread throughout the world instead of in their true home in heaven. In this case, **dispersion** would have a similar meaning to **exiles** and would add emphasis. Alternate translation: “among those dispersed outside of their true home in heaven” (2) the groups of Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel, which is the common technical meaning for this word. Alternate translation: “among the dispersed Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 1 qkl8 translate-names Πόντου, Γαλατίας, Καππαδοκίας, Ἀσίας, καὶ Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia … Bithynia **Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia** are names of Roman provinces that were located in what is now the country of Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foreknowledge**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “what God the Father foreknew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foreknowledge**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “what God the Father foreknew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 lcps figs-explicit πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father planned previously” (2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z59t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 huw6 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sanctification**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the Spirit sanctifying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 huw6 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sanctification**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the Spirit sanctifying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 sfrr figs-possession ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **sanctification** that is produced by the Holy **Spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the Spirit causing you to be sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 ukos figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν καὶ ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **obedience** could refer to: (1) obeying God. Alternate translation: “for obedience of God and the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ” (2) obeying Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “for obedience of Jesus Christ and the sprinkling of his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 oiuz figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obedience**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “for you to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 oiuz figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obedience**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “for you to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 j96u grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὑπακοὴν 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which the Holy Spirit sanctifies believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 rwkk figs-metaphor ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Peter uses **sprinkling** figuratively to refer to believers being in a covenant relationship with God. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel in [Exodus 24:1–11](../exo/24/01.md) to symbolize that they were joining in a covenant relationship with God, believers are joined in a covenant relationship with God by means of Jesus’ death. Moses also sprinkled blood on the priests to set them apart to serve God as priests ([Leviticus 8:30](../lev/08/30.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the covenant between believers and God established by the blood of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of the blood of Jesus Christ Here, **blood** refers figuratively to the death of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the blood, the symbol of the death of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 k547 translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his kind acts to you and make you more peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 iam1 figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-metaphor χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase Peter speaks of **grace** and **peace** figuratively as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May grace and peace increase in your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 gj71 figs-activepassive χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May God multiply grace and peace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 gj71 figs-activepassive χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May God multiply grace and peace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. [Verses 3–5](../01/03.md) are one sentence, but you may need to divide them into shorter sentences in your language.
|
||||
1PE 1 3 l4vi figs-declarative εὐλογητὸς 1 Peter is using a statement to give an exhortation. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a more natural form for exhortation. Alternate translation: “Let us bless” or “Let us praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 z6wk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 our … us The words **our** and **us** are inclusive. They refer to Peter and those believers to whom he is writing. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 ib1x figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe Jesus as the **Lord** who rules over those who believe in him. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the person who is lord over us,” or “of the person who rules over us,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 mdvi figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to his great merciful character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 mdvi figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to his great merciful character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 c92y figs-metaphor ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 he has given us new birth The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation and include an explanation if necessary. Alternate translation: “has caused us to be spiritually reborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 cbxb figs-infostructure ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν, δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 The clause **into a living hope** is parallel to “into an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” in the next verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse in order to show that parallel structure. Alternate translation: “who has caused us to be born again through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from dead ones into a living hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 qe1c grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν 1 Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us a living hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 kngt figs-metaphor εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν 1 Peter uses **living** figuratively to describe **hope** that is certain and will not lead to disappointment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into a hope that will not disappoint you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 lh0r figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through Jesus Christ being resurrected from among dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 lh0r figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through Jesus Christ being resurrected from among dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 v9jq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a second purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. This clause states what the “living hope” in the previous verse is. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 for an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **inheritance**, you could express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “into what we will inherit that is imperishable and undefiled and unfading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 for an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **inheritance**, you can express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “into what we will inherit that is imperishable and undefiled and unfading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 an … inheritance Peter uses **inheritance** figuratively to refer to what we will receive in heaven. This could refer to: (1) The promise of God that we will live forever with him. Alternate translation: “a sure and unfailing promise the we will live forever with God” (2) future blessings in heaven after this life. Alternate translation: “imperishable and undefiled and unfading blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 z6w4 figs-activepassive τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 reserved in heaven for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God has kept in heaven for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους 1 who are protected by the power of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God is protecting with his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 a4ab figs-abstractnouns διὰ πίστεως 1 through faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 z6w4 figs-activepassive τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 reserved in heaven for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God has kept in heaven for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους 1 who are protected by the power of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God is protecting with his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 a4ab figs-abstractnouns διὰ πίστεως 1 through faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 ymh2 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which God is protecting believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us a salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 gj5s figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for the time when God saves you, which is ready to be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 g4rb figs-activepassive ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 that is ready to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is ready to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 gj5s figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for the time when God saves you, which is ready to be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 g4rb figs-activepassive ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 that is ready to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is ready to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 xsp2 figs-explicit ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ 1 Here, **the last time** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when Jesus returns to the world to judge everyone and vindicate those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the last time, when Jesus returns and judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 6 p1ta writing-pronouns ἐν ᾧ 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the “last time” referred to at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “About this last time” (2) everything described in [verses 3–5](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “In all of this that I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 6 hy8d grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 In this you greatly rejoice **In** here introduces the reason why Peter’s readers rejoice. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of this you greatly rejoice” or “Because of this you greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1PE 1 6 dtvb grammar-connect-condition-fact ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες 1 Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary, and it is, to have been distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
1PE 1 6 a2bq figs-activepassive ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary for various trials to distress you a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 6 a2bq figs-activepassive ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary for various trials to distress you a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 vvp1 figs-metaphor τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως…διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου 1 so that the proof of your faith Here Peter speaks of **faith** figuratively, as if it were gold that is refined by passing it through **fire**. He also uses **fire** figuratively to refer to the hardships that test how well believers trust in Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the genuineness of your faith … but being tested by hardships the way fire tests gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 ct3n figs-abstractnouns τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 the proof of your faith If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **genuineness** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the fact that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 ct3n figs-abstractnouns τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 the proof of your faith If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **genuineness** and **faith**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the fact that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 g1oe figs-infostructure ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου, εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν, ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “so that the genuineness of your faith might be found to result in praise and glory and honor at the revelation of Jesus Christ; that faith is more precious than the perishing gold, but being tested by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 u63m figs-explicit ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου 1 of your faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes. But, being tested by fire In this clause Peter means that **faith** is more valuable than **gold** because faith lasts forever but gold does not, even if it is refined by someone passing it through **fire**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “of your faith, which is more precious than gold because even gold that is tested by fire can perish, but your faith will not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 a6q4 figs-activepassive εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν 1 it might be found to result in praise, and glory, and honor If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might result in praise and glory and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 a6q4 figs-activepassive εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν 1 it might be found to result in praise, and glory, and honor If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might result in praise and glory and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 lewt figs-explicit ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the future **revelation of Jesus Christ**, when Jesus returns to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the future revelation of Jesus Christ” or “when Jesus Christ reveals himself again in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 bkr9 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 at the revealing of Jesus Christ If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the time when Jesus Christ is revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 8 eka3 figs-doublet χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ 1 with joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory Here, **inexpressible** and **filled with glory** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how great the joy is. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with joy so great that words cannot describe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 bkr9 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 at the revealing of Jesus Christ If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the time when Jesus Christ is revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 8 eka3 figs-doublet χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ 1 with joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory Here, **inexpressible** and **filled with glory** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how great the joy is. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with joy so great that words cannot describe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 9 hw6y figs-metaphor κομιζόμενοι…σωτηρίαν 1 the salvation Here Peter speaks figuratively of **salvation** as if it were an object that someone could receive. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experiencing … the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 9 jkcb figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of you believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 9 j2qe figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν 1 the salvation of your souls If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 9 jkcb figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of you believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 9 j2qe figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν 1 the salvation of your souls If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 9 uk4a figs-synecdoche σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν 1 the salvation of your souls Here, **souls** refers to the individual Christians to whom Peter is writing this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “your salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 1 10 yyz4 figs-doublet ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηραύνησαν 1 searched and inquired carefully The phrases **searched** and **inquired carefully** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how hard the prophets tried to understand this salvation. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “examined very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 10 gmcy figs-abstractnouns ἧς σωτηρίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 10 wx95 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος 1 Here, **this grace** refers to **this salvation**, mentioned earlier in this verse. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God being gracious to you by saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 10 yyz4 figs-doublet ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηραύνησαν 1 searched and inquired carefully The phrases **searched** and **inquired carefully** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how hard the prophets tried to understand this salvation. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “examined very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 10 gmcy figs-abstractnouns ἧς σωτηρίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 10 wx95 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος 1 Here, **this grace** refers to **this salvation**, mentioned earlier in this verse. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God being gracious to you by saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 11 j917 figs-explicit εἰς τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν 1 The word translated **whom** could also be translated “what.” In that case, “what” would refer to the time when salvation would take place and **what time** would then refer to the specific circumstances. However, most translations agree with the ULT’s use of **whom**. Alternate translation: “into what time or what circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 11 w3n8 figs-possession τὸ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 the Spirit of Christ Peter is using the possessive form to describe the Holy Spirit as being **the Spirit** that is associated with **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, associated with Christ,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 1 11 hjq5 προμαρτυρόμενον 1 This could indicate: (1) the time when **the Spirit of Christ was revealing** information to the prophets. Alternate translation: “when testifying beforehand” (2) the means by which **the Spirit of Christ was revealing** information to the prophets. Alternate translation: “by means of testifying beforehand”
|
||||
1PE 1 11 x5x8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα, καὶ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **glories**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “about how Christ would suffer, and glorious things would happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 x4b1 figs-activepassive οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 It was revealed to them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 hi9u figs-activepassive ἃ νῦν ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν, διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελισαμένων ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which those who proclaimed the gospel to you have now declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 11 x5x8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα, καὶ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **glories**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “about how Christ would suffer, and glorious things would happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 x4b1 figs-activepassive οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 It was revealed to them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 hi9u figs-activepassive ἃ νῦν ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν, διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελισαμένων ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which those who proclaimed the gospel to you have now declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 c7jz figs-explicit Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the evangelists proclaimed the gospel to Peter’s readers. Peter uses **the Holy Spirit** here to refer specifically to the Holy Spirit’s work of giving those evangelists the ability or power to proclaim the gospel effectively. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit sent from heaven enabling them to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 yzqk figs-activepassive ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 yzqk figs-activepassive ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 lyzl figs-explicit εἰς ἃ 1 Here, **things** refers to what God had revealed to the prophets and some evangelists had proclaimed to Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into which things God revealed to the prophets and which were declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 xi4d figs-metaphor εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι 1 into which things angels long to look Peter uses **look** figuratively to refer to getting a clearer understanding of what God has revealed about salvation. This does not mean that the angels do not understand salvation at all. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things which angels desire to understand more clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 bjg9 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὸ 1 So **Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has written in [verses 1–12](../01/01.md). If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this concisely. Alternate translation: “Since all these things I have just written are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 zvgh figs-declarative ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν, νήφοντες, τελείως ἐλπίσατε 1 The clauses **having girded up the loins of your mind** and **being sober** could indicate: (1) two commands in addition to the command to **hope fully** that occurs in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, hope fully” (2) two actions that are means by which Peter wants his readers to obey the command to **hope fully**. Alternate translation: “hope fully, by having girded up the loins of your mind and by being sober” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 u87y figs-idiom ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν 1 having girded the loins of your mind Girding up **the loins** is an idiom that means to prepare to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one’s robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having prepared your minds for action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 i56f figs-metaphor νήφοντες 1 Here Peter uses **sober** figuratively to refer to mental clarity and alertness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 y771 figs-activepassive τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 the grace that is being brought to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace God is bringing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 y771 figs-activepassive τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 the grace that is being brought to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace God is bringing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 ut69 figs-metaphor τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 the grace that is being brought to you Here Peter speaks of **grace** as if it were an object that could be brought to people. If this might confuse you readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the grace God is giving to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 qk5s figs-metonymy τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 Here, **the grace** refers to salvation, as it also does in [verse 10](../01/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gracious salvation being brought to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 l45d figs-possession ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the revelation of Jesus Christ See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,10 +85,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 14 n5wg figs-possession τέκνα ὑπακοῆς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **children** who are characterized by **obedience**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “obedient” instead of the noun “obedience.” Alternate translation: “obedient children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 1 14 e4tb figs-idiom μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον…ἐπιθυμίαις 1 not being conformed to your former desires Here, **not being conformed to** is an idiom meaning “not letting one’s life be controlled by.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “not being controlled by your former desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 14 nepq figs-declarative μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον…ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “do not be conformed to your former desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
1PE 1 14 j2wo figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when you were ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 14 j2wo figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when you were ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 15 edvw figs-explicit τὸν καλέσαντα ὑμᾶς 1 This phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 15 mrbq figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ ἀναστροφῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in how you conduct yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 m1q7 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 For it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses was the author of the quotation that follows. Alternate translation: “Moses had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 15 mrbq figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ ἀναστροφῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in how you conduct yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 m1q7 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 For it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses was the author of the quotation that follows. Alternate translation: “Moses had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 e6el writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Here Peter uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Leviticus 11:44](../lev/11/44.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 tt52 figs-declarative ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε 1 Peter quotes God using a future statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “You must be holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 s8kz figs-123person ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος 1 You will be holy, because I am holy In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because I, God, am holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -96,25 +96,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 17 c53b figs-explicit τὸν ἀπροσωπολήμπτως κρίνοντα 1 This phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who judges impartially” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 17 s6gv figs-metaphor τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον 1 conduct yourselves in fear during the time of your journey Here Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land far away from their homes. Like people living away from home, so are Christians living away from their home in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “during the time that you are living away from your true home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 18 pcm5 figs-infostructure οὐ φθαρτοῖς, ἀργυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθητε ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you have been redeemed from your futile behavior handed down from your fathers, not with perishable things, with silver or with gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
1PE 1 18 q4pc figs-activepassive ἐλυτρώθητε 1 you have been redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has redeemed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 18 q4pc figs-activepassive ἐλυτρώθητε 1 you have been redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has redeemed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 18 git3 figs-metaphor ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου 1 Here, **handed down** figuratively refers to one generation teaching **futile behavior** to another generation, as if that behavior were an object that could be passed by hand from one person to another. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your futile behavior taught to you by your fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 18 ctgm figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from behaving in futile ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 18 b5qa figs-activepassive πατροπαραδότου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that your fathers handed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 18 ctgm figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from behaving in futile ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 18 b5qa figs-activepassive πατροπαραδότου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that your fathers handed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 s4jd figs-metonymy τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ 1 with the precious blood of Christ Peter uses **the blood of Christ** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Christ’s precious death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 gk6a figs-simile ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 as an unblemished and spotless lamb Peter compares Jesus’ blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the people’s sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people’s sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 smu8 figs-doublet ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 unblemished and spotless The words **unblemished** and **spotless** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that Christ was completely perfect and sinless. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely perfect” or “with no imperfections at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 msw5 figs-activepassive προεγνωσμένου 1 He has been chosen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having foreknown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 smu8 figs-doublet ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 unblemished and spotless The words **unblemished** and **spotless** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that Christ was completely perfect and sinless. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely perfect” or “with no imperfections at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 msw5 figs-activepassive προεγνωσμένου 1 He has been chosen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having foreknown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 tnrv figs-explicit προεγνωσμένου 1 This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what Christ would do. Alternate translation: “having been planned previously” (2) God knew what Christ would do ahead of time. Alternate translation: “having been known beforehand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 ky7a figs-abstractnouns πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the foundation of the world If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “before God founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 dkk2 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος 1 he has been revealed … for your sake If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having revealed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 ky7a figs-abstractnouns πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the foundation of the world If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “before God founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 dkk2 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος 1 he has been revealed … for your sake If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having revealed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 pmf2 figs-explicit φανερωθέντος 1 Here, **having been revealed** refers to the first time Jesus came to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “having been revealed when he came to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 kzi0 figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων 1 Here, **the last of the times** refers to the final period of history which began when Jesus came to the earth for the first time. This period will end when Jesus returns to earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this final time period of history” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 21 lt5u figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 who has raised him from the dead Here, to **raise him** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 21 f7mn figs-abstractnouns δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα 1 has given him glory If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has glorified him” or “has shown that he is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 21 k85r figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα, εἶναι εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “you would believe and hope in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 21 f7mn figs-abstractnouns δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα 1 has given him glory If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has glorified him” or “has shown that he is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 21 k85r figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα, εἶναι εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **hope**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “you would believe and hope in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 hj14 figs-metaphor τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες 1 Having purified **Having purified** figuratively refers to being forgiven for sins. In the Bible, sin is often referred to as something that makes people dirty, and the forgiveness for sin is referred to as the removal of that dirt. God is the one who forgives sins and **purifies** those who believe in Jesus. However, here Peter is referring to his readers’ responsibility in their salvation, which is the responsibility to repent and believe that the gospel is true. Alternate translation: “Having made your souls spiritually pure” or “Having cleansed your souls from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 luj3 figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 Having purified your souls See how you translated **souls** in [verse 9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 qyt5 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by obedience to the truth If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by obeying what is true” or “by obeying the true information” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 qyt5 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by obedience to the truth If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **truth**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by obeying what is true” or “by obeying the true information” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 iyze figs-explicit τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Here, **the truth** refers to the true teaching about Jesus, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 j777 figs-gendernotations φιλαδελφίαν 1 brotherly love Although **brotherly** is a masculine word, Peter is using the phrase **brotherly love** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 e9wr figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς 1 love one another earnestly from a pure heart Peter uses **heart** here figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. The word **from** indicates that the **heart** must be the source of the **love** that Peter is telling his readers to have. Therefore, this phrase has a similar meaning to the word “sincere” in the previous clause. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly based on sincere thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 23 w4v3 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς 1 having been born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable The word **seed** usually refers to either the seed of a plant or the sperm cell of a man, which is used to produce a baby. However, here Peter uses **seed** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) the **word of God** mentioned later in the verse. In this case, Peter is saying what the **word of God** is not. Alternate translation: “not by means of a human message that can perish” (2) physical human birth, in which case the meaning is similar to the idea expressed in [John 1:13](../jhn/01/13.md). Alternate translation: “not by means of mortal physical birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 nh9r figs-ellipsis ἀφθάρτου 1 from imperishable Peter is leaving out a word that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “from imperishable seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος 1 through the living and enduring word of God Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and was proclaimed to Peter’s readers by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s living and enduring message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 pkpl figs-doublet ζῶντος…καὶ μένοντος 1 Here, **living** and **enduring** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God’s word is permanent. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “perpetually enduring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 pkpl figs-doublet ζῶντος…καὶ μένοντος 1 Here, **living** and **enduring** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God’s word is permanent. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “perpetually enduring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 kyc5 writing-quotations διότι 1 **For** here introduces a quotation of some phrases from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 e299 figs-quotemarks πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν, 1 In these clauses and the first clause of the next verse, Peter quotes parts of [Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 dr75 figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 All flesh Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to human beings in general, which are made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All humankind” or “Everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -134,17 +134,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 25 lqjz figs-quotemarks τὸ δὲ ῥῆμα Κυρίου μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 This clause completes Peters quotation of [Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md) that began in the previous verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this ending by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
1PE 1 25 aba2 figs-metonymy τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** figuratively to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 25 pp62 figs-metonymy τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα 1 Here Peter uses **word** in the same specific sense as in [verse 23](../01/23.md). It is not the general meaning of **word** used earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the word that has been proclaimed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the word that has been proclaimed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)<br>2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../eph/02/20.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Sheep and shepherds<br><br>The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care of believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]])
|
||||
1PE 2 1 n3x5 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore **Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:22–25](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1PE 2 1 inct figs-declarative ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil or being deceptive or being hypocritical or being envious or speaking slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 1 r853 figs-abstractnouns ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **deceit**, **hypocrisies**, **envies**, or **slanders**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having put aside every kind of evil and all deceitful, hypocritical, deceptive, and slanderous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 1 r853 figs-abstractnouns ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **deceit**, **hypocrisies**, **envies**, or **slanders**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having put aside every kind of evil and all deceitful, hypocritical, deceptive, and slanderous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-simile ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε 1 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of God’s word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 rm71 ἐπιποθήσατε 1 long for Alternate translation: “desire intensely” or “yearn for”
|
||||
1PE 2 2 fn81 figs-metaphor τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα 1 pure spiritual milk The word translated as **rational** could also be translated “pertaining to the word”; it refers to the word of God. Peter speaks figuratively of the word of God as if it were **rational milk** that nourishes children. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s pure word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 ypy6 figs-metaphor αὐξηθῆτε 1 you may grow up Peter speaks figuratively of believers advancing in the knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you may mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 vg76 figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 to salvation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until you are saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 vg76 figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 to salvation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until you are saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 wmw2 figs-explicit εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 Here, **salvation** refers to when Jesus returns and God completes the **salvation** of his people. Peter also uses this meaning for **salvation** in [1:5](../01/05.md). See how you translated this word there. Alternate translation: “until God saves you completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 3 uja9 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἐγεύσασθε 1 Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you have tasted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
1PE 2 3 tui9 figs-metaphor εἰ ἐγεύσασθε 1 if you have tasted that the Lord is kind Peter uses **tasted** figuratively to refer to personally experiencing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -153,15 +153,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 4 apbp writing-pronouns πρὸς ὃν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, who is called “Lord” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 c4lu figs-metaphor πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα 1 coming to him, a living stone Peter refers to Jesus figuratively as if he were a **stone** in a building. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “coming to him, who is like a living stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 ihq2 figs-personification λίθον ζῶντα 1 him, a living stone Peters speaks of a **stone** figuratively as if it were **living**. This could refer to: (1) a stone that is alive. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus is alive even though he had died. Alternate translation: “a stone that lives” (2) a stone that gives life. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus gives eternal life to everyone who believes in him. Alternate translation: “a stone that gives eternal life to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 e8sy figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον 1 having been rejected by men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one that men have rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 e8sy figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον 1 having been rejected by men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one that men have rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 euuz figs-gendernotations ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 a438 figs-activepassive παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν 1 but chosen by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 a438 figs-activepassive παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν 1 but chosen by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 z11h figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 you, like living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house Peter uses **stones** figuratively to refer to his readers, people who believe in Jesus. Just as people in the Old Testament used **stones** to build the temple that God dwelled in, God is using believers to bring together a group of people in whom he will dwell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you, like stones that are put together and built into a house, are living stones that are being brought together into a spiritual community in which God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 g33x figs-simile αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες 1 you, like living stones Peters uses **stones** figuratively as if they were **living**. This emphasizes the fact that Peter’s readers have eternal life because they believe in Jesus. In this verse, **living** cannot mean to give life, because only God can give life. Alternate translation: “like stones that live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is building up as a spiritual house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is building up as a spiritual house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 e6dm figs-explicit οἰκοδομεῖσθε 1 Here, **are being built up** could indicate: (1) a factual statement, as in the UST. (2) a command, in which case “coming to him” in the previous verse would also be a command. Alternate translation: “be built up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 i4bn figs-metaphor εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας 1 a holy priesthood to offer the spiritual sacrifices Here Peter speaks of believers figuratively as if they were part of a **priesthood** and as if their good deeds and acts of worship were **sacrifices** offered to God. Just as the priests in the Old Testament offered sacrifices to God, so should believers do good deeds and worship God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a synonym. Alternate translation: “like the holy priesthood that offered sacrifices to God, so you are made into a group which does good spiritual deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 ekkp grammar-collectivenouns εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον 1 The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of holy priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 ekkp grammar-collectivenouns εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον 1 The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of holy priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 zf45 figs-explicit πνευματικὰς θυσίας εὐπροσδέκτους 1 This could mean: (1) the **sacrifices** are of a spiritual, rather than physical, nature. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices of a spiritual nature that are acceptable” (2) the **sacrifices** are offered by the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices offered by the power of the Holy Spirit, which are acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 ibi1 figs-personification περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ 1 it stands in scripture Here the quotation of **scripture** that occurs next in the verse is spoken of as if it were a person who **stands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is written in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 k1h0 writing-quotations περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ 1 This phrase introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote in scripture stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,60 +186,60 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 8 d8ii figs-metaphor οἳ προσκόπτουσιν 1 Here, **stumble** could refer to: (1) being offended by the gospel, which is the meaning in the rest of this verse. Alternate translation: “They get offended” (2) being judged for rejecting the gospel. Alternate translation: “They are judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 8 h6sb grammar-connect-logic-result οἳ προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες 1 Here, **disobeying the word** indicates the reason why they **stumble**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They stumble because they disobey the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1PE 2 8 mh48 figs-explicit τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες 1 Here, **disobeying** refers to **disobeying** the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. Therefore, this **disobeying** means refusing to believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “refusing to believe the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 8 sm6s figs-activepassive εἰς ὃ καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 to which also they were appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to which God also appointed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 8 sm6s figs-activepassive εἰς ὃ καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 to which also they were appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to which God also appointed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 8 uwg1 figs-explicit εἰς ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the previous part of this sentence. Those who do not believe in Jesus were appointed to stumble and disobey the word. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “To this, stumbling and disobeying the word,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 dc8m figs-quotemarks γένος ἐκλεκτόν, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ἔθνος ἅγιον, λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν 1 All four of these phrases are quotations from the Old Testament. The phrase **a chosen people** is from [Isaiah 43:20](../isa/43/20.md), **a royal priesthood** and **a holy nation** are from [Exodus 19:6](../exo/19/06.md), and **a people for possession** is from [Isaiah 43:21](../isa/43/21.md). It may be helpful for your readers to indicate these quotations with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 zla9 figs-activepassive γένος ἐκλεκτόν 1 a chosen people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a family whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 zla9 figs-activepassive γένος ἐκλεκτόν 1 a chosen people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a family whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 g39z figs-explicit βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα 1 a royal priesthood This could refer to: (1) members of a priesthood who are also members of the king’s family. Alternate translation: “a kingly priesthood” (2) a priesthood which serves the king. Alternate translation: “a priesthood which serves the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 m1f8 grammar-collectivenouns βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα 1 The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of royal priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 qk7f figs-abstractnouns λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν 1 a people for possession If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **possession**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a people for God to possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 m1f8 grammar-collectivenouns βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα 1 The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of royal priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 qk7f figs-abstractnouns λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν 1 a people for possession If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **possession**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a people for God to possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 ra7z figs-explicit τοῦ ἐκ σκότους ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος, εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς 1 who called you from This clause refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, who called you from darkness into his marvelous light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 nvf5 figs-metaphor ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς 1 from darkness into his marvelous light Here, **darkness** refers figuratively to the condition of people who do not know God and are sinful, and **light** refers figuratively to the condition of people who know God and are righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 10 pveb figs-quotemarks οὐ λαὸς…λαὸς Θεοῦ…οὐκ ἠλεημένοι…ἐλεηθέντες 1 All four of these phrases are quotations from the Old Testament ([Hosea 1:6–10](../hos/01/06.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate these quotations with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 jnr9 0 General Information: Peter begins to tell his readers how to live Christian lives.
|
||||
1PE 2 11 ve9u figs-doublet παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 foreigners and exiles Here, **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Christians on this earth are far away from their home in heaven. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “true exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 ve9u figs-doublet παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 foreigners and exiles Here, **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Christians on this earth are far away from their home in heaven. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “true exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 x8af figs-metaphor παροίκους 1 Peter uses **foreigners** here figuratively to refer to his Christian readers. Just like a foreigner is not in his homeland, so are Christians not at home while living on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those living away from their home in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 hjuk figs-metaphor παρεπιδήμους 1 foreigners and exiles See how you translated this word in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 ubn9 figs-metonymy ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν 1 to abstain from fleshly desires Here, **fleshly** refers figuratively to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to abstain from satisfying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 q4zn figs-personification στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς 1 make war against your soul Peter speaks of **fleshly desires** figuratively as if they were soldiers trying to destroy the spiritual life of believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will destroy your spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 x3q5 figs-genericnoun τῆς ψυχῆς 1 your soul Peter is referring to each individual Christian to whom he is writing this letter, not one particular **soul**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “your souls” or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 uiwd figs-declarative τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν 1 Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you could use a more natural form for command, starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Keep your behavior among the Gentiles good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 b5nv figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν 1 keeping your behavior among the Gentiles good If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “behaving well among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 b5nv figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν 1 keeping your behavior among the Gentiles good If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “behaving well among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 nqql figs-metaphor ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 Peter uses **Gentiles** here figuratively to refer to people who are not Christians. Just like a **Gentile** was not a member of the Jewish people, so people who are not Christians are not members of God’s people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “among those who do not believe in Jesus” or “among those who are not Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 mkt4 ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς 1 in whatever they speak about you as Alternate translation: “with regard to what they slander you for as ” or “with respect to the very things that they slander you for as”
|
||||
1PE 2 12 w3yn figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες 1 from observing your good works If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they may observe the good things that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 s2ji figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς 1 in the day of visitation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **visitation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when he visits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 w3yn figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες 1 from observing your good works If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they may observe the good things that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 s2ji figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς 1 in the day of visitation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **visitation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when he visits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 qspw figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to the time when God will judge all people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day when he comes to judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 2 13 c484 figs-explicit διὰ τὸν Κύριον 1 for the sake of the Lord Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. This phrase could mean: (1) we should do this to follow the example of Jesus, who also obeyed human authorities. Alternate translation: “in order to follow the Lord’s example” (2) we should do this to honor Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 13 al6q βασιλεῖ ὡς ὑπερέχοντι 1 to the king as supreme Alternate translation: “to the king as the highest human authority” or “to the king, who has supreme human authority”
|
||||
1PE 2 14 t0tc ἡγεμόσιν ὡς δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις 1 Alternate translation: “to governors, who have been sent through him”
|
||||
1PE 2 14 y1l2 figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις 1 through him having been sent If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the king has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 14 y1l2 figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις 1 through him having been sent If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the king has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 14 dvmr writing-pronouns δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις 1 Here, **him** could refer to: (1) the king mentioned in the previous verse, as in the UST. (2) God, who is the one who installs and removes all governing authorities. Alternate translation: “those being sent by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 14 bxm9 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἐκδίκησιν κακοποιῶν, ἔπαινον δὲ ἀγαθοποιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **punishment** and **praise**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to punish evildoers and praise those who do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 14 bxm9 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἐκδίκησιν κακοποιῶν, ἔπαινον δὲ ἀγαθοποιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **punishment** and **praise**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to punish evildoers and praise those who do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 15 mh6s figs-infostructure ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν 1 doing good to silence the ignorant talk of foolish people If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “to silence the ignorance of foolish people by doing good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
1PE 2 15 nzwv figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “doing good to silence the ignorant things that foolish people are saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 15 nzwv figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “doing good to silence the ignorant things that foolish people are saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 16 zqe3 figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐλεύθεροι 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. These words could be: (1) the command to submit to authorities stated in [verse 13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “submit as free people” (2) an implied imperative verb. Alternate translation: “act as free people” or “live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 2 16 y9pg figs-metaphor ὡς ἐπικάλυμμα…τῆς κακίας 1 as a covering for wickedness Here, **covering** could refer to: (1) something to prevent people from knowing about one’s evil deeds. Alternate translation: “as a way to prevent others from seeing your evil” (2) an excuse or pretext to do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “as an excuse to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 17 gwy8 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀδελφότητα 1 the brotherhood Here, **brotherhood** refers to all Christian believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the community of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 18 w2nc 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to people who were slaves who worked in people’s houses.
|
||||
1PE 2 18 xgk8 figs-doublet τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν 1 the good and gentle The words **good** and **gentle** mean similar things. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that such masters treat their servants very kindly. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to the very kind ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 2 18 xgk8 figs-doublet τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν 1 the good and gentle The words **good** and **gentle** mean similar things. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that such masters treat their servants very kindly. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to the very kind ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 2 18 mueb figs-metaphor τοῖς σκολιοῖς 1 Here, **crooked ones** is used figuratively to refer to people who act dishonestly or unjustly as if their morals were an object that could be bent or twisted. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dishonest ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 19 r1h1 figs-explicit τοῦτο…χάρις 1 this is praiseworthy Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to finding **favor** with God, which is what he states in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this is deserving of God’s favor” or “this is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 19 zm8e figs-abstractnouns διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ 1 because of awareness of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **consciousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because one is aware of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 19 zm8e figs-abstractnouns διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ 1 because of awareness of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **consciousness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because one is aware of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 19 rjyf figs-possession διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **consciousness** that is about or concerning **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of having consciousness about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 2 19 kje6 figs-explicit Θεοῦ 1 Here, **God** refers to who **God** is and what he requires from his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of consciousness of who God is and what he requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 20 y5ue figs-rquestion ποῖον γὰρ κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε? 1 For what kind of credit is there if, sinning and being tormented, you will endure? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this sentence as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “For there is no credit if, sinning and being beaten, you will endure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 2 20 pr8b figs-activepassive κολαφιζόμενοι 1 sinning and being tormented If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone beats you” or “your master beats you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 20 pr8b figs-activepassive κολαφιζόμενοι 1 sinning and being tormented If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone beats you” or “your master beats you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 20 ly9f grammar-connect-logic-result ἀγαθοποιοῦντες καὶ πάσχοντες 1 doing good and suffering, you will endure This could mean: (1) someone suffers even though that person did what is good. Alternate translation: “suffering despite doing good” (2) someone suffers because that person did what is good. Alternate translation: “suffering because of doing good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1PE 2 20 qii1 τοῦτο χάρις παρὰ Θεῷ 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse.
|
||||
1PE 2 21 c1jn figs-explicit εἰς τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers back to what Peter stated at the end of the previous verse. Believers are called by God to endure suffering while doing what is good. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to endure suffering when you have done what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 21 xit1 figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο…ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 21 xit1 figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο…ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 21 si3l figs-metaphor ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 for you so that you might follow in his footsteps Peter uses **follow in his footsteps** figuratively to refer to following Jesus’ example about enduring suffering. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might imitate his behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 wii5 figs-quotemarks ὃς ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:9](../isa/53/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 tyz4 figs-activepassive οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was deceit found in his mouth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 tyz4 figs-activepassive οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was deceit found in his mouth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 cjai figs-metaphor οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Peter quotes Isaiah referring to **deceit** figuratively as if it were an object that could be found inside someone’s mouth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “neither was deceit spoken out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 lw1u figs-metonymy οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was deceit found in his mouth Peter quotes Isaiah figuratively describing something the Messiah would say by association with **his mouth**, which he would use to say something. In this case it is something the Messiah did not say. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “neither did he say something deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 lj4a figs-activepassive ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει 1 He, being reviled, did not revile back If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people reviled, did not revile them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 lj4a figs-activepassive ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει 1 He, being reviled, did not revile back If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people reviled, did not revile them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 gqb5 figs-explicit παρεδίδου…τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως 1 Here, **the one who judges justly** refers to God. This means that Jesus trusted God to punish those who reviled him or to prove that he was innocent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entrusted himself to God, who judges justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k632 figs-rpronouns ὃς τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἀνήνεγκεν 1 He himself Peter uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that Jesus alone is the one who bore our sins. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus bore our sins” or “Jesus, that very person, bore our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 w49m figs-metaphor τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν…ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον 1 carried our sins in his body to the tree Peter uses **bore our sins** figuratively to refer to Jesus being punished for **our sins** as if **sins** were an object that he carried on **his body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -248,25 +248,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 24 fxej grammar-connect-time-sequential ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι 1 This clause refers to an event that occurs before the event in the next clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “after having died to sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 jaka figs-exclusive τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζήσωμεν 1 When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and other believers in Christ, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 w69k figs-quotemarks οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 This clause is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:5](../isa/53/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 of whose wounds you were healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has healed you by means of his wounds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 of whose wounds you were healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has healed you by means of his wounds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 lx3n figs-synecdoche οὗ τῷ μώλωπι 1 Here, **wounds** figuratively refers to all the suffering Jesus endured when he was beaten and killed on the cross. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by whose suffering and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 n0l5 figs-metaphor ἰάθητε 1 Here, **healed** could mean: (1) being freed from the penalty and power of sin, which could include physical healing. Alternate translation: “you were freed from the effects of sin” (2) being forgiven for their sins and having a restored relationship with God. Alternate translation: “you were forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 sgt9 figs-simile ἦτε…ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι 1 you as sheep are being led astray Peter speaks figuratively about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep that were wandering around aimlessly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were living aimlessly without knowing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.<br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
|
||||
1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives.
|
||||
1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 ng3s figs-explicit τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 3 p1bg writing-pronouns ὧν 1 Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 3 ysvn figs-abstractnouns ὧν…κόσμος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adornment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they way you adorn yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 3 ysvn figs-abstractnouns ὧν…κόσμος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adornment**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they way you adorn yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 4 oav8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1PE 3 4 m2n3 figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-possession ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **hidden man** is the same thing as **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hidden man, which is the heart” or “the hidden man, namely, the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -281,18 +281,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 6 v2so figs-doublenegatives μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν 1 The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything at all. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands.
|
||||
1PE 3 7 uddn figs-genericnoun συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. The word **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the Bible ([Acts 9:15](../act/09/15.md)). Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. Here Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 quba figs-possession χάριτος ζωῆς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift, namely, eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: In [verses 8–12](../03/08.md) Peter writes instructions to all believers.
|
||||
1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be”
|
||||
1PE 3 8 tzgc figs-gendernotations φιλάδελφοι 1 Although **brothers** is masculine, Peter is using the phrase **loving as brothers** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loving as fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult Peter uses **paying back** figuratively to refer to responding to the actions of another person as if one was returning money to that person for those actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not doing evil to someone who does evil to you or insulting someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 t6il figs-ellipsis εὐλογοῦντες 1 blessing Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “blessing those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 wx2r figs-explicit εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) **blessing** earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “you were called to bless so that” (2) **inherit a blessing** later in the verse “to this you were called so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 so that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** figuratively as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 dpf2 writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../psa/34/12.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -300,9 +300,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 his tongue … his lips Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively to refer to the person who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 y4kd figs-abstractnouns τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from saying evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 y4kd figs-abstractnouns τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from saying evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 11 fu8e figs-doublet ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν 1 The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 3 11 fu8e figs-doublet ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν 1 The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 3 11 qhyg figs-explicit ζητησάτω εἰρήνην 1 Here, **peace** refers to peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-idiom ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous Here, **eyes** being **on** someone is an idiom that refers to God acting favorably toward someone by taking care of that person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord lovingly takes care of the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-idiom ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests Here, **ears** being **toward** someone’s **request** is an idiom that refers to God listening to that person’s request. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord listens to their request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -314,28 +314,28 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 13–22](../03/13.md) Peter teaches the believers how to behave when unbelievers persecute them.
|
||||
1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they did good things. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you become zealous ones of the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 3 13 e8li figs-possession τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe people who are **zealous** about doing **good** deeds. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “ones zealous to do good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 you suffer because of righteousness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you might suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 xg3m figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 you are blessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will cause you to be blessed ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 you suffer because of righteousness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you might suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 xg3m figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 you are blessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will cause you to be blessed ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 j8ds figs-quotemarks τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:12](../isa/08/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled These two phrases mean the same thing. Peter states the same idea twice in order to emphasize that believers should not be afraid of people who persecute them. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “But you should not fear at all what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 yz6y figs-possession τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε 1 their fear This could refer to: (1) the fear that unbelievers have. Alternate translation: “you should not fear what they fear” or “you should not fear the same things that they fear” (2) the fear that righteous people have for unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you should not fear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts Peter uses **sanctify the Lord Christ** figuratively to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 15 qjg3 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 15 d69e figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἀπολογίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 15 d69e figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἀπολογίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 15 q8i1 figs-metonymy τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον 1 Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 15 w3xw figs-metaphor περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Peter speaks of **hope** figuratively as if it were something that could be inside a person. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 16 hzya figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 16 hzya figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 16 ctk3 figs-abstractnouns συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν 1 This phrase implies not doing anything sinful that would cause a person to not have a **good conscience**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “doing nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 16 wrk5 figs-infostructure ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καταλαλεῖσθε, καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “so that the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ may be ashamed about why you are being slandered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
1PE 3 16 s7mb figs-activepassive καταλαλεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people are slandering you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 16 s7mb figs-activepassive καταλαλεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people are slandering you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 16 qflw figs-explicit ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 Here, **in Christ** refers to being a Christian. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your good behavior as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 16 dvwr figs-activepassive καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 16 dvwr figs-activepassive καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 17 bt09 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀγαθοποιοῦντας…κακοποιοῦντας 1 These two phrases indicate two different reasons for suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of doing good … because of doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1PE 3 17 x8qu figs-metonymy εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **the will of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 me4u figs-explicit περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 Here, **sins** implies the **sins** of people other than Jesus, because Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 q9fa figs-activepassive θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 q9fa figs-activepassive θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metonymy θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 n7nh figs-explicit ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made alive spiritually” or “having been made alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 19 hp82 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 19 ewuu figs-ellipsis ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death, which he accomplished through his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. This interpretation is less likely to be correct, because it would mean that Noah was actually the one preaching and Peter does not mention Noah preaching or Jesus’ pre-incarnate existence anywhere in this letter. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -344,21 +344,21 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 20 qxah figs-ellipsis ἀπειθήσασίν 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 the patience of God Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 20 yyth figs-metonymy ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 Here Peter uses **days of Noah** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 dqjy writing-pronouns ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 vxoh figs-infostructure ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 tz6l figs-explicit ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 Here, **antitype** refers to one thing that is an analogy for another thing. In this context the “water” from the previous verse is an analogy for baptism. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is a symbol for baptism, now saves you also” or “which is analogous to baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 ium3 figs-metonymy βάπτισμα 1 Here Peter uses **baptism** figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that believers profess when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not by any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). See the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 owi3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 owi3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 hmp9 figs-metonymy σαρκὸς 1 Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body that is made of **flesh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 uz0u figs-explicit συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which the faith demonstrated by baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism now saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 rixf figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 rixf figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 22 p5ij figs-infostructure ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανὸν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The phrases **having gone** and **having been subjected** indicate that those two clauses describe events that occurred before the event in the first clause in this verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “after having gone into heaven, with angels and authorities and powers having been subjected to him, he is at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br>2. How believers should act because the end is near (4:7–11)<br>3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>Although the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>In [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he were telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands, like the UST does.
|
||||
1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 3 anhj ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος 1 Alternate translation: “enough time has passed”
|
||||
1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshiping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshiping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running into** figuratively to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if sin were pouring out of the person like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 4 w1d8 figs-explicit τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior The word **recklessness** refers to dangerous behavior that shows that a person does not care about the consequences of his actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of careless sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -381,15 +381,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before Jesus himself died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../heb/09/27.md) that “men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment.” The Bible does not state that God gave anyone a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 e445 figs-explicit πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things Here, **the end of all things** refers to the end of the world, when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world, when Jesus returns,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers to think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up, and he describes **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause, **covers up**, means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins committed against them by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -400,22 +400,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse, gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 b81x figs-ellipsis εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he were serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you can express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 b63p figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy The words **rejoice** and **glad** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you may rejoice even more” or “you may be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy The words **rejoice** and **glad** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you may rejoice even more” or “you may be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is an idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer**, and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer**, and **meddler**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 15 nr6n translate-unknown ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you could use the second person, as the previous verse does. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the title “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name ‘Christian’” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 v74q figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-exclusive ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -425,64 +425,64 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 re8y writing-quotations καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../pro/11/31)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 f7kx figs-quotemarks εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 11:31](../pro/11/31). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, and not of specific, individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds”
|
||||
1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should interact with one another (5:1–11)<br>2. Conclusion (5:12–14)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>Other animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. In other places in Scripture, the authors use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of God’s people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars believe that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: In [verses 1–4](../05/01.md) Peter speaks directly to men who are leaders in the churches.
|
||||
1PE 5 1 m4xr figs-explicit πρεσβυτέρους…ὁ συνπρεσβύτερος 1 In [verses 1–5](../05/01.md) the words **elder** and **elders** refer specifically to church leaders, who were often older men. Here these words do not refer to old men in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fellow church leader … the church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 5 1 n3em figs-abstractnouns μάρτυς τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθημάτων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **witness** and **sufferings**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “one who has witnessed Christ suffer in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the glory that God is about to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 1 wead figs-abstractnouns τῆς…δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the glorious nature of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 1 n3em figs-abstractnouns μάρτυς τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθημάτων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **witness** and **sufferings**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “one who has witnessed Christ suffer in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the glory that God is about to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 1 wead figs-abstractnouns τῆς…δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the glorious nature of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-explicit τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed The phrase **the glory that is about to be revealed** refers to Christ’s glorious return to earth in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the glory that is about to be revealed when Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 f63v figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Shepherd the flock of God Here Peter uses **Shepherd** figuratively to refer to leading and taking care of believers, and he uses **flock** figuratively to refer to those believers. Elders who lead assemblies of believers should take care of those believers like shepherds take care of their sheep. Since the shepherd and sheep metaphors are important metaphors in the Bible, you should keep the metaphors in your translation or use similes. Alternate translation: “Take care of God’s people as if they were a flock of sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 dvai figs-abstractnouns ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **oversight** and **compulsion**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “supervising—not because you must do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 dvai figs-abstractnouns ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **oversight** and **compulsion**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “supervising—not because you must do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 zfei figs-ellipsis ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “exercising oversight over them—not doing this under compulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 k4dk figs-doublet μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς, ἀλλὰ ἑκουσίως 1 The phrases **not under compulsion** and **willingly** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to voluntarily take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete willingness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 k4dk figs-doublet μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς, ἀλλὰ ἑκουσίως 1 The phrases **not under compulsion** and **willingly** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to voluntarily take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete willingness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 cp7u figs-explicit κατὰ Θεόν 1 This phrase refers to acting according to God’s will or requirements. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to God’s will” or “as God wants you to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 c6qf figs-doublet μηδὲ αἰσχροκερδῶς, ἀλλὰ προθύμως 1 The phrases **not greedily** and **eagerly** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to eagerly take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete eagerness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 c6qf figs-doublet μηδὲ αἰσχροκερδῶς, ἀλλὰ προθύμως 1 The phrases **not greedily** and **eagerly** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to eagerly take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete eagerness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 lta9 figs-metaphor ὡς κατακυριεύοντες 1 And not as lording it over those who are allotted to you, but be examples Here Peter uses **lording it over** figuratively to refer to acting toward people in a harsh and controlling manner, as if someone were a harsh master who abuses his servants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “harshly controlling” or “acting like harsh masters over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 xwr3 figs-abstractnouns τῶν κλήρων 1 those who are allotted to you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **portion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are assigned to you” or “those whom God has apportioned to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 xwr3 figs-abstractnouns τῶν κλήρων 1 those who are allotted to you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **portion**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are assigned to you” or “those whom God has apportioned to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 n485 figs-possession τύποι γινόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 those who are allotted to you Peter is using the possessive form to describe **examples** that are for **the flock**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being examples for the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 vg31 figs-metaphor τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 See how you translated **flock** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 oz14 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed **And** here indicates that what follows is the result of obeying the commands that Peter gave in [verses 2–3](../05/02.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result of doing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 pfjr figs-explicit τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος 1 when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed **Chief Shepherd** is a title for Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Chief Shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 td11 figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος 1 when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed Here Peter speaks of Jesus figuratively as if he were a **shepherd** who has authority over all the leaders of the assemblies of believers. Peter told those leaders to shepherd their flocks in [verse 2](../05/02.md). Since **Chief Shepherd** is an important title for Jesus that connects to some prophecies about the Messiah in the Old Testament, you should keep the metaphor in your translation or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a lead shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 qlek figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος 1 when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the Chief Shepherd appears” or “when God reveals the Chief Shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 qlek figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος 1 when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the Chief Shepherd appears” or “when God reveals the Chief Shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 ll4r figs-metaphor τὸν ἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης στέφανον 1 the unfading crown of glory Here,**crown** refers to a symbol of victory. It does not refer to the type of **crown** that kings wear. In ancient times an athlete would receive this **crown** as a reward for winning a competition. Those crowns were often made of leaves or flowers that would fade. Unlike those victory crowns, the reward that God gives will be **unfading**, which means that it will last forever. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a glorious reward that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 c6h3 figs-possession τῆς δόξης στέφανον 1 crown of glory This could refer to: (1) a **crown** that is characterized by **glory**. Alternate translation: “glorious crown” (2) a **crown** that is the **glory** referred to in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Alternate translation: “crown, that is, glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 qm2h 0 General Information: In this verse Peter first instructs younger men specifically and then continues to instruct all of the believers.
|
||||
1PE 5 5 z13n figs-activepassive ὑποτάγητε 1 all of you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 z13n figs-activepassive ὑποτάγητε 1 all of you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 bjt6 figs-explicit πρεσβυτέροις 1 all of you See how you translated **elders** in [verse 1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 uh4n figs-explicit πάντες 1 all of you Here, **everyone** refers to all the believers to whom Peter is writing this letter, and not to all people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “every one of you believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 r6s6 figs-metaphor τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε 1 clothe yourselves with humility Peter speaks of **humility** figuratively as if it were a piece of clothing that a person could put on. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act with humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 jr8h figs-abstractnouns τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην 1 clothe yourselves with humility If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with humble actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 jr8h figs-abstractnouns τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην 1 clothe yourselves with humility If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with humble actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 v49g writing-quotations ὅτι 1 clothe yourselves with humility Here, **for** introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it is as Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 r4gv figs-quotemarks ὁ Θεὸς ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν 1 clothe yourselves with humility This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 xgeg figs-abstractnouns δίδωσιν χάριν 1 clothe yourselves with humility If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “acts graciously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 5 xgeg figs-abstractnouns δίδωσιν χάριν 1 clothe yourselves with humility If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “acts graciously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 6 bie6 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 under the mighty hand of God Peter uses **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s power to save humble people and punish proud people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under God’s great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 6 qwn9 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ὑψώσῃ 1 under the mighty hand of God Peter is using a spatial metaphor to describe God honoring someone as if God would **lift** that person **up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God may show honor to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 7 c1uu figs-metaphor πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 having cast all your anxiety on him Here Peter speaks of **anxiety** figuratively as if it were a heavy burden that a person can take off of his back and **cast** onto God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “trusting him with everything that worries you” or “letting him take care of all the things that trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 wbb5 figs-doublet νήψατε, γρηγορήσατε 1 Be sober The words translated as **sober** and **watchful** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize that believers need to be alert since the devil wants to destroy them. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be completely alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 wbb5 figs-doublet νήψατε, γρηγορήσατε 1 Be sober The words translated as **sober** and **watchful** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize that believers need to be alert since the devil wants to destroy them. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be completely alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 k9nt figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 Be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 tl7i figs-simile ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν 1 the devil, is walking around like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour Peter speaks of **the devil** figuratively as if he were a **roaring lion** who wants to **devour** people. Just as a hungry lion devours its prey, the devil is **seeking** to destroy the faith of believers. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is trying to find ways to destroy the faith of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 v4t5 figs-ellipsis στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “being firm in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 vwtc figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 Here, **the faith** could refer to: (1) a person’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “in the faith that you have” (2) the Christian faith in general. Alternate translation: “in the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 tusy figs-abstractnouns τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sufferings**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people are suffering in the same ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 uk06 figs-activepassive τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the same kind of sufferings are occurring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 tusy figs-abstractnouns τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sufferings**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people are suffering in the same ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 uk06 figs-activepassive τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the same kind of sufferings are occurring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 v451 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι 1 your brotherhhood See how you translated **brotherhood** in [2:17](../02/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 i4ur ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Alternate translation: “in various places throughout the world”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 fxfg figs-infostructure ὁ δὲ Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος, ὁ καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ, ὀλίγον παθόντας 1 the God of all grace If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “But after having suffered for a little while, the God of all grace, the one who has called you to his eternal glory in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
1PE 5 10 p648 figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 the God of all grace **God of all grace** could mean: (1) God is always gracious. Alternate translation: “the God who is always gracious” (2) God always give gracious gifts, as mentioned in [4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “the God who gives all gracious gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1PE 5 10 wpzj figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν 1 the God of all grace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to his glorious presence forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 10 wpzj figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν 1 the God of all grace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to his glorious presence forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 10 ns1v figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the God of all grace Here, **in Christ** refers to being united with Christ through faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 5 10 suu9 ὀλίγον 1 for a little while Alternate translation: “for a short time”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 gnvs figs-doublet αὐτὸς καταρτίσει, στηρίξει, σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει 1 for a little while Here, **confirm**, **strengthen**, and **establish** all mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God will fully strengthen people who suffer because they trust in Jesus. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “will himself restore and thoroughly strengthen in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 5 11 u6h1 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May he rule powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 10 gnvs figs-doublet αὐτὸς καταρτίσει, στηρίξει, σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει 1 for a little while Here, **confirm**, **strengthen**, and **establish** all mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God will fully strengthen people who suffer because they trust in Jesus. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “will himself restore and thoroughly strengthen in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 5 11 u6h1 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May he rule powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 an6q figs-explicit διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν τοῦ πιστοῦ ἀδελφοῦ (ὡς λογίζομαι), δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα 1 Through Silvanus … I wrote to you briefly **Through Silvanus** means that Silvanus wrote down the words that Peter told him to write in this letter. In ancient times it was common for people to use scribes to write down letters for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I wrote to you briefly by means of Silvanus, the faithful brother, as I regard him, who wrote down what I told him to write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 dhvh figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοῦ 1 Through Silvanus … I wrote to you briefly Although **brother** is masculine and Silvanus is a man, here Peter is using **brother** in a generic sense to refer to another believer. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 ca38 writing-pronouns ταύτην 1 this is the true grace of God Here, **this** refers back to what Peter has written in this letter, especially the gospel message that the letter contains. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I have written to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 5 12 nm72 writing-pronouns εἰς ἣν στῆτε 1 Stand in it Here, **it** refers to **the true grace of God** mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Stand in this true grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτὴ 1 She who is in Babylon **She** and **fellow-elect one** here both refer to the group of believers who were with Peter when he wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This group of believers in Babylon, who are fellow-elect ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 pzpw writing-symlanguage ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) the city of Rome. Alternate translation: “in Rome, which is like Babylon” (2) the city of Babylon, as it appears in the ULT. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 rpf5 figs-activepassive συνεκλεκτὴ 1 chosen together with you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 rpf5 figs-activepassive συνεκλεκτὴ 1 chosen together with you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 kc8s ἀσπάζεται 1 chosen together with you As was customary in this culture, Peter concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered by” or “says hello to”
|
||||
1PE 5 13 ws2x figs-metaphor ὁ υἱός μου 1 my son Peter refers to Mark figuratively as if he were his **son**, because he taught him about Christianity and loved him like a **son**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who is like my son” or “my spiritual son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 d9hx translate-names Μᾶρκος 1 **Mark** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 8 ecc5 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτα γὰρ ὑμῖν ὑπάρχοντα καὶ πλεονάζοντα, οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 Peter is describing a conditional situation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “For if these things are existing and increasing in you, then they will cause you to be neither barren nor unfruitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 jz77 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 l7yj figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a field that will not produce a crop. If that is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “cause you to be neither unproductive nor useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 qcav figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in positive terms. Alternate translation: “cause you to produce and bear fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 qcav figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in positive terms. Alternate translation: “cause you to produce and bear fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 f9qm figs-doublet οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους 1 The words **barren** and **unfruitful** mean basically the same thing. In combination with the negatives **neither** and **nor**, they are used together to emphasize that this person will not be unproductive but will experience great benefits from knowing Jesus. If it is confusing in your language to use two words together that mean the same thing, you could just use one word with that meaning. Alternate translation: “not unproductive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 ppd8 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐπίγνωσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind it using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in your knowing our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 k6lv grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that Peter is giving another reason why his audience should obey the command given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Peter gave a positive reason in [1:8](../01/08.md) and gives a negative reason here. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 10 jcv9 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 you will not ever stumble Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) abandoning faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not abandon faith in Christ” (2) committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not practice sinful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 xvh1 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his readers should want to obey the commands given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 sl6c figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, **in this way** refers back to the way of living that includes the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 k1e4 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules.” Alternate translation: “into the eternal place where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 du69 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Connecting Statement: Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](../01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](../01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 xxjq writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 onqh figs-activepassive ἐστηριγμένους ἐν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 onqh figs-activepassive ἐστηριγμένους ἐν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 l2kh figs-metaphor ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 you are strong in the present truth Here, **established** is used figuratively to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternate translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 jys8 ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **in** has the meaning of “in reference to” or “with regard to.” Alternate translation: “in reference to the present truth”
|
||||
2PE 1 12 pqq2 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **present** is used figuratively as if **truth** were an object that could be there with Peter’s audience. Here it does not refer to present time. Alternate translation: “in the truth that you have” or “in the truth that is with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -121,14 +121,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 17 x93a grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [1:17–18](../01/17.md) is the reason that Peter can say in the previous verse that he was an eyewitness to the majesty of Jesus. Use a connector that indicates that this is a reason or explanation. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 q605 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 xlph figs-abstractnouns λαβὼν…παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **glory**, you could translate them with equivalent expressions that use verbs. Alternate translation: “and God the Father honored and glorified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come to him from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come to him from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 o62f writing-quotations φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “such a voice having been brought to him by the Majestic Glory, and this is what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 sz0p writing-pronouns ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having been brought to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 yd8g figs-metonymy τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 the Majestic Glory Peter refers to God in terms of his **Glory**. The glory of God is closely associated with God himself and here substitutes for his name. Alternate translation: “God, the Supreme Glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 cxh2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 ppum writing-pronouns μου…μου…ἐγὼ 1 The pronouns **my** and **myself** refer to God the Father, who is the one speaking in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven With the words **we ourselves**, Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who also heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: “we, James, John, and I, heard this voice that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 chy4 figs-activepassive ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 chy4 figs-activepassive ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 when we were with him This is a temporal phrase that can begin with “when.” Alternate translation: “when we were with him”
|
||||
2PE 1 18 ricv writing-pronouns σὺν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 daqi figs-explicit τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει 1 The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 20 s4k2 figs-infostructure πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation Here, **one’s own interpretation** could mean: (1) that the Old Testament prophets did not base any of their prophecies on their own interpretations of what God had said, but only prophesied what God revealed to them. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of information. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to his own interpretation” (2) that no individual person can interpret scripture on his or her own, but only with the help of the Holy Spirit and the larger community of believers. Alternate translation: “no one is able to explain any prophecy in the Bible through his own ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
2PE 1 20 p5xo figs-abstractnouns ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως 1 The word **interpretation** is an abstract noun that represents an action. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could use a verb. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to what he himself thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 isqj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason that the statement of the previous verse is true. It could mean: (1) the prophets could not prophesy according to their own interpretations, because true prophecy could only come from the Holy Spirit. (2) no one can interpret prophecy without help from the Holy Spirit, because the prophecy came from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 evx4 figs-activepassive οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 evx4 figs-activepassive οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 yxdx figs-abstractnouns οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **will**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 x2hv figs-gendernotations θελήματι ἀνθρώπου 1 Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 2 fz5m writing-pronouns δι’ οὓς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers. It does not refer to the licentious acts in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “through these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 cqjb figs-metaphor ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Peter uses the phrase **the way of truth** here figuratively to refer to the Christian faith or how a Christian person lives his or her life. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “the true Christian manner of living” or “the true Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 vspm figs-possession ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **truth**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the true way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 nzx7 figs-activepassive ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 the way of truth will be slandered If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “unbelievers will slander the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 nzx7 figs-activepassive ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 the way of truth will be slandered If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “unbelievers will slander the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 x3oo figs-personification ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 Peter speaks figuratively of **the way of truth** as if it were a person who could be **slandered** or shown disrespect. Alternate translation: “they will say bad things about the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 l8ta figs-explicit ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 Peter assumes that his audience will know that unbelievers will be the ones who slander the Christian faith when they see the sensual lives of the false teachers and their followers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way of truth will be slandered by unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 xs4g ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ 1 Here, **in** indicates the reason for what the false teachers do. Alternate translation: “because of greed”
|
||||
|
|
@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 4 c2ak grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν 1 to judgment This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 plhp figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could translate it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 e0ue figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active verbal form and you could indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 zx4k grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 f000 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
|
||||
|
|
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 7 zif8 writing-pronouns ἐρύσατο 1 the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 xjq6 translate-names Λὼτ 1 Connecting Statement: **Lot** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 uknf figs-distinguish καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Connecting Statement: This clause is giving more information about **Lot**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “He was being oppressed by the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 mort figs-activepassive καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 mort figs-activepassive καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 x8vy grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **by** could refer to: (1) the thing that was oppressing Lot, as in the ULT. (2) the reason why Lot was oppressed. Alternate translation: “because of the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 wrba figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων…ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **behavior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what the lawless ones did” or “by how the lawless ones acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 wq2r ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior”
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 9 xk2a grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 Here, **but** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2PE 2 9 bcf3 figs-ellipsis πειρασμοῦ…ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 In this clause, Peter is leaving out some words that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “a trial and the Lord knows how to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 2 9 xdos grammar-connect-logic-goal κολαζομένους 1 This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God is keeping the unrighteous people. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 2 9 qwcm figs-activepassive ἀδίκους…κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 9 qwcm figs-activepassive ἀδίκους…κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 9 ms6u εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Here, **in** could refer to: (1) when the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
|
||||
2PE 2 9 xnf3 figs-possession ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 skh8 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **but** indicates a connection between the last clause of the previous verse and what follows. It does not indicate a contrast between “the unrighteous” in the previous verse and “those going after the flesh” in this verse. Alternate translation: “and especially those going after the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 c4b8 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν 1 Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 xzcp writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 h4v8 καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ai6a ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ig4v figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “when they are destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 14 xb2q figs-explicit δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 enticing unstable souls Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 mn07 figs-explicit καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 hearts trained in covetousness Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 sbp2 figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **covetousness**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 sv4r figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-idiom εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 x3k9 figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 xkt6 figs-explicit ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 xi4q figs-metaphor ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ 1 Here, Peter uses the word **followed** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 v9lx translate-names Βαλαὰμ…Βοσὸρ 1 the right way **Balaam** and **Bosor** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 von6 figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 v90z ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
|
||||
2PE 2 17 xrpf figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 xgoc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the false teachers are reserved for punishment in the gloom of darkness, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -337,11 +337,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the impurities of the world Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 zxcf figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 ygag figs-metaphor πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 noa9 writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d6ra writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d42g figs-nominaladj γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last has become worse for them than the first Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d42g figs-nominaladj γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last has become worse for them than the first Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 x7gd grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 e3dv writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 xg05 figs-possession τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 to turn away from the holy commandment Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 j7s6 figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 xwid figs-abstractnouns τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **commandment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 hqr3 writing-pronouns συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 pc36 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning, you could translate these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -363,10 +363,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 1 deoa figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **remembrance**, you could express the idea behind it in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 bp8r grammar-connect-logic-goal μνησθῆναι 1 Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 p4i5 figs-metonymy τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων 1 Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 ijnq figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 the command of the Lord and Savior through your apostles If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 the command of the Lord and Savior through your apostles If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 jnq2 figs-abstractnouns τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **command**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what our Lord and Savior commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 jx0u figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Peter uses **command** here to speak of the commands of Jesus in general. He is not referring to one specific command. These commands were delivered by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the commands of the Lord and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 vusd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ Κυρίου 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Lord**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -388,21 +388,21 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 the fathers fell asleep Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 from the beginning of creation If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **creation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 g2ph figs-activepassive λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο, θέλοντας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For they willingly hide this from themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 g2ph figs-activepassive λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο, θέλοντας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For they willingly hide this from themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 xgsy figs-ellipsis θέλοντας ὅτι οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “that the heavens existed long ago by the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the word of God formed the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the word of God formed the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 had been formed from water and through water This clause refers to God causing the land to come up **out of** and **through** the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
|
||||
2PE 3 5 o7sz figs-metonymy τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 6 jh4r writing-pronouns δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 6 hvc3 ὁ τότε κόσμος 1 Here, **at that time** refers to the time when the world existed before the flood. It does not refer to the exact time when the universe was created. Alternate translation: “the world that existed then”
|
||||
2PE 3 6 xm5i ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
|
||||
2PE 3 7 alp6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If your readers would misunderstand this contrast, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ…νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ…νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 e673 figs-explicit τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 by the same word Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 ghco grammar-connect-logic-goal πυρὶ 1 Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which God has been reserving the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 nl8w figs-metonymy πυρὶ 1 Here, Peter uses **fire** to refer to what fire does, which is burn. Alternate translation: “for burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 being kept for the day of judgment If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 being kept for the day of judgment If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 u7x2 εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Here, **for** could refer to: (1) the purpose for which God is keeping the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which God is keeping the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
|
||||
2PE 3 7 y3gg figs-abstractnouns ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **judgment** and **destruction**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind and destroys the ungodly men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 zxxk figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of the ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -418,21 +418,21 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 10 w6ma grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-simile ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 fu2q writing-pronouns κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form and you could indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
|
||||
2PE 3 10 lz8t στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
|
||||
2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 qnu5 figs-explicit γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 z9f6 γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **found** indicates that the removal of the heavens and elements will leave the earth and what has been done on it exposed for God to see and judge. Alternate translation: “the earth and the deeds in it will be exposed” or “the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed”
|
||||
2PE 3 11 buq4 grammar-connect-logic-result τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that God’s future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 tpfg writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this emphasis, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 qoui figs-ellipsis ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 bqnn προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας 1 Here, **waiting for and hastening** are two things Peter wanted his readers to do while also living holy and godly lives, as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “while expecting and hastening”
|
||||
2PE 3 12 b73o writing-pronouns δι’ ἣν 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 ko6c πυρούμενοι 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being set on fire”
|
||||
2PE 3 12 rq9g figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 rq9g figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 v15i στοιχεῖα…τήκεται 1 the elements Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed” See how you translated this in [3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
2PE 3 12 i1ry καυσούμενα 1 the elements This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being burned up by heat”
|
||||
2PE 3 13 ptmy figs-infostructure καινοὺς…οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν 1 Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 14 d178 grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 qjca figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 ndxd writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 byr8 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 rtyg ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 Here, **in peace** could refer to: (1) having peace with God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “at peace with God” (2) feeling peace in one’s heart. Alternate translation: “with peace in your heart”
|
||||
|
|
@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 15 pd30 figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation**, you could translate the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 vbso figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 vo82 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος 1 Peter is using the term **brother** figuratively to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 esr7 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 v5cb figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **steadfastness**, you could express the idea behind it with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
2PE 3 17 um49 grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 xjht figs-activepassive τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 xjht figs-activepassive τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 Here, Peter uses **led astray** figuratively to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 px85 τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ 1 This phrase indicates the means by which one might be led astray. Alternate translation: “by means of the error of the lawless ones”
|
||||
2PE 3 18 ccm3 figs-metaphor αὐξάνετε…ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 grow in grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ Here, **grow** is used figuratively to express experiencing or having something in increasing amounts. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “have more and more of the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 1 1 gt44 figs-explicit τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 the Word of life Here, **the Word of life** is implicitly a description of Jesus. As the General Introduction explains, there are many similarities between this letter and the Gospel of John. That gospel begins by saying about Jesus, “In the beginning was the Word.” So it is likely that when John speaks in this letter of **the Word of life** that “was from the beginning,” he is also speaking about Jesus. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word of God, who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 j005 figs-possession τῆς ζωῆς 1 of life This could be referring either to the life that Jesus has or to the life that Jesus gives. But since John is writing this letter to reassure believers, it seems more likely that this expression is referring to the **life** that “the Word” (Jesus) gives to those who believe. Alternate translation: “who gives life to everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 i8b4 figs-metaphor τῆς ζωῆς 1 of life In this letter, John uses **life** in different ways, either to refer literally to physical life or figuratively to spiritual life. Here the reference is to spiritual life. Alternate translation: “of spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 la4a figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη 1 indeed, the life appeared See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could mean one of two things. (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. (UST brings this out by saying “he came here to the earth.”) In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life came right here” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed Jesus to the world and thereby revealed himself to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life was made visible” or “Indeed, God made the life visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 la4a figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη 1 indeed, the life appeared See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could mean one of two things. (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. (UST brings this out by saying “he came here to the earth.”) In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life came right here” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed Jesus to the world and thereby revealed himself to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life was made visible” or “Indeed, God made the life visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 j006 figs-metonymy ἡ ζωὴ 1 the life John is speaking figuratively of Jesus, whom he calls the “Word of life” in the previous verse, by referring to the **life** that is associated with him. In this case it seems to describe the **life** that Jesus embodies rather than the **life** that he gives. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “Jesus, who is life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 j007 figs-exclusive ἑωράκαμεν…μαρτυροῦμεν…ἀπαγγέλλομεν…ἡμῖν 1 we have seen … we are bearing witness … we are announcing … us John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 j008 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you As the General Introduction explains, John is writing this letter to believers in various churches, and so the pronouns **you**, “your,” and “yourselves” are plural throughout the entire letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 1 3 vw2w figs-explicit ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν 1 what we have seen and heard John is referring implicitly to the way that he and the other eyewitnesses had **seen and heard** Jesus when he was alive on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “what we saw and heard of Jesus when he was alive on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 j010 figs-exclusive ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, ἀπαγγέλλομεν…ἡμῶν 1 we have seen and heard, we declare … us John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 dw7l figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ’ ἡμῶν…ἡ κοινωνία…ἡ ἡμετέρα μετὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 you also will have fellowship with us … our fellowship is with the Father and with his Son If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **fellowship**, you could express the idea behind it with a concrete noun such as “friends” and an adjective such as “close.” Alternate translation: “so that you could be close friends with us … we are all close friends with God the Father and with his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 tf4m figs-exclusive ἡ κοινωνία…ἡ ἡμετέρα 1 our fellowship is The word **our** here is likely inclusive, since John is writing to fellow believers. So if your language marks that distinction, you should translate the term as inclusive. Even if your language does not mark that distinction, you could indicate in your translation that the term applies both to John and to the people he is writing to. Alternate translation: “we are all close friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 tf4m figs-exclusive ἡ κοινωνία…ἡ ἡμετέρα 1 our fellowship is The word **our** here is likely inclusive, since John is writing to fellow believers. So if your language marks that distinction, you should translate the term as inclusive. Even if your language does not mark that distinction, you can indicate in your translation that the term applies both to John and to the people he is writing to. Alternate translation: “we are all close friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 rxq7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the Father … his Son These are important titles. Alternate translation: “God the Father … his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j011 writing-pronouns ταῦτα γράφομεν ἡμεῖς 1 we are writing these things As the General Notes to this chapter explain, here John is formally stating his purpose for writing. If you decided in [1:1](../01/01.md) that it would be more natural in your language for him to refer to himself with a singular pronoun in such a context, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j012 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν 1 we … our If you use the plural pronoun **we** here, it would be exclusive, since John is speaking of himself and the other eyewitnesses on whose behalf he is writing. However, the term **our** in the second clause is likely inclusive, since John probably means that he wants both himself and his readers to have **joy** in the shared fellowship with one another and with the Father and the Son that he describes in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j013 translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **our joy** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “your joy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j014 figs-you ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If you follow the variant reading “your joy” here instead of **our joy**, the word “your” would be plural, as in the rest of this letter, since it would refer to a group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 xn9d figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j015 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j015 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j016 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled The implications are that John and his readers will be completely happy together if his readers recognize the truth of what he is writing to them about. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 5 hdrv checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 5. Suggested heading: “Sin Prevents Fellowship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
|
||||
1JN 1 5 djn4 figs-exclusive ἀκηκόαμεν 1 we have heard The pronoun **we** is exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 11 j081 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 because the darkness has blinded his eyes John is using blindness figuratively to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 in8n figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 little children The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12-14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12-14, and this group would figuratively represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 y00g ὅτι 1 The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that”
|
||||
1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins have been forgiven If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins have been forgiven If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 j082 writing-pronouns διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 yjy8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 13 kue2 figs-metaphor πατέρες 1 fathers The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 19 j114 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 For if they had been from us, they would have remained with us John is presenting a situation that is not real to help his readers recognize why the claim that he is making is true. Alternate translation: “We know that they were not genuinely part of our group because they did not continue to participate in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
1JN 2 19 jin1 figs-metaphor μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 they would have remained with us See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 19 j115 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but so that they would be made apparent, that they are all not from us John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 2 19 j116 figs-activepassive ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν 1 so that they would be made apparent See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 19 j116 figs-activepassive ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν 1 so that they would be made apparent See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 19 j117 οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 they are all not from us The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”
|
||||
1JN 2 20 j118 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1JN 2 20 i3m1 figs-abstractnouns ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 you have an anointing from the Holy One If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **anointing**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -265,22 +265,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 28 kjn9 figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 little children John readdresses the recipients as he begins a new section of the letter. See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “you dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 j142 figs-metaphor μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remain in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, John seems to be using the expression in the same way that he has just used it in [2:27](../02/27.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continue to have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 j143 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτοῦ 1 him … when he appears … by him … his The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of his **coming** or return. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 zz4x figs-activepassive ἐὰν φανερωθῇ 1 when he appears See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could have either an active or a passive meaning. In either case, John is not saying that Jesus will only appear to return. (1) If the meaning is active, John is speaking of the act of Jesus physically returning to earth. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” (2) If the meaning is passive, John is speaking of God revealing Jesus to the world as its true king. To bring out that meaning, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 zz4x figs-activepassive ἐὰν φανερωθῇ 1 when he appears See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could have either an active or a passive meaning. In either case, John is not saying that Jesus will only appear to return. (1) If the meaning is active, John is speaking of the act of Jesus physically returning to earth. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” (2) If the meaning is passive, John is speaking of God revealing Jesus to the world as its true king. To bring out that meaning, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 j144 figs-parallelism σχῶμεν παρρησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we may have boldness and not be put to shame by him These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “we may be completely confident at his coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 lnk2 figs-abstractnouns σχῶμεν παρρησίαν 1 we may have boldness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **boldness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 d4ql figs-synecdoche μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 may not be put to shame by him John is using the word **him**, meaning Jesus, figuratively to mean the presence of Jesus. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 j145 figs-activepassive μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 may not be put to shame by him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 j145 figs-activepassive μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 may not be put to shame by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 x7ic ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 at his coming Alternate translation: “when he returns to earth”
|
||||
1JN 2 29 j146 grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν 1 If you know that he is righteous John is using the form of conditional possibility here, but he is stating something that is actually true. In Greek, this was a way of affirming that the part that follows this statement is also true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
1JN 2 29 j147 writing-pronouns ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ 1 he is … him The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to God the Father, since in the next two verses John says that believers are “children of God,” and he speaks in this verse of those who have **been begotten from him**. Alternate translation: “God is … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 29 j148 figs-abstractnouns πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 everyone who does righteousness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “right.” Alternate translation: “everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 29 u6er figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 29 u6er figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 29 j149 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him Since believers have not literally **been begotten** by God, John means this figuratively. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 intro d8r2 0 # 1 John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine children of God do not sin (3:1–10, continuing from 2:28)<br>2. Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)<br>3. Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the one who keeps his commandments remains in him, and he in him” (3:24)<br><br>This does not mean that keeping our salvation is conditional on doing certain works. Rather, John is describing the results of keeping the commandments that he describes in [3:32](../03/32.md). Those commandments are to believe in Jesus and to love one another. John is saying that the person who believes in Jesus and loves others shows that he has a close relationship with God, and that he will continue to have that close relationship because of this obedience. Christians around the world hold different beliefs about whether people who have been saved can lose their salvation. That is not what John is addressing here, and translators should be careful not to let how they understand that issue affect how they translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [3:1](../03/01.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts include the words “and we are.” That is the reading that ULT follows. However, some other ancient manuscripts do not include these words, and so some Bibles do not have them. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 gl8n figs-metaphor ἴδετε 1 See John is using the term **see** figuratively. Alternate translation: “Consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 j150 ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 what kind of love the Father has given to us Alternate translation: “how greatly the Father has loved us”
|
||||
1JN 3 1 j151 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 x99a figs-activepassive ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 that we should be called children of God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 x99a figs-activepassive ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 that we should be called children of God If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 j362 figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here John expresses the same metaphor as in [2:29](../02/29.md) in a slightly different way. See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning there. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their father. Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 j152 translate-textvariants καὶ ἐσμέν 1 and we are See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and include these words or to follow the reading of some other versions and not include them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 fq4t grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the world did not know God, for that reason it does not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 2 ek9v figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 j158 figs-explicit τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning of this expression in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 j159 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what is **now** known about believers and what is **not yet** known. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 anq1 figs-activepassive οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα 1 what we will be has not yet appeared If your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God has not yet revealed what we will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 anq1 figs-activepassive οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα 1 what we will be has not yet appeared If your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God has not yet revealed what we will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 j160 figs-activepassive ἐὰν φανερωθῇ 1 when he appears See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. The meaning of the term in this instance seems to be the same as in [2:28](../02/28.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” or “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 j161 writing-pronouns ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…ἐστιν 1 when he appears … him … him … he is The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of **when he appears** or returns. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 j162 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν 1 we will be like him because we will see him as he is If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “we will see him just as he is, and so we will be like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 7 fpl5 figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1JN 4 7 c6w6 figs-idiom ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 love is from God The expression **from God** means something similar to what it does in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “God inspires us to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 7 ec73 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who loves has been begotten from God See how you translated this metaphor in [2:29](../02/29.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 7 zvt9 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who loves has been begotten from God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 7 zvt9 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who loves has been begotten from God If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 7 j264 καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν 1 and knows God As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “and such a person has a close relationship with God”
|
||||
1JN 4 8 j265 grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 The one who does not love does not know God, for God is love If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since God is love, the one who does not love does not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1JN 4 8 j266 οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν 1 does not know God As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “does not have a close relationship with God”
|
||||
|
|
@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 8 j267 figs-abstractnouns ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 God is love If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “loving.” Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 i2b5 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ 1 In this **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 mhuo writing-pronouns ἐν τούτῳ 1 Here, **this** refers forward to what John will say in the rest of the sentence. God demonstrated that he loves us by sending his Son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 j268 figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the love of God appeared among us See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This is a Greek passive verbal form that may have an active meaning, so it could be translated **appeared** or “was revealed.” If your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God showed us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 j268 figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the love of God appeared among us See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This is a Greek passive verbal form that may have an active meaning, so it could be translated **appeared** or “was revealed.” If your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God showed us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 y4m8 figs-possession ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the love of God Here, **the love of God** refers to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 j269 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us The expression **among us** likely refers to all of humanity, not just to the people who saw and heard Jesus when he was alive, so this would be an inclusive use of the term **us** that would include the believers to whom John is writing. John says later in the sentence that Jesus came **so that we might live through him**, and **we** in that instance does include these believers. So it is likely that **us** earlier in the sentence includes them as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 j270 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his Son **His Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue